PROJECT NO. 2016-175 STATE LIBRARY-ARCHIVES BUILDING

PREDESIGN REPORT

In fullfillment of requirements of the 2015 Capital Budget (Section 1002 - 2EHB 1115) and RCW 43.82.10(6)

AUGUST 2016

Legislative Building PO Box 40220 Olympia, WA 98504-0220 Tel 360.902.4151 Fax 360.586.5629 www.sos.wa.gov

August 1, 2016

The Honorable Members of the Washington State House of Representatives and Senate 416 Sid Snyder Ave SW Olympia, WA 98501

Dear Legislators:

It is my honor to present you with the -Archives Building predesign. This report is based on the 2015 Capital Budget directive for a new facility to replace the current Washington State Library facility and to provide for needed archives storage. After a comprehensive review of several sites, the location I am recommending in Tumwater meets the intent of RCW 43.82.10(6) which “encourages the colocation and consolidation of state services into single or adjacent facilities…”

The Library-Archives building will bring together the unique collections of the State Library and State Archives along with other divisions of my office currently dispersed across seven locations in Thurston County. Consolidation of these services in a LEED® designed state-of-the-art facility will:

• restore the preservation of our state’s historical documents to modern archival standards; • provide flexibility to adapt our storage needs as agencies progress with electronic records storage; • result in a more energy efficient facility; and • significantly improves public access to historical documents, records and government publications managed by my office.

This report incorporates previous predesign work for the former Heritage Center and includes a site recommendation, program consolidation plan, cost estimates and bond capacity to build and operate the new Library-Archives facility.

Your support for this project, including the design and engineering phase, is critical in order to have the facility built and operating by the 130th anniversary of statehood in mid-2020.

Thank you for your consideration.

Kim Wyman Secretary of State [d] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Acknowledgements

PREDESIGN PROJECT OVERSIGHT Mark Neary, Assistant Secretary of State Patrick McDonald, Facility Manager and SOS RFQ Manager Debra Delzell, DES RFQ Manager

ADVISORY GROUP

OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE Kim Wyman, Secretary of State Greg Lane, Deputy Secretary of State Steve Excell, Washington State Archivist Terry Badger, Deputy Archivist Ben Helle, Archivist, SW Region Cindy Aden, State Librarian Sean Lanksbury, PNW and Special Collections Librarian Tsering Cornell, Director of Corporations Dan Speigle, Assistant Director of Corporations Lori Augino, Director of Elections Allyson Ruppenthal, Assistant Director of Elections Diana Townsend, Director of Operations Stephanie Horn, Special Programs Director

DEPARTMENT OF ENTERPRISE SERVICES William Frare, Assistant Director, E&AS Janet Knoblach, Assistant Program Manager

CONSULTANTS SRG Partnership, Lead Consultants and Architects Magnuson Klemencic Associates, Structural Engineers WSP Parsons Brinckerhoff, Mechanical/Electrical Engineers AHBL, Civil Engineers Site Workshop, Landscape Architect Rider Levett Bucknall, Cost Estimator Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Table of Contents

1.0 Executive Summary ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 1 1.1 Study Purpose �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 1 1.2 Proviso Language ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 1 1.3 Project Financing Consideration �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3 1.4 Background ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 5 1.5 Recommendation ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 6

2.0 Project Analysis ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 9 2.1 Operational Needs ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 9 2.1.1 Governor’s Results Washington ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10 2.1.2 The State Archives ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������10 2.1.3 The State Library ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������11 2.1.4 Corporations and Charities Division ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������12 2.1.5 Elections Division ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������12 2.1.6 Special Programs & Agency Administration Support ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������12 2.2 Site Selection Alternatives & Recommendation ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13 2.2.1 Exploring Alternatives ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13 2.2.2 Ownership vs. Leasing ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������14 2.2.3 Effects of No Action ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������15 2.2.4 Selecting Alternative ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������15 2.2.5 Scope & Project Description of Preferred Alternative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������16 2.2.6 Issues Identification ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������16 2.2.7 Prior Planning & History ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������16 2.2.8 Stakeholders ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������17 2.2.9 Project Description ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������17 2.2.10 Implementation Approach ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������18 2.2.11 Project Management ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19 2.2.11.1 Management Organization ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19 2.2.11.2 Methods of Delivery ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20 2.2.11.3 Schedule ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������23

3.0 Program Analysis ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������27 3.1 Assumptions ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������27 3.2 Existing Facilities Inventory �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������27 3.3 Space Needs Assessment ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������28 3.4 Space Requirements ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������28 3.5 Future Space Requirements ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������39 3.6 Codes & Regulations ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������39 3.6.1 Zoning Analysis ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������39 3.6.2 Building Codes & Design Criteria ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������39 3.6.3 Comprehensive Plans ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������40

[i]  4.0 Site Analysis ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������43 4.1 Evaluating Potential Sites ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������43 4.1.1 Tumwater Site ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������43 4.1.2 Lacey/DOE Site ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������44 4.1.3 GA Building Site �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������48 4.2 Minimizing Costly Mitigation Requirements ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������48 4.2.1 Tumwater Site ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������48 4.2.2 Lacey/DOE Site ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������48 4.2.3 GA Building Site �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������49 4.3 Site Comparisons ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������50 4.4 Preferred Site ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������51

5.0 Project Budget Analysis ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������55 5.1 Major Assumptions ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������55 5.1.1 Description of Existing Programs and Facilities ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������58 5.1.2 Alternatives and Consequences of Not Proceeding With Preferred Alternative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������60 5.2 Related Budget To Scope Of Work ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������60 5.3 Effective Utilization Of Space ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������60 5.4 Cost Planning Vs. Cost Estimating ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������61 5.5 Funding Sources and Methods ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������61

6.0 Master Plan & Policy Coordination ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������65 6.1 Input from City of Tumwater, Port of Olympia, and Thurston County ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������65 6.2 Secretary of State Master Plan ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������65 6.3 Other Significant State Requirements ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������66 6.3.1 High-Performance Building Standards ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������66 6.3.2 Plan to Gain LEED® Status ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������67 6.3.3 State Growth Management Act Compliance ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������68 6.3.4 Conform to State Policy on Indoor Air Quality ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������68 6.3.5 State Clean Air Act of 1991 ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������68

7.0 Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������73 7.1 Actual Added Staffing and Operating Costs ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������73 7.2 Facility and Service Rates ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������73 7.3 Inflation Assumptions ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������73 7.4 Operating Budget Impacts ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������73 7.4.1 Life Cycle Cost Model 2016 ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������74

8.0 Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������93 8.1 Site Plans, Building Plans, Building Volumes ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������93 8.2 Civil Narrative �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������97 8.3 Landscape Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������99 8.4 Structural Narrative ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 101 8.5 Architectural Narrative ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 102 8.6 Mechanical, Electrical, & Plumbing Narrative ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 103

[ii] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 9.0 Legislative Mandates �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 137 9.1 Programming Space ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 137 9.2 Financing of Construction and Operations ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 137 9.3 Electronic Storage Efficiency Program ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 137 9.4 Site Selection Alternatives ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 137 9.5 High-Performance Measures ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 137 9.6 OFM Site Use and Collocation of Agency Operations ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 137

10.0 Appendix ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 143 10.1 Predesign Checklist ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 143 10.2 Enabling Legislation ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 146 10.3 Agency Compliance with Greenhouse Gases and Emissions Limits ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 147 10.4 Letters From DAHP Regarding The Impact Of Potential Sites On Cultural Resources ����������������������������������������������������������������������������� 148 10.5 C-100 Back-up Information ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 150 10.6 Consultant Cost Estimate - Tumwater Site ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 159 10.7 Secretary of State 10-Year Capital Plan, 2017-2027 ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 175 10.7.1 Agency Strategic Plan ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 175 10.7.2 Organizational Structure ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 176 10.7.3 Current Facilities and Their Condition ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 176 10.7.4 Changes from Previous Capital Plans ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 183 10.7.5 Results Washington ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 183 10.7.6 Deferred Maintenance Backlog Reduction Plan ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 183 10.8 Project Diagrams, Drawings & Narratives - Lacey Site ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 185 10.8.1 Site Plans, Building Plans, Building Volumes ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 185 10.8.2 Civil Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 191 10.8.3 Landscape Narrative ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 193 10.8.4 Structural Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 195 10.8.5 Architectural Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 195 10.8.6 Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 196 10.8.7 Zoning Analysis ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 227 10.8.8 Cost Estimate - Lacey Site ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 231 10.8.9 LEED Scorecard - LACEY Site ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 245 10.8.10 Life Cycle Cost Model ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 247 10.9 Project Diagrams, Drawings & Narratives - GA Site ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 251 10.9.1 Site Plans, Building Plans, Building Volumes ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 251 10.9.2 Civil Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 257 10.9.3 Landscape Narrative ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 259 10.9.4 Structural Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 261 10.9.5 Architectural Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 262 10.9.6 Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Narrative ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 263 10.9.7 Zoning Analysis ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 295 10.9.8 Cost Estimate - GA Site ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 299 10.9.9 LEED Scorecard ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 313 10.9.10 Life Cycle Cost Model ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 315 10.10 DES Cost Estimate for Relocation of Print Services ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 318

11.0 References ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 323

[iii]  [iv] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 1 Executive Summary THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[vi] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 1.0 Executive Summary

1.1 Study Purpose ation, project funding, records maintenance efficiencies, The Secretary of State’s Office, working with SRG and recommendations necessary to reach LEED® certifica- Partnership, the Department of Enterprise Services, and tion of Silver or higher. the Office of Financial Management, has undertaken this predesign study to begin the process of constructing a new library and additional archives space. This study, while reflecting previous predesigns for the Washington State 1.2 Proviso Language Heritage Center project, is a departure from those studies The budget proviso in 2EHB 1115 authorizing this in both overall plan and siting of the proposed facility. While predesign provided for a facility that would encompass previous predesigns focused on a capitol campus-based “necessary program space for the state library currently Library-Archives-Museum facility as well as an Executive located in Tumwater, and additional archive space.” The Office Building for the Washington State Insurance provision provided for analyzing the General Administration Commissioner and State Treasurer, this predesign focuses Building site among sites considered and that a perfor- on only replacing the Washington State Library and mance based method of construction is to be utilized. Archives and bringing together elements of the Secretary of State’s office that are currently in seven facilities. This While the GA site was thoroughly vetted, not only in this predesign is also a departure from previous studies in predesign, but also in three previous predesigns, it came its recommendation of a site next to the State Records up second to a proposed site in Tumwater namely due to Center in Tumwater, Washington, rather than the General the inability to consolidate storage of all archives, records, Administration (GA) Building. Tumwater offers advantages and library publications and the high cost of constructing over the GA site including lower development costs, a a building on the Capitol Campus. A site in Lacey on state potential for future growth and none of the issues that had property next to the Department of Ecology was considered become obstacles to constructing the proposed facility on and ranked third behind the Tumwater and GA properties. the capitol campus.

The proviso recommended design-build and design- It is also the goal of the Secretary of State’s office to meet build-operate-maintain among two of many potential the co-location and consolidation requirements of RCW performance based methods. Because of the nature of 43.82.10(6)1. Included in this predesign are the best efforts the facility storing rare historic documents into perpetuity, of those involved to collocating services, enhance public design-build-operate-maintain was ruled out. Storing and accountability, preserve Washington’s heritage, and provide maintaining historic documents, records, and publications a facility to accommodate future growth and technologi- is a core responsibility of the state that requires specialized cal changes while being environmentally responsive and facilities that are necessary into the foreseeable future. responsible. Once the subject was thoroughly vetted with experts in the field of Design-Build and General Contractor/Construction This predesign also fulfills the requirements set forth in the Manager (GC/CM) it was decided that the Tumwater site 2015 capital budget by including program needs, site evalu- was best served using the GC/CM model as outline in RCW 39.10.340, and the GA and Lacey facilities could utilize the Design-Build model. 1 RCW 43.82.10(6) It is the policy of the state to encourage the collocation and consolidation of state services into single or The greatest challenge came with attempting to meet adjacent facilities, whenever appropriate, to improve public service the proviso language for the State Library and only part of delivery, minimize duplication of facilities, increase efficiency of the archives collection. As is noted in several instances in operations, and promote sound growth management planning.

Executive Summary [1] this report, the state archives facility has been at capacity facility. It became immediately clear that a facility solely since 2005 with over 20% of its rare and valuable collection based on the proviso language was financially unsustain- sitting in regional archives and temporary warehouses. The able and still left the current inadequate archives building in archives facility itself, built in 1961, is woefully inadequate place. Every other element of the proviso was incorporated without a functioning fire suppression system, static shelv- into this predesign report, including consideration of the GA ing, 8’ ceilings, and leaking walls. Sewer and water pipes site, consolidation of other offices and agencies on the GA crisscross the ceiling above some of the rarest elements site by OFM, and delivery method. In order to move forward in the collection in contravention of all modern archival with a sustainable and supportable predesign report RCW rules and regulations. The fact the building is underground 43.82.10(6) directing state agencies to co-locate services creates its own sets of challenges, namely the high cost of and operations was followed. While the proviso provided maintaining the HAVC system, a nonexistent fire suppres- the foundation for this document, the statutory language sion system, and inability to expand a building already well provided the basis by which the predesign was completed. beyond its lifecycle. Current rent costs associated with the Library and Library The cost of a facility that only contains the library and part annex is approximately $1 million dollars per year. Archives of the archives storage is well beyond the means of both would need to retain their current facilities eliminating any organizations to pay for in addition to current Archives facili- rent savings to dedicate towards the COP funding. The ties. Separating the Archives collection requires additional Proviso only solution that contains the Library and addi- staff to maintain the collection and makes it difficult to tional archival space could sustain approximately $13-$15 serve the public accessing the archives. Consolidating the million in COP proceeds to go towards construction and the storage of archives, records and publications gives us the remaining $35-$36 million would need alternative funding opportunity to plan for the efficient use of storage areas sources. Either GO Debt proceeds or an additional revenue into the future. As state agencies move towards digitization source of $2.5 million to cover annual debt service pay- of records the need for records storage areas will dimin- ments. The cost of maintaining the archives is reimbursed ish giving us the opportunity to expand archival storage through the Central Services Billing model (charged to other as an alternative to creating 40 years of archival storage state agencies approximately 40% coming from the General space now. Separate facilities would require additional Fund). secured storage space up-front with limited opportunities to expand or take advantage of changing storage needs. The Predesign Project Oversight group analyzed the legisla- tive provisions. The consultant, SRG, and the Secretary of State’s office provided detailed information on the cost, square feet, and programming information on the proposed

PROVISIO ONLY

Site Cost Monthly Debt DES Assessed Total Monthly Payment from Monthly Debt Legislative GO Payments charges Payment Library/Archives Funding Needed to Balance Payments

Tumwater $48,199,134.00 $285,514.00 $85,654.20 $371,168.20 $98,161.00 $273,007.20 $35,549,134.00

Lacey $62,223,880.00 $367,301.00 $110,190.30 $477,491.30 $98,161.00 $379,330.30 $49,573,880.00

GA Site $65,855,362.00 $388,737.00 $116,621.10 $505,358.10 $98,161.00 $407,197.10 $53,205,362.00

The proviso cost is based on analysis by SRG and Rider Levett Bucknall consultants. Monthly debt payments are based on a 20-year COP with a 3.08% interest rate as forecasted by OFM. The DES assessed charges are based on a 30% mark-up for service and capital facilities charges added to other DES-SOS leases. Monthly payments from OSOS include the rent for the current library facility and off-site storage for the Archives and Library.

[2] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign CURRENT OFFICE AND STORAGE USAGE

Space Programming Gross Square Feet Remarks

Washington State Archives 47,900 State Facility

Washington State Library 40,000 PVT Owned

Washington State Elections 10,667 PVT Owned

Special Programs – Admin/Fiscal/HR 9,904 PVT Owned

Federal Publications Storage 6,382 State Facility

Corporation and Charities Division 17,000 State Facility

Records Center Annex 25,000 PVT Owned

Total 156,853

FUTURE OFFICE AND STORAGE USAGE

Space Programming Gross Square Feet Remarks

Conference Rooms 7,116 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Offices 42,904 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Public Areas 11,400 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Secured Storage + Records Center Storage Addition 96,185 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Staff Areas 2,615 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Work Areas 7,480 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Infrastructure 4,647 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Total for Tumwater Site 172,347

1.3 Project Financing Consideration Currently, divisions within the Office of the Secretary of State are located in separate leased facilities throughout The 2015 Legislature authorized the Secretary of State Olympia and Tumwater. The predesign plan for consoli- to undertake a predesign which includes site selection dating all of these facilities into a new Library/Archives and extensive program analysis. The Secretary of State Building creates an opportunity for the Office to repurpose has directed an effort to collocate seven facilities in the payments that are currently paid towards rent to fund a Thurston County into one building, in accordance with Certificate of Participation. This consolidation effort would RCW 43.82.10(6). The tenants would be the State Library, combine 7 separate rented facilities costing $2,885,112 in State Archives, Corporations and Charities Division, annual rent payments into one facilities financed in part Elections Division, Operations Division, Special Programs, through the use of a Certificate of Participation (COP) and and the State Record Center. Each program currently pays General Obligation (GO) debt issued by the State Treasurer. rent for the facilities currently occupied. The digital archives facility in Cheney Washington was funded through a COP with a dedicated revenue source attached to the recording fees on documents filed at the County Auditors’ Office. The Digital Archives debt is paid off in FY 2018 and the proceeds from these recording fees is an additional resource the Office will use to fund the COP on the new Library Archives Building.

Executive Summary [3] Exhibit A provides the details of the facilities referenced An important element of the financing strategy for the new above. Library-Archives facility is for the Secretary of State’s office to own the whole facility, including the State Record Center. Exhibit B documents the current lease agreements within This is already being done with four regional archives in each division less any debt service currently owed on exist- Cheney, Ellensburg, Bellevue, and Bellingham, and the ing COP’s. Revenue associated with RCW 36.22.175(3) that Talking Book and Braille Library in Seattle. will be available after the Cheney Digital Archives COP is satisfied in 2018. An estimated increase of .0025% per year is included within this calculation. The total amounts listed on this financing plan are less the $5 million funded through private and/or grant proceeds.

The Total Available resources to finance a COP in 2020 is $3,147,429 per year. This amount increases to $3,686,392 in 2024 after existing COP’s are satisfied and those resources can be redirected to the Library/Archives building.

With a supplement of GO debt ranging from $20-$24 million and private and/or grant proceeds of $5 million this project can be financed within existing resources. Debt schedules based on both of these assumptions are included in Exhibit B. The debt schedules were based on a 20 year instrument with a face value of 3.5%.

EXHIBIT A - FACILITY DETAIL

SPACE STATE FACILITY ADDRESS CITY SQUARE LEASE LEASE END CURRENT YEARLY COST TYPE OWNED NAME FEET START DATE MONTHLY OR DATE BASE LEASED LEASE COST

Offices Leased Elections 520 Union Ave SE Olympia 10,668 7/1/2015 6/30/2020 $19,465.45 $233,585.40 (520) Building

Archives Leased Archives 1129 Washington Olympia 47,900 7/1/2015 6/30/2020 $45,448.33 $545,379.96 Building St SE

Offices Owned Dolliver 801 S Capitol Way Olympia 17,000 9/20/2000 6/30/2021 $29,750.00 $357,000.00 Building

Offices Leased Library 6880 Capitol Blvd SE Tumwater 49,904 1/1/2012 12/31/2016 $82,747.07 $992,964.84 Building

Lt Storage Leased Record River Drive Tumwater 25,000 8/1/2015 8/1/2020 $11,750.00 $141,000.00 Center Annex

Lt Storage Leased Library 7510 New Market St Tumwater 6,500 1/1/2012 7/30/2015 $3,664.33 $43,971.96 Annex Fed Docs

Lt Storage Leased Records 7590 New Market St Tumwater 47,200 7/1/2013 6/30/2015 $47,600.83 $571,209.96 Center

Total 204,172 $240,426.01 $2,885,112.12

[4] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign EXHIBIT B - DEBT PAYMENT PLAN

Year Annual Rent / Funding Source Revenue GO Shortfall GO Shortfall $20,000,000 (Excess) $24,000,000 (Excess)

Elections Corporations Library Records Archives 36.22.175(3) Total COP COP 001 407 14E 441/006 441/006 441/006 Available $53,795,000 $49,795,000

2018 $233,858 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $2,375,101

2019 $233,858 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $791,339 $3,166,440

2020 $233,858 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $793,317 $3,168,418 $3,785,074 $616,656 $3,503,630 $335,211

2021 $240,874 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $795,301 $3,177,417 $3,785,074 $607,657 $3,503,630 $326,212

2022 $240,874 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $797,289 $3,179,406 $3,785,074 $605,669 $3,503,630 $324,224

2023 $240,874 $357,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $799,282 $3,436,399 $3,785,074 $348,675 $3,503,630 $67,231

2024 $240,874 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $801,280 $3,714,397 $3,785,074 $70,677 $3,503,630 ($210,767)

2025 $240,874 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $803,283 $3,716,400 $3,785,074 $68,674 $3,503,630 ($212,770)

2026 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $805,292 $3,725,635 $3,785,074 $59,440 $3,503,630 ($222,005)

2027 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $807,305 $3,727,648 $3,785,074 $57,427 $3,503,630 ($224,018)

2028 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $809,323 $3,729,666 $3,785,074 $55,408 $3,503,630 ($226,036)

2029 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $811,346 $3,731,689 $3,785,074 $53,385 $3,503,630 ($228,059)

2030 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $813,375 $3,733,718 $3,785,074 $51,357 $3,503,630 ($230,088)

2031 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $815,408 $3,743,194 $3,785,074 $41,880 $3,503,630 ($239,564)

2032 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $817,447 $3,745,232 $3,785,074 $39,842 $3,503,630 ($241,603)

2033 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $819,490 $3,747,276 $3,785,074 $37,798 $3,503,630 ($243,646)

2034 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $821,539 $3,749,325 $3,785,074 $35,749 $3,503,630 ($245,695)

2035 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $823,593 $3,751,379 $3,785,074 $33,695 $3,503,630 ($247,749)

2036 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $825,652 $3,761,104 $3,785,074 $23,970 $3,503,630 ($257,474)

2037 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $827,716 $3,763,168 $3,785,074 $21,906 $3,503,630 ($259,538)

2038 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $829,785 $3,765,237 $3,785,074 $19,837 $3,503,630 ($261,607)

2039 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $831,860 $3,767,312 $3,785,074 $17,763 $3,503,630 ($263,682)

2040 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $833,939 $3,769,391 $3,785,074 $15,683 $3,503,630 ($265,761)

1.4 Background space for over 10 years. The current Library and Elections facilities are located in privately owned office buildings not The Secretary of State is the state’s chief supervisor of the designed or built for their operations. State Archives, State Library, Corporation and Charities filing, and Elections Division. As such, it is the responsibility Since 2002, plans were proposed to consolidate the of the Secretary of State to collect and preserve the histori- Washington State Archives and Washington State Library cal records of the state, make those records and books into a single facility. In 2015, 22 states have combined available for research, coordinate the implementation of their Archives and Library operations. The move toward the state’s records management, oversee profit and charity a new facility was spurred by a number of factors. The incorporations, and provide oversight of the state’s election Nisqually earthquake of February 2001 forced the Library process. off the Capitol Campus and into a rented office building in Tumwater. The State Archives is currently housed in a The State Archives has been at capacity since 2005. Over 1960s era underground structure that is far beyond capacity 32% of its collection sits in warehouse space in Tumwater and inadequate for the storage of historical and archival and Spokane. The State Records Center and leased over- documents. Both facilities have resorted to storing archival, flow space are quickly approaching full capacity. The State research, and library materials in facilities far from their Library does not have sufficient space, particularly secure central location. space, and has been leasing both primary and overflow

Executive Summary [5] The Corporations and Charities Division registers busi- into a single location alongside the Secretary of State’s nesses and charities, and records documents that are Isabella Bush Records Center. The Tumwater site is also required for public record. In 2000 the division moved from large enough for future needs. rented offices to the newly renovated Dolliver Building, site of the former Federal office building and post office. Initially, Most significant is the location of the secure storage for the the facility worked well with a large open lobby and staff new facility. At the Tumwater site, secure storage is above areas. With the advent of internet filing of corporations and ground, but behind well-fortified walls. This ensures easy charities, customers seeking to file in person has dropped access to environmental systems and assures future expan- dramatically while staff needed to support on-line and sion without the need for major excavation. By comparison, telephone support operations has increased. The facility is at the GA site, storage would be built on several floors with no longer adequate to support these operations with staff most of the facility infrastructure and support services on spread throughout four floors and the large lobby empty top. This makes future expansion impossible and upgrading most of the time. The facility also needs millions of dollars environmental systems extremely difficult. in external work to mitigate water infiltration and mitigate external deterioration, upgrade HVAC systems, and mitigate Current rents, fundraising, and a legislative appropriation major parking issues. of $20 - 25 million are sufficient to pay for a Certificate of Participation for construction in Tumwater. Program operat- The Elections Division moved into facilities at 520 Union ing costs of the new facility are part of the office’s annual Avenue in Olympia after the 2001 earthquake. The privately operating budget with anticipated savings due to consolida- owned facility was built as the original headquarters for the tion of space and programs. Part of the long-term planning Washington State Employees Credit Union in 1966. Most for the Records Center space includes continuation of an of the mechanical services and facility infrastructure are 50 enhanced digital imaging program to further lessen the years old and at the end of their useful lives. The building need for short-term records storage. has inadequate parking for visitors and staff, but during the year when initiative checking is not undertaken half the building lies empty. Special Programs and Secretary of State Operations are located in the same building as the State Library and will need to relocate when the Library does.

1.5 Recommendation It is recommended that the Washington State Library, Washington State Archives, Corporations and Charities Division, Division of Elections, Special Programs Division, off-site rental storage for the State Library and State Archives, and Secretary of State Operations (Fiscal, Human Resources, etc.), and the current Records Center facility consolidate from seven facilities into a single and collocated site connected to the Records Center in Tumwater site at Tumwater. Current and future program needs are identified in Section 2.2.

The Tumwater site is preferable not only because of lower construction and long-term operating costs, but also because it has the ability to consolidate separate divisions

[6] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 2 Project Analysis THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[8] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 2.0 Project Analysis

The need for a new facility has been critical for the past This project envisions consolidating seven facilities into decade. While the operational needs have changed little, one and includes the State Library, Archives, Corporations substandard facilities and inadequate infrastructure inhibit and Charities, Elections Division, Special Programs, and the ability of the office to operate at the most optimum level. administrative support functions of the office. While planning a new facility, two major predesigns were completed, but were not implemented due to economic and Creating a consolidated multi-purpose space is of critical funding issues, yet the information gathered is critical to this importance to the Secretary of State’s office, as well as analysis. members of the public, researchers, patrons and private industry that require readily available research materials. In the 2015 Capital Budget, the legislature required A single facility will create a streamlined approach that that, among other proposed locations, the General provides both cost savings and operational efficiencies. This Administration building site be considered. It is included impacts 203 FTEs in seven locations. The new facility will: in this report, along with a site in Tumwater that is the pre- ferred alternative, and a site in Lacey, WA. While numerous • Consolidate resources and improve access for the alternatives were considered in the 2010 predesign, most public, state employees, researchers, Library patrons did not meet the needs or requirements of the Library or and companies. It will eliminate wasted time, improve Archives for siting, future expansion, and program needs. productivity, and enhance quality of service to the public • Streamline programs and office spaces It is anticipated that, with legislative approval, the Tumwater • Eliminate costs of running and staffing multiple locations facility could be ready to occupy as early as Spring 2020. • Provide greater security The ideal funding process would be to utilize a COP to be paid off through current rents, grant proceeds, private • Reduce the use of leased and satellite facilities contributions, and legislative appropriation. • Provide long-term flexible storage growth space for the next 25 - 50 years • Reduce travel • Allow the state to meet archival storage and library 2.1 Operational Needs performance standards The Secretary of State is the state’s chief Elections • Meet LEED® principles in design and construction officer, chief Corporations’ officer, and supervisor of the State Archives and Library. The duties of the office are Currently both the State Library and Records Center lease specified in Article III, Section 17 of the Washington State space off-site for materials that cannot be accommodated at Constitution and Chapter 43.07 RCW. The office’s Mission is their core facilities. The Corporations and Charities Division to promote public trust by: is in a poorly designed layout in a facility which needs major exterior upgrades. The Archives is in a subterranean space • Safeguarding vital government records, documents, built in 1961 and lacks modern, state-of-the-art storage publications and process space. The Library is in a rented office building ill-suited for • Preserving the integrity of elections in Washington State the large collection of government publications, historic books, maps, and photographs. • Providing the business community and public with easy access to information about corporations and charities In addition to providing additional space, a new building will • Performing public outreach to improve civic knowledge enable the State Archives and the State Library to strategi- and participation cally collocate, allowing Archive and Library collections to • Leveraging technology to improve efficiency and be maintained at the same location, achieving economies enhance customer service of scale for storage capacity, personnel and research

Project Analysis [9] resources, and preservation technology. Collocation also individuals spanning many walks of life. These individuals provides better service to researchers and the public, many include: legislative staff, historians, educators, students, of whom currently use both facilities but are forced to drive local and state employees, Washington State residents, between locations. and visitors. The access provides transparency in the governmental decision making process by providing an A single facility will allow the Library and Archives to opportunity for education, transparency, and better access eliminate redundancies and share resources including to, and delivery of, government services. research collections, storage space, and expert personnel. For example, the State Library maintains a collection of rare books, maps, photographic materials, and films from 2.1.2 The State Archives the Territorial era that must be stored in the same secure temperature and humidity-controlled atmosphere provided The Archives & Records Management Division (RCW for archival documents. Collocating the resources will be 40.14) of the Office of the Secretary of State maintains two more efficient and more effective for researchers and staff. categories of records: long-term archival-quality documents and short-term agency records. The Archives employ 31 At present, the Library, Archives, and their off-site storage personnel in the east Capitol Campus facility. facilities utilize 118,000 SF of space without room to grow. Consolidation of those operations would result in a facility While sometimes referred to as one operation, the state of about 100,000 SF with the ability to grow for the next 25 Archives and Records Center are two entirely separate years based on current use. This is achieved by consolidat- organizations. The Records Center provides off-site storage ing storage facilities and upgrading storage capacity using to state agencies with the agencies retaining legal custody. compact shelving. It would also cut greenhouse gasses by The Records Center stores semi-active and inactive records eliminating the eight mile trip between the Library and State for Washington State agencies, public universities, and Archives for those utilizing both facilities including Library community and technical colleges. These records are and Archives personnel needing to go to off-site storage maintained until the retention period has expired, usually six facilities. to sixty years, and are then shredded and destroyed. Some records, which have met agency retention requirements Special Programs, Operations Division, and Legacy Project and designated “Archival,” are transferred from agency staff are housed in the Library building and will need to ownership to the State Archives for appraisal and possible move to a new space. The Elections Division is housed in in long-term preservation. a privately owned 1960’s era former bank building. While the facility is functional, over half of the space within the build- The State Archives preserves important long-term legal ing is unused for most of the year when initiative signature and historical records of state and local governments. The checking is not taking place. The building’s infrastructure records date back to 1853 and include the original territo- and HVAC are 50 years old and in constant need of costly rial and state laws, the 1889 State Constitution, territorial repairs and maintenance. tribal and local census documents, Supreme Court case files, executive-level policy files from state agencies, and The Corporations Facility is ill-suited for use as a modern legislative records to name a few. These constitute 3% office building, with staff divided between multiple floors. of all records created by state government. Temperature and humidity-controlled storage environments are critical to maintain archival records and ensure proper preserva- tion. Fluctuating and unstable temperature and humidity 2.1.1 Governor’s Results Washington levels have a substantially negative effect on the Archives This request is supportive of the Governor’s Results collections. Washington Goal of efficient, effective, and accountable government. The targeted programs maintain multiple Archival documents are currently stored in a sub-standard facilities ensuring access to the state’s important legal and facility on the east Capitol Campus. The infrastructure of the historical records for review, inspection, and education, Archives building is unable to meet modern conservation including access to the electoral and initiative process, by and storage standards. The facility is over 50 years old and

[10] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign is in need of extensive updating to the plumbing, HVAC, forced archivists to cover many of the shelving units with electrical, and fire systems. Currently the facility’s roof is plastic. Fixed metal shelving and eight foot ceilings contrib- covered with top-soil and trees, a condition not optimal for ute substantially to inefficient space use. archival storage.

The Archives facility also does not meet modern archives 2.1.3 The State Library construction and storage standards. Due to concrete floor- ing throughout the building, water and sewer pipes hang The State Library (RCW 27.04 and 40.06), the oldest cultural from the ceiling throughout the storage areas. Constant agency in state government, employs 35 personnel at its leaks in the plumbing has created an additional risk to temporary Tumwater location. The library coordinates ser- personnel and electrical fixtures. Since 1997, three major vices to all libraries in the state, to include regional libraries, flood events occurred inside the Archives building. On an community college libraries, higher education academic annual basis, water and sewage comes in contact with libraries and libraries in state correctional facilities. Many collections. Ideally HVAC equipment and piping should services and subscriptions made available to the public at be located outside the facility to lower the risk of exposing regional and community college libraries are coordinated archival collections to moisture. The current facility design and funded through the State Library. and placement does not allow for such upgrades and redesigns. Also, while the Archives contains fire and smoke The State Library also collects, preserves, and makes monitoring equipment, the facility has no fire suppression accessible to Washingtonians a research collection for most of the collections. The potential of losing a majority focused on Pacific Northwest and Washington State of the state’s archival collection to fire has reached a critical culture, history, natural resources, and government; books stage. by Washington-based authors; and published information from the federal government, which it receives in its role The Archives reached capacity in 2005 resulting in the need as a regional repository library. The library provides leader- for expensive leased facilities that do not meet environmen- ship and coordination of services to all libraries in the tal and storage standards. The inability to store additional state of Washington; supports the informational needs of state agency short-term records in the Records Center state residents who are unable to read standard print; and negatively impacts those agencies’ current operating space provides materials and library services to residents of state needs. institutions.

Lastly, when the Archives was built in 1961, the land it The Washington State Library is housed in a 49,900 square stands on was the site of a centuries old bog. In 1930, the foot privately owned office building that was not designed site was filled to make room for Olympia High School. While or built as a library. The current facility was intended as a the school operated at the site, flooded basement locker temporary solution to house the Library while the Capitol rooms, mold-infested store rooms, and poor drainage forced Campus was repaired following the 2001 Nisqually earth- the school district to construct a new high school instead quake. Part of the Library’s federal collection is housed in of renovating the 42-year-old-structure. When the current leased space a mile from the main library and accessible archives were built in 1962-63 it required excavating 70 feet only by Library staff. The Library, which provides research into the ground and adding a 10-foot layer of gravel under material to the public and state agencies is utilized by the bottom slab to insure adequate water drainage. Five feet individuals who also tend to perform research at the State of dirt and several trees were added to the top of the struc- Archives. The Archives and Library are located seven miles ture for appearance and, as noted in 1962, added insulation. apart, forcing researchers and the public to travel between The trees and soil contributed to the deterioration of the the buildings. building, speeding up degradation of the steel inside the concrete, and encouraging the infiltration of water through The current structure also barely meets gravity loads cracks and holes in the walls. Heating and condensation needed for a functional library. While the first floor allows for challenges, old wiring and aging water and sewer pipes, the required 300 pounds per square foot (PSF) floor load uti- much of which is visible just above the collection, have lizing compact shelving, the upper floors do not. As a result, much of the collection is separated from the library user on

Project Analysis [11] the ground floor, inaccessible to the public. The public must • Certifying the results of state primaries and general access the main reading room using a single elevator but elections. due to security concerns, cannot use the stairs to enter or • Filing and verifying initiatives and referendums. leave the Library’s public areas. • Producing and distributing the state’s Voters’ Pamphlet and election-based legal advertising.

2.1.4 Corporations and Charities Division The Elections Division is housed in a 1960’s-era former The Corporations and Charities Division (RCWs 11.110, bank and leased from a private developer. The building is 18.100, 19.09, 19.77, 23-25, 26.60, and 43.07) employees substandard and lacks a modern fire suppression system. 57 personnel and is responsible for the following pro- Approximately 4,000 square feet of space is used twice grams: business formation, maintenance, and registration; a year for processing initiatives and referendums. During charitable solicitations, charitable trusts, and commercial the other 10 months the area is mostly empty and unused. fundraisers; apostilles and international certificates; trade- When initiatives are received to be checked and counted marks; domestic partnerships; service of process; business the sheets are taken blocks away to the state Archives for and charities outreach and education; and digital signature/ scanning and are then returned for counting. Consolidation electronic authentication. in a new facility with the Archives will help minimize movement of initiatives for scanning. The initiative checking The Corporations and Charities Division is housed in a space can be used by other tenants of a new Library- 1915 era facility extensively renovated in 2000. The building Archives building as a meeting space when not used for covers four floors with 17,000 square feet overall but only initiative checking. 9,500 is usable for office and public space. The rest is used for building infrastructure and structural support. Staff is split between all four floors which is not conducive to 2.1.6 Special Programs & Agency working in a collaborative and efficient manner. The space Administration Support is very inefficient for program activities, needs expensive security and exterior upgrades, and does not fit the current The Secretary of State’s office operates a number of Special program model which has moved away from in-person visits Programs that include the Combined Fund Drive, and to on-line registration. It would cost more to refurbish it to an Legacy Washington to name a few. These programs employ acceptable standard than provide equivalent space in a new up to 11 personnel and are located at the temporary Library purpose built facility. As in-person visits continue to decline facility in Tumwater. due to on-line registration, demand for greater online customer and IT support is constrained by the design of the • The Combined Fund Drive (CFD) (RCW 41.04) is current facility. Furthermore, as a restored historic structure, Washington State’s workplace giving program for major modifications to open up space and provide for a active and retired public employees. State and higher better work and security environment are prohibitive. Lastly, education employees are invited to give to the charity the building is in need of major exterior work to prevent of their choice through payroll contribution and agency further water infiltration and structural degradation, parking fundraising events. is lacking, and the HVAC system is in need of major repairs. • Legacy Washington (43.07) is an educational program that shares Washington history with schools, universities and the public at large. The project relies on unique collections held by the Washington State Library and 2.1.5 Elections Division the Washington State Archives. Legacy Washington The Elections Division (RCW 29A) employs 19 personnel books, profiles and exhibits are currently in use in many and is responsible for the oversight of elections conducted classrooms around the state and accessible though libraries across the country. All work published by the by the counties, and provides a clearinghouse for election project is available and free online. information. Other duties include:

• Supervising state and local elections

[12] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Also located in the temporary library facility are the highly regulated variable temperature secure storage and Secretary of State’s Operations Division which provides public access to research materials requires a state-of-the- administrative support functions, including Human art facility which cannot be achieved by merely renovating Resources, budget and fiscal office, contracts, payroll, IT, current facilities. Both the Library and Archives store and purchasing, providing support to the entire agency. overflow materials in off-site leased space forcing staff to The Operations Division employees 38 personnel and travel long distances to retrieve documents. The public is was recently collocated to the temporary library facility in also forced to drive between the Library and Archives when Tumwater. Consolidating these programs in this new facility undertaking research at great cost in both energy and time will benefit the agency through efficient use of space and driving between the two facilities. better integration of employee services and support. Another alternative, as considered in the budget proviso, is to split off the Library facility and move part of the archives collection to a new facility. While this is a good first step, 2.2 Site Selection Alternatives & it creates some major challenges. The library currently Recommendation is in a temporary office building sharing 20% of its space with Secretary of State Special programs and Operations. As directed by the Legislature, the Secretary of State’s Both these divisions will need office space. Moving only an Office undertook an exhaustive analysis of potential sites element of the archives storage does not solve some of the with the assistance of the Department of Enterprise major structural and infrastructure issues with the current Services and utilizing previous analysis by SRG Partnership Archives and divides the collection between two facilities. It in 2006, 2007 and 2010. While 14 sites were considered, would require more staff and result in an expensive storage most were ruled out due to their inability to accommodate space that would not be designed for all of the Archives cur- a large combined office building and provide for potential rent and future storage. This costly alternative would result further expansion or modifications. To determine the best in further increases to fees and general fund appropriations site, the following criteria were considered: far above those needed if the whole facility were replaced.

• Access to the site to include proximity to major highways It is clear that collocation results in better service and and bus routes space usage. In addition to providing additional space, a • Adequate parking for patrons and staff new building will allow the State Archives and the State • Site preparation and construction costs (including Library to strategically locate together. Collocation will allow demolition and/or repurposing existing structures) the archival and library collections to be maintained at the • Highest and best use of the site same location, achieving economies of scale for storage capacity, personnel resources, and preservation technol- • Program needs ogy. Collocation of the collections provides better service • Capability to construct and operate a facility allowing to researchers and the public, many of whom currently for repayment of construction bonds without adversely use both facilities but are forced to shuffle back and forth impacting agency operations between locations. The new facility would also cut green- • Site availability and costs house gasses by eliminating the seven mile trip between • Future expansion and facility updating capabilities the Library and State Archives for those utilizing both facilities and library and archive personnel needing to go • Ability to consolidate facility and staff functions to off-site storage facilities. For example, researching state government, legislative, or local history, family legacy, and genealogy, utilize resources from both divisions. Providing 2.2.1 Exploring Alternatives researchers one location will better serve the public and state government. No other alternatives, such as renovation, back filling, or rearrangement of current facilities would achieve, in a A single facility will allow the divisions to eliminate redun- fiscally prudent manner, consolidation and collocating goals dancies and share resources. Use of multiple locations that a new Library-Archives building would. The need for

Project Analysis [13] means duplication of equipment, offices and meeting a priority consideration during design and construction. rooms, and services. For example, the State Library main- Proper planning, design, and construction that include tains a collection of rare books and maps from the Territorial life-cycle cost analysis and energy efficiency measures will era that must be stored in the same type of secure, tem- keep the operating costs of the building, and the climate perature and humidity-controlled atmosphere provided for control system, manageable. Storing above grade mitigates archival documents. Collocating the resources will be more potential underground water infiltration, and allows easier efficient and more effective for customers and will reduce maintenance and upgrading infrastructure over the life of redundancies for state agencies that submit materials to the facility. both divisions.

Currently the tenants of the Library Building, State Archives, 2.2.2 Ownership vs. Leasing and off-site storage of the Library and Records Center use 156,000 GSF of space without room to grow. Consolidation OWNERSHIP ADVANTAGES of operations would result in a facility of about 172,000 GSF • The Archives and Library Special Collections secure with the ability to grow for the next 25 years based on cur- storage space is highly selective and houses contents rent use. This is achieved by consolidating storage facilities that are very rare with regard to both the state’s history and upgrading storage space to higher capacity compact and legacy. Maintaining it in state owned facilities is shelving. preferable for security and safe keeping. • No state archives in the are maintained in The facility needs for a Library-Archives Building are privately-owned leased facilities. unusual: • Costs are predictable, particularly with a long-term, fixed-rate COP. • Storage of archive boxes is most efficient with 12’ • Facility owner can rent out extra office space as an compact shelving. Library material can be placed in 10’ added source of income. rolling compact storage. While the Records Center in Tumwater currently uses high bay storage, the Archives • Agencies can make changes or additions to the property on the Capitol Campus utilizes inefficient static open without obtaining owner permission. shelving with only eight-foot ceilings. Compact shelving • State agencies do not pay property taxes which are an utilizes twice the storage capacity while utilizing the added cost of operating leased facilities, especially as same amount of space as static open shelving. an area develops and improves over time. • Both high bay shelving and compact shelving require particular reinforced floors that can withstand high floor OWNERSHIP DISADVANTAGES loads. Only the first floor of the current Library facility can meet these requirements and is inadequate in both • Long-term outlay of cash is significant. accessibility and space to meet these needs. • Managing office space is time-consuming. Owners are • Preservation of archival-quality documents require responsible for all maintenance and repairs. specific temperature and humidity controls. Fluctuating and unstable temperature and humidity negatively affect the Archives and rare book collections. For every 10° LEASING ADVANTAGES increase in temperature, the useful life of paper is cut in • Leasing requires a smaller up-front cash outlay— half. Conversely, by lowering the temperature by 10°, the typically the first and last months’ rent. expected life of paper is doubled. Both the Library and Archives buildings have experienced widely fluctuating • Renting provides flexibility and puts fewer constraints on temperature levels due to inadequate HVAC systems the agency. even after upgrades. • Agencies are free to run their operation rather than manage properties. The unique temperature and humidity requirements for a • There is short lead-time to move in. Library-Archives Building, and the indefinite life span of the • Maintenance, repairs and modifications are often building, require operating costs and life-cycle costs to be negotiable with landlords.

[14] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign LEASING DISADVANTAGES that does not meet environmental and storage standards. The division can also refuse to accept archival records from • No state archives in the United States are maintained in state agencies but this will result in the loss of the state’s privately-owned leased facilities. most important historical and legal documents, such as the • Costs are variable: The market dictates what you will pay original signed versions of bills, Supreme Court and Court for rent over time. of Appeals opinions, and gubernatorial proclamations. • Lease payments for a long-term storage facility such as the State Archives will be paid over 50-75 years, The inability to store additional short-term records of state long after the initial COP or mortgage is paid off. This agencies will negatively impact each agencies’ current is different than a standard office facility that is not a operating space needs. State agencies adhering to the repository of the state’s historical documents. records retentions schedules would have to store these • Landlords may limit expansions and modifications. records in high dollar per square foot office space as • Leasing a facility with very specific security, opposed to the Records Center warehouse. Off-site storage temperature, and storage needs over 50-75 years is for the Records Center and Library create a burden on considerably more expensive than owning the same employees, state agencies, and the public who must endure facility. While the original COP would be paid off over 30 longer wait times while items are retrieved from off-site years, private landlords would continue to charge the locations. Rent on both these facilities costs $185,000 a same or more rent over the 50+ lifespan of the facility. year and could be better spent on retrievable storage in a • As noted in section 2.2.2, leasing is not a viable new facility. Both storage facilities are not, nor were they alternative, especially given the very particular storage meant to be, designed for temperature-controlled long-term and security needs of the State Library and Archives for records and document storage. long-term storage. Most privately owned development companies change hands, merge, or fold, over what would be the 50-75 year multi-generational life cycle of a modern Archives facility. With state ownership of the 2.2.4 Selecting Alternative Archives, there is no concern about the state folding Based on a thorough analysis of operational needs, or merging and thus no disruption to the continuity budget capacity, and proposed alternatives, the location in ownership of the facility that houses the state’s Tumwater is the preferred site. In the 2015 Capital Budget, treasured historical documents. the Legislature required that the General Administration building site be considered among proposed locations. It is included in this report, along with sites in Tumwater and 2.2.3 Effects of No Action Lacey. While numerous alternative sites were considered in previous predesigns, most did not meet the needs or The State Library and Elections are currently in a leased requirements of the Library or Archives for siting, future facility. The Library building, which also houses Special expansion, and program needs. Programs and office operations, was intended to be a “temporary” location but the Library has now been there Building on the GA parcel would require a large investment for over 15 years. The location does not allow the public to by the legislature in preparing the site, construction of a access as many resources as are available due to space, parking garage, hillside mitigation, and the higher costs layout, and security constraints. The Library has to lease of constructing a major facility on the Capitol Campus. additional overflow space to store the collection. The two Along with these limitations are the limiting factors the GA leases cost over $1.2 million per year. The Secretary of site imposes on the new facility, preventing the ability to State’s Office believes that those funds are better spent on expand in the future or upgrade expensive environmental the operating costs of a state-owned building built to house systems that would need to be buried deep underground. It the State Library rather than continue the lease of a private is anticipated that with legislative approval, the alternative office building where most of the collection is inaccessible locations in Tumwater and Lacey could be ready to occupy to the public. as early as November 2019.

The Archives has reached capacity resulting in the need to store archival documents in a separate storage facility

Project Analysis [15] 2.2.5 Scope & Project Description • Providing alternate transportation choices to include of Preferred Alternative bike lockers, shower facilities, and close proximity to bus stops. The preferred site, located in Tumwater, would be a mix of new and renovated space. The site would require some • Minimizing the impact on water runoff from the site demolition, but potential reuse of the high bay portion of • Utilizing solar energy resources the modular building and utilization of the foundation would • Recycling demolition waste be the only major requirements to preparing the site. New utilities and road infrastructure are currently available as is parking for 250. Most of the materials would be removed The use of the Tumwater or Lacey sites also allows for from the site, reused in the new facility, or recycled. future facility growth without the need to acquire more land.

It is anticipated that, with legislative approval, a Library- Archives building in Tumwater could be ready to occupy 2.2.7 Prior Planning & History as early as November 2019, the 130th anniversary of Since the mid-1980s The Secretary of State’s Office has statehood. This would entail securing short-term space for sought to replace the State Archives with a facility that the federal publications collection currently housed in the meets the highest standard for collection preservation yet Modular building, and new permanent space for the state is accessible to staff and the public. The current facility, Printer. built in 1962, reached and surpassed its capacity years ago. To alleviate overcrowding, the Secretary of State’s Office constructed four regional archives in Spokane, Bellevue, 2.2.6 Issues Identification Ellensburg, and Bellingham. The current Archives facility Construction of a new facility is included in several 10-year holds both the State Archives and SW Regional Archives. capital plans submitted by the Secretary of State’s office. The most recent 10-year plan, completed in September Archival technology and storage practices have advanced 2014, is included in the appendix of this predesign. dramatically in the past 50 years, yet the current facility, while meeting 1962 standards for temperature and humid- The new facility will embrace sustainability and LEED®- ity, is fighting deteriorating infrastructure and exterior forces based design and construction guidelines. Building that threaten the collection. In 1998, planning began on materials, environmental systems, and construction replacing the facility, but no legislative appropriation was methods will be utilized that enhance the quality of life for approved to begin the predesign. customers and staff while decreasing the new building’s carbon footprint. The project will adhere closely to the The State Library, the oldest cultural agency in state govern- pertinent sections of RCW 39.94.020 and section 7008 of ment, was founded in 1853 by Washington’s first Governor, the 2015 Capital Budget Act by insuring that the facility is Isaac I. Stevens. Governor Stevens received a congressional designed and built through a collaborative, environmentally appropriation to purchase $5,000 worth of books for both a conscious process, and considers the entire lifecycle of the territorial library and law library. Over the years it has been building. As noted in section 6.3.1 of this report, the generic housed in several locations including the old Territorial floor layout in the office spaces should allow for optimal Capitol and the former state capitol until 1953 when a use of floor space, simpler more efficient air distribution, new library was built on the Capital Campus opposite the and maximization of natural light for areas where natural Legislative Building. That facility served as the State Library light does not degrade the collections. Other sustainable until 2001 when the Nisqually earthquake forced relocation elements include: of the Library into temporary leased space in Tumwater to accommodate the legislature. Prior to the earthquake, the • Limiting the number of interior columns State Library planned to replace their current facility with either a new building, or add onto the current structure. • Achieving LEED® Silver or higher certification Both plans were met with skepticism. With budget cuts in 2002, the library itself was recommended for closure by

[16] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Governor Locke until the Secretary of State’s Office took site, the City of Tumwater, whose new city center is being over operations, streamlined services, and refocused the planned adjacent to the site; along with individuals and mission of the library. organizations related to the Archives, Library, Corporations, Charities, Elections Division, Records Center, and Special With both the Archives and Library as part of its opera- Programs that will all benefit from a combined facility that is tions, the Secretary of State’s Office renewed efforts to easier to access with better functionality. replace both the Library and Archives with a new facility, the Washington State Heritage Center, which would have combined both storage and operations into one facility with 2.2.9 Project Description a public area for conference and museum displays. AGENCY NAME In 2005, the legislature authorized the planning of a Secretary of State’s Office Heritage Center/Executive Office building to be built at the site of the current General Administration Building. With the completion of the predesign in 2007, the legislature autho- AGENCY CODE rized the planning budget and moved the Heritage Center 085 and Executive Office Building into the design phase. The Heritage Center was to be built into the hillside with a story PROJECT NUMBER above ground and a four-story executive office structure housing the State Treasurer and Insurance Commissioner 2016-175 on top of the Heritage Center facility. The two buildings combined were a total of over 325,000 gross square feet of PROJECT TITLE building with a cost of nearly $240 million. The Washington State Library-Archives Building

Faced with an unprecedented economic downturn, the 2008 Legislature reassessed the projects. Less than AGENCY CONTACT anticipated revenue from the Auditor and Corporation Filing Patrick McDonald, Ph.D. Fees forced the Treasurer to lower the amount that could P.O. Box 40220 be financed through a Certificate of Participation (COP), Olympia, WA 98504-0220 leaving the Secretary of State’s office with the task of cutting (360) 902-4151 back the project. The January 2010 predesign drastically scaled back earlier designs resulting in the loss of needed secure storage space for the Archives. The legislature, AGENCY MISSION prioritizing projects on the Capitol Campus, decided to Safeguarding vital government records, documents, pub- move forward with the Jefferson Street facility and later the lications and process; preserving the integrity of elections 1063 Capitol Boulevard facility. The Jefferson Street facility in Washington State; providing the business community was completed in 2011 and the 1063 Building is currently and public with easy access to information about corpora- under construction. tions and charities, and leveraging technology to improve efficiency and enhance customer service. In the 2015 capital budget, the legislature approved the expenditure of $400,000 for a predesign of a new Library- GOALS Archives Building to replace the aging Archives and Library facilities. This report is a result of that appropriation. Included in this predesign are the best efforts of those involved to consolidate services, preserve Washington’s heritage, and provide a facility to accommodate future growth and technological changes while being environmen- 2.2.8 Stakeholders tally responsive and responsible. Since the preferred site is in Tumwater, the major stake- holders are the Port of Olympia, which owns the proposed

Project Analysis [17] PROJECT PLANNING & REQUEST HISTORY LEGISLATIVE AND EXECUTIVE INTENT 2005 Predesign of former Heritage Center and Executive Legislative action will be needed to authorize the funding Office Building, 2007 authorization of project design, 2008 for design and construction of the facility in Tumwater, reduces scope and budget authorized by Legislature, 2010 including moving the State Printer to another site and trans- predesign completed. 2013 decision by the Secretary of ferring of the ownership of the new facility and Records State to reassess project and concentrate solely on the con- Center to the Secretary of State’s Office. struction of a Library-Archives facility to replace the current facilities and combine other divisions within the Secretary of State’s Office. 2015 Legislature authorizes updated prede- 2.2.10 Implementation Approach sign under new scope requested by the Secretary of State. The roles and responsibilities for this project will vary depending on the various stages of the project. The 10-YEAR PLAN Predesign and Design will be managed by the Secretary of The project, whether replacement of the State Archives State’s Office with the Department of Enterprise Services facility, a Heritage Center concept, or the current Library- (DES) assisting in managing and coordinating the prede- Archives Building concept, has been part of the Secretary of sign and design teams. They will be assisted by DES Barrier State’s 10-year plan since 1988. A copy of the most recent Free Facilities and Energy Program staff. Management of plan is located in the appendix. the project will be guided by a project group made up of the architectural firm, building contractor, and site representa- tive selected through DES and approved by the Secretary of State’s Executive Team.

FUTURE OFFICE AND STORAGE USAGE

Space Programming Gross Square Feet Remarks

Conference Rooms 7,116 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Offices 42,904 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Public Areas 11,400 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Secured Storage + Records Storage Addition 96,185 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Staff Areas 2,615 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Work Areas 7,480 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Infrastructure 4,647 Total NSF + Non-NSF (31% of GSF) = GSF

Total for Tumwater Site 172,347

EXISTING FACILITIES AFFECTED BY PROJECT

Building Name Address Building Owner SF

Archives Building 1129 Washington St SE, Olympia Department of Enterprise Services 47,900

Elections Building 520 Union Ave SE, Olympia Sami Company LLC 10,667

Library Annex 7510 New Market ST SW, Tumwater Department of Enterprise Services 6,382

Library Building 6880 Capitol Blvd SE, Tumwater Vine Street Investors LLC 49,904

Dolliver Building 801 S. Capital Way, Olympia Department of Enterprise Services 17,000

Records Annex 8009 River Drive, Olympia Kaufman Development 25,000

Total 156,853

[18] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign In-house staffing needs will be minimal as the on-site proj- construction firm and DES Facility Division will make avail- ect staff will provide most of the support while the project able licensed professionals with experience and expertise is underway. Staff support will be provided, when needed, in building design and construction who may be called to assist with space design, archival consultation, and fiscal upon for consultation. staff assistance. Secretary of State Facility Manager will be primary liaison between the project staff and Secretary of The Project Director (PD) will have primary responsibil- State’s Office. ity for the project, including managing overall progress, and obtaining final approval of scope, schedule, and budget decisions. The PD will be in regular contact with the Secretary of State Facility Manager and report to the 2.2.11 Project Management Assistant Secretary of State. The other members of the The project will be managed by the Secretary of State’s project team will report directly to the PD and all will be Office utilizing professional project staff from DES and con- temporary or contract employees of the Secretary of State’s tracted architects for the duration of design, construction, Office. This person will be integral to ensuring stakeholder and commissioning. A committee of stakeholders, namely input both externally with the public and internally with staff. members of the library, archival, historical, business and elections community along with representatives of divisions The Project Manager (PM) is primarily responsible for within the Secretary of State’s Office who will be part of the managing design and construction activity. The person in new facility will be integral in guiding the process. this position will organize and conduct the selection of the architecture/engineering consultant and general contractor With three previous predesign processes already com- and will write the design and construction contracts. The pleted and the construction and commissioning of the PM will follow through from design to construction to make Digital Archives in Cheney, the Secretary of State’s staff sure that scope, schedule, and budget work is kept on track. is well versed in managing a project of this size and The PM will report directly to the PD. caliber, including proper utilization of outside architects, contractors, tenants, and stakeholders. DES Engineering & The Assistant Project Manager will assist the Project Architectural Services provides licensed professionals with Manager and Project Director in their duties. The approach experience and expertise in project and space planning, taken in building this facility will result in significant overlap building design, and construction, who may be called upon between construction and design during various phases of for consultation if needed. the project. This person will be responsible for maintaining and documenting LEED® progress and assuring systems integration with special emphasis on HVAC and security 2.2.11.1 Management Organization systems. Project management will consist of a Project Director, Administrative Support, a Budget Manager, a Project The Asset Manager will be primarily responsible for Manager who will be in charge of architects, engineer- furniture acquisition and program development. This person ing, and contractors, an Asset Manager, and a Site should have experience in facility operations and its impact Representative. The project management will be overseen on the project budget. The person in this position will report by the project Steering Committee consisting of the to the Project Director. Secretary of State, Assistant and Deputy Secretary of State, State Archivist, State Librarian, and Director of Elections, The Budget Manager will be brought on board early to with support provided by the Secretary of State Facility monitor and maintain the financial health of the project. This Manager. There will be one ex officio representative from person will be responsible for tracking design, construction, each of the following: the Office of Financial Management, and owner costs for the duration of the project. This person Department of Enterprise Services, (Port of Olympia, and will report to the Project Director. City of Tumwater). Other members will include representa- tives from DES Facilities Support, Barrier Free Facilities, The Project Team Administrative Assistant will be and Energy Programs. The designated architectural and responsible for maintaining the project record, scheduling

Project Analysis [19] meetings, and notifying committee members. This person GENERAL CONTRACTOR / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will work closely with all members of the team and will (GC/CM) support the Steering Committee and report to the Project The GC/CM is selected at the beginning of the design Director. process based on qualifications. The A/E team and GC/ CM work together throughout the design process. The GC/ Once construction commences, the Secretary of State CM role during design is to monitor and make suggestions Facility Manager will monitor and document construc- relating to budget, constructability, and inter-discipline coor- tion activity. This person will be the eyes and ears of the dination. The A/E team maintains full responsibility for the Steering Committee, working with the Project Director and design. The GC/CM will guarantee the construction cost Project Manager. during the design phase. The GC/CM manages the bid pro- cess through competitive bid packages to subcontractors. Careful review, understanding and meticulous management 2.2.11.2 Methods of Delivery of costs are keys to a successful project under GC/CM. As specified by 2EHB 1115, section 1002(4), construction must be procured using a performance-based method Advantages including design-build or design-build-operate-maintain. • Preferred for complex projects and was recommended Both of these, plus design-bid-build and general contractor/ for the original Heritage Center plan. construction manager are considered and analyzed in this report. • Creates a more collaborative design and construction team by having both involved during the design phase. • GC/CM is selected based on qualifications, then DESIGN-BID-BUILD (DBB) on cost, which places the contractor as the central In the traditional approach to project construction, this is manager of a very complex project. the prescribed method of delivery. The owner (Secretary • Schedule can be accelerated. of State) selects an architect/engineer (A/E) team to help • GC/CM shares risk for project by guaranteeing cost. define the project, develop the design and bid documents, and monitor construction progress. The construction con- • Drawing errors and omissions are typically reduced. tract is awarded to the lowest responsible and responsive • Pre-qualification of subcontractors is an option. bidder to build the project.

Disadvantages Advantages • High price of preconstruction services. • It is a well-known and widely-used process. • Subcontractors are concerned that process is • Allows for open competition. burdensome. • Provides a high degree of control and involvement by • All subcontractors must competitively bid. owner. • Project team must be very knowledgeable of the • Enables independent control of construction contractor process. by A/E • Multiple cost accounts must be maintained.

Disadvantages DESIGN-BUILD (DB) • Segmented design, construction, and operations impacts collaboration Design-Build is a method of project delivery, like GC/CM, in which one entity – the design-build team – works under • Process increases duration a single contract with the owner to provide design and • Risks are primarily borne by owner construction services. One entity, one contract, one unified • Low-bid contractor selection could reduce creativity and flow of work from initial concept through completion – increase performance problems

[20] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign integrating the roles of designer and constructor which • The owner does not benefit from independent advice have traditionally been separated (Design-Build Institute of and input from the A/E and contractor. America, 2015). • Small businesses that are otherwise qualified to provide design services may not be able to compete due to the The design-build team, consisting of architects, engineers, risks and costs. and contractors, responds to a Request for Qualifications • The RFP must clearly delineate all the expectations of (RFQ) prepared by the Secretary of State’s Office working the owner. in coordination with the Department of Enterprise Services. • Stipends do not typically cover the cost of the design The Steering Committee evaluates the RFQs and develops services. a short list of candidates to respond to a Request for Proposals (RFP). The RFP is a performance specification • Approach reduces owner control over design details. Recommended modifications by owner or future outlining in detail the Secretary of State’s expectation for occupants may entail change orders. the project. Specifications must detail all variables and be such that outcomes are consistent. The panel selects the • The high cost to design-build firms may limit contractor, architecture, and engineering team based on the competition. best proposal, qualifications, and price. • The design team works for the contractor, not the owner or steering committee. A contract is negotiated with the contractor for both the design and construction of the selected proposed design. DESIGN-BUILD-OPERATE-MAINTAIN The contractor holds the contract with the architect. An honorarium must be paid to unsuccessful respondents in The design-build-operate-maintain (DBOM) model is an accordance with RCW 39.10.330(g). integrated partnership that combines the design and con- struction responsibilities of design-build procurements with Advantages operations and maintenance. These project components are procured from the private sector in a single contract • Streamlines project delivery through a single contract with financing secured by the public sector. With a DBOM between the owner and the design-build team, contract, a private entity is responsible for design and transforming the relationship between designers and construction and long-term operation and/or maintenance builders into an alliance, which fosters collaboration and services. The public sector secures the project’s financing teamwork. and retains the operating revenue risk and any surplus • Provides both architecture/engineering and operating revenue. construction under a single contract. Owner’s control of the entire process can be strengthened and financial The advantages and disadvantages for DBOM are the same risk is reduced by contracting with a single firm. in the Design-build element of the project, but differ regard- • The construction cost is guaranteed at the award of the ing operate and maintain. contract.

• The contractor carries the risk of the project. Advantages • If designer/builder has responsibility for performance, it • The project design can be tailored to the construction is motivated to build with quality. equipment and materials that will be used. In addition, • Eliminates the traditional finger pointing among the the DBOM team is also required to establish a long-term architect, engineer, and contractor, and allows resources maintenance program up front, together with estimates and attention to be productively focused. of the associated costs. • The team’s detailed knowledge of the project design Disadvantages and the materials utilized allows it to develop a tailored maintenance plan that anticipates and addresses needs • The Design/Build contractor has the incentive to as they occur, thereby reducing the risk that issues will complete projects faster and less expensively, which can go unnoticed or unattended and deteriorate into much mean reduced quality of materials and workmanship. more costly problems.

Project Analysis [21] Disadvantages RECOMMENDATION

• Owners must take great care to specify all standards to In reaching a decision on the best delivery method for this which they want their facilities designed, constructed, project, representatives from the Secretary of State’s office, and maintained. and the Department of Enterprise Services were joined by two leaders in their respective fields of Design-Build (DB) • Owners relinquish much of the control they typically and General Contractor/Construction Manager (GC/CM), possess with more traditional project delivery. Unless needs are identified up front as overall project Bill Kent and John Palewicz at a meeting held on May 24, specifications, they will not generally be met. This is 2016. Helping to facilitate the meeting were representatives important, because from design through operation, from SRG. DBOM contracts can extend for periods of up to 20 years or more. Bill Kent has served as the Design-Build Manger on several • An Archives-Library facility has highly specialized needs major projects in the Seattle area, two of which have not seen in regular commercial construction processes. won national design build awards from the Design Build That, combined with the long-term multi-generational Institute of America. He has spent over 29 years with the life (50-75 years) of the building is often beyond the M.A. Mortenson Company in Seattle and is currently a expectations of a typical DBOM company. Construction Executive with the company. Bill is a desig- • Very few Design/Build companies also undertake nated Design-Build Professional (DBIA) and he is one of operations and management on such a complex project, just 21 professionals in the United States certified by the thus reducing the number of bid competitors, especially Design Build Institute of America to teach their design-build with regards to the long anticipated life of the building. designation courses. He is the immediate Past President • The state’s historical and confidential secure records Design-Build Institute of America-Northwest Region. will be left in a privately managed facility. No other state archives in the nation does this and is not in keeping John Palewicz is the Director, Strategic Programs, and with common governmental archives standards. Capital Projects Office at University of Washington. He has over 40 year of experience working in construction and design to include 17 years with the University of Washington. His construction management work at UW includes over $500 million worth of construction primarily utilizing GC/CM.

Both individuals provided a detailed analysis of Design Build, Progressive Design Building and GC/CM. The Secretary of State Project Team then met on June 9, 2016 to go over the three sites and decide what the preferable delivery method for each site was. At both meetings it was recommended that construction on the Lacey and GA site be Design Build and the Tumwater Site be GC/CM. Mr. Kent, a major advocate of DB, and William Frare, Assistant Director, DES Architecture and Engineering Services, recommended GC/CM for the Tumwater site. That recom- mendation was accepted by the Secretary of State’s office.

GC/CM is authorized as an alternative public works project under RCW. 39.10.340. Among the many reasons it was chosen for the preferred site in Tumwater was that it met the basic criteria in RCW 39.10.340:

[22] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign General contractor/construction manager procedure— TUMWATER SITE Uses. Subject to the process in RCW 39.10.270 or Building on the Tumwater site would present a shorter time- 39.10.280, public bodies may utilize the general contractor/ line than the GA site, but the issue of moving an existing construction manager procedure for public works projects agency from the Modular Building could potentially delay where at least one of the following is met: the project unless a replacement facility is found and the tenant moved within 6 months of legislative authorization 1. Implementation of the project involves complex of the project. The goal is to have substantial completion by scheduling, phasing, or coordination; 2020, the 130th anniversary of statehood. 2. The project involves construction at an occupied facility which must continue to operate during construction; Construction should take place over 23-29 months at the Tumwater site. This includes demolition of the northern 3. The involvement of the general contractor/construction manager during the design stage is critical to the third and middle high bay area. The southernmost portion success of the project; of the building, which houses the Records Center, would not be impacted by the project. It is anticipated that, while 4. The project encompasses a complex or technical work the preparation and removal of the state printer from the site environment. and teardown of sections of the Modular Building may take up to a six months, design should occur in parallel with site As noted previously, GC/CM is preferred for complex preparation. projects and was recommended for the original Heritage Center plan. It creates a more collaborative design and con- LACEY SITE struction team by having both involved during the design phase. The GC/CM is selected based on qualifications, then Building on the Lacey site would present a shorter timeline on cost, which places the contractor as the central manager than the GA site, but site improvements and utility upgrade of a very complex project. The schedule can be acceler- could potentially add to the project timeline. The goal is to ated, GC/CM shares risk for project by guaranteeing cost, have substantial completion by early 2020. and architectural errors and omissions are greatly reduced resulting in far less expensive and detailed change orders. Construction should take place over 18 to 24 months at the Lacey site to include major site infrastructure. This includes major site upgrades which may take up to a six 2.2.11.3 Schedule months. Design process should occur in parallel with site preparation, which would dramatically shorten the The Tumwater, Lacey, and General Administration sites length of time it would take to have the facility built and require different schedules unique to each site. Each site commissioned. provides its own level of risk and ways to mitigate those risks. The assumption is that both sites will require some type of site preparation, facility construction, and commis- GA SITE sioning. Outside of those three assumptions, both sites Construction could take 28-34 months because of have very unique challenges notwithstanding different site preparation, stakeholder input, demolition of the GA interest groups and design expectations based on their Building, and construction on a very visible and highly regu- particular location. Design will take about 12-14 months to lated location. The GA site also requires a parking garage include public meetings, program input, and fine tuning of to meet the needs of staff and office customers, especially the final design. researchers visiting the Library-Archives holdings.

At the end of Design Development, there will be a constructability and value engineering review.

Project Analysis [23] LIBRARY-ARCHIVESLibrary‐Archives BUILDING Building DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION Design & SCHEDULEConstruction - TUMWATER Schedule SITE

17 18 19 20 JASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJJA Design 123456789101112 Schematic Design Schematic Design Review & Approval Select GC/CM Design Development Design Development Review & Approval Value‐engineering Analysis Constructability Review Construction Documents Construction Documents Review & Approval Bid Period Construction 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 1 Mobilization and Set‐5 Days 2 Site Clearing and Earthwork‐20 Days 3 Demolition‐15 Days 4 Exc/Import 3' Str Fil20 days 5 Std Strip/Pad Foundations‐46 Days 6 Mats‐25 Days 7 Storm Water Treatment‐30 Days 8 Water Supply‐10 Days 9 Slab on Grade‐70 Days 10 Concrete Structure and Upper Floors‐40 Days 11 Elevator Pits‐10 Days 12 Concrete Shear Walls‐ 5 Days 13 Structural Steel Upper Floors‐25 Days 14 Metal Deck and Concrete Upper 15 Steel Frame Roof/Decking System (Flat Roof)‐175 Days 16 Exterior Wall System and Clading‐77 Days 17 Exterior Glazing‐45 Days 18 Interior GWB Walls‐108 Days 19 Ceiling Finishes Drywall‐45Days 20 Interior CMU Walls‐107 Days 21 Interior Glazed Walls‐55 Days 22 Interior Wall Finishes Paint/Tile/Acoustic ‐110 Days 23 Interior Wall Finishes Paint‐Storage Areas‐70 Days 24‐Floor Finishes Concrete Sealer or Hardener‐10 Days 25‐Floor Finishes Carpet/Vinyl/Tile‐30 Days 26 Ceiling Finishes Acoustical Ceiling‐64 Days 27 All Systems Rough‐in‐140 Days 28 All Systems Finish/Trim‐60 Days 29 Equipment and Furnishings‐55 Days 30 Punch list/System Testing/Demoblition‐30 Days

[24] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 3 Program Analysis THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[26] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 3.0 Program Analysis

SRG Partnership’s 2010 predesign and updated analysis by the General Administration Building is no longer considered the Secretary of State’s Office identified program needs for in planning and design. The Tumwater site is the preferred a new facility. While focused on Library and Archives opera- alternative. tions, this report also includes adding Elections, Special Programs, Operations, and the off-site Records Center stor- It is assumed that the Archives, Library, Corporations, age into the facility built in Tumwater. The facility will include Elections Division, off-site storage facilities for the Library a combined reading and research room, meeting facilities, and Records Center, Special Programs, and Operations reception space, a loading dock, processing rooms, and Division offices will completely vacate the seven sites they office space. It would provide for a centralized point for currently occupy and consolidate their space at the new customer service, combine similar activities, reduce driving location. It is also assumed that financing available through time between activities, and reduce operating, IT, and current rents, legislative appropriation, and fundraising program costs. will cover the cost of construction and furnishings for the new facility. Lastly, by choosing the site in Tumwater, future The project will allow for moving long-term archival and growth will not be impeded because the size of the lot. Library storage space onto compact shelving, achieving a more economical use of storage space. With anticipated An important element in the financing strategy for the reduction in agency-based paper files, Records Center new Library-Archives facility is for the Secretary of State’s space needs will continue to diminish, providing the office to own the whole facility, including the State Records Archives with necessary expansion space for a further 50 Center. This is already being done with four regional years without expanding the building footprint. archives in Cheney, Ellensburg, Bellevue, and Bellingham, and the Talking Book and Braille Library in Seattle.

3.1 Assumptions This analysis examines location and program needs of the 3.2 Existing Facilities Inventory Library-Archives facility based on previous design studies Existing facilities will be replaced with the new Library- in 2006 and 2010. It modifies previous predesigns with the Archives Building in Tumwater. These are part of the State addition of other Secretary of State programs and removal Facility Inventory System (FIS) and are properly coded in the of museum and large public conference areas once part of FIS. the original Heritage Center predesign. The original site of

EXISTING FACILITIES INVENTORY

Building Name Address Building Owner Condition

Archives Building 1129 Washington St SE, Olympia Department of Enterprise Services Fair

Dolliver Building 801 S. Capitol Way, Olympia Department of Enterprise Services Good

Elections Building 520 Union Ave SE, Olympia Sami Company LLC Good

Library Annex 7510 New Market ST SW, Tumwater Department of Enterprise Services Fair

Records Center Annex 8009 River Drive, Olympia Kaufman Development LP Good

Washington State Library 6880 Capitol Blvd SE, Tumwater Vine Street Investors LLC Good

Program Analysis [27] 3.3 Space Needs Assessment 3.4 Space Requirements In preparation for this predesign, an exhaustive program- The chart on the following pages illustrate the function ming and space needs assessment was undertaken by the of each space and its programs. Creating a consolidated Secretary of State’s Office. This space planning process space for the Washington State Library and Archives is of conforms to the Secretary of State’s Office six-year and critical importance to the State of Washington, the public, ten-year plans for collocating and consolidating divisions researchers, patrons, and private industry who require read- within the Office. Both DES’s Space Allocation Guidelines ily available research materials. A single facility will create and internal office space use and planning guidelines were a streamlined approach, providing both cost savings and utilized in the development of the space needs assessment. operational efficiencies. The project will also incorporate A major element of this planning considered consolida- space, currently leased for the Secretary of State’s fiscal, tion of conference rooms and meeting space and other Special Programs, Corporations, Charities, Records Center, multi-agency use space (restrooms, break room, etc.). The and Elections offices, into the new facility. following square footage shows the net and gross square feet to include an overall listing by space use and a break- This analysis has demonstrated a clear need to change down by program. from the substandard facilities currently housing the Library, Archives, Corporations, and Elections Divisions to more flexible and efficient space. It has also revealed that the only viable cost-effective option which also provides an upgraded Archives facility and better layout for the library is to construct a new jointly-occupied building. The new space would consolidate the number of support facilities (conference rooms, restrooms, public areas) and create a stronger working relationship between the state Archives and Library.

According to Pacifico and Wilsted (2009), “Archival collec- tions are considered permanent and irreplaceable, and building structures and systems must be designed with long life expectancies” (p. 23). The unique temperature and humidity requirements for a Library-Archives Building and the long-term life span of the structure require operating costs and life-cycle costs to be a priority consideration during design and construction. Proper planning, design, and construction that include life-cycle cost analysis and energy efficiency measures will keep the operating costs of the building and the climate control system manageable while providing for the unique demands associated with major public Libraries and Archives.

[28] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Library/Archives Program Areas 6/23/16 2:38 PM TOTALTumwater Site ‐ Total Desired Pro DESIRED PROGRAM gram Conference Rooms 4,900 Set up in classroom style with 21 computer workstations. Desks not Initiative Check/Computer Training Elections CR 1 1,100 1,100 against walls, one station is permanent for supervisor and at one end. Classroom /Combined Direct link to public area. Large conference room with storage area and kitchenette. Direct link CR Conference Room‐Large Combined 1 1,400 1,400 to lobby area. CR Conference Room‐Small Combined 1 350 350 12‐14 around a conference table (Near Lib/Archives Exec. Offices)

12‐14 around a conference table ‐ Break down and use as call center CR Conference Room‐Small Combined 1 350 350 for elections every four years ‐ Feb ‐ December in Pres Election years. Have connection for multiple telephones, off elections offices CR Conference Room‐Medium Combined 1 550 550 25 around a conference table in secure office area 25 around a conference table ‐ Near or directly connected to lobby CR Conference Room‐Medium Combined 1 550 550 area. CR Conference Room ‐ Small Combined 4 150 600 Round table with four chairs throughout secure office areas (Like DES) Offices 29,542 Area for printers and copiers in open area with cabinets for office Off Copier‐Printer Rooms Combined 5 180 900 supplies ‐ one per major program area. Off Facilities Offices Facilities 1 168 168 Facilities Mgr. Off Facilities Cubicles Facilities 4 64 256 Custodians (2), Maintenance, Grounds Keeper Off Facilities WK & Circ Facilities 5 72 360 Open work space 3' File cabinet 3' circ with 3' Table x 6' long Off IT Office IT 1 168 168 Secure Access ‐ Next to Server Room in closed work area Secure Access ‐ Next to Server Room in closed work area. In separate Off IT Cubicles IT 17 64 1,088 room Storage area off IT workroom. 24" shelving on one wall with 14" SS IT Storage Room IT 1 180 180 shelving on the other two walls with central 24x48 high work table Open work space. One 3' Vertical File Cabinet 3' circ 3' Table x 8' long against wall for computer buildout workspace for four. Include Off IT WK & Circ IT 18 55 990 multiple plugs and network connections and shelving at build‐out station. Off Operations Office Operations 1 240 240 Operations DIR Off Operations Offices Operations 3 168 504 Budget MGR, Fin. Svs. MGR, Acct. Supv. Secure Access ‐ No Public Access, individual 5' high walled workstation‐ Off Operations Cubicles Operations 14 64 896 not open workstations. Off Operations WK & Circ Operations 18 60 1,080 Space for four 3' vertical file cabinets and 4' circ Off HR DIR Office HR 1 240 240 Secure Access ‐ HR DIR ‐ HR office in an enclosed secure suite Off HR Asst DIR Office HR 1 168 168 Secure Access ‐ HR ASST DIR ‐ HR office in an enclosed secure suite

Off HR Cubicles HR 4 64 256 Secure Access ‐ No Public Access w/copier ‐ in an enclosed secure suite

Add 4 Vertical File Cabinets + 4' circ with copier and cabinet‐ Off HR WK & Circ HR 6 60 360 workspace next to copier (in an enclosed secure suite)

Secure Access ‐ No Public Access, HR DIR ‐ Round table in center of Off HR Interview Room HR 1 168 168 room and single book case, located just outside door to HR offices. Branch Svs MGR, Libr. Dev. MGR., Central Services MGR, Fed. Off Library Staff Offices Library Staff 4 168 672 Collection MGR. Tech Services, Lib Dev, R&D, Public Services, Lib Branches ‐ Includes 4 Off Library Staff Cubicles Library Staff 33 64 2,112 volunteer stations (smaller cubicles) Open work space. Add a wall of six 3' vertical file cabinets, four 36" Off Library Staff WK & Circ Library Staff 37 72 2,664 bookshelves. Archives ‐ Off Mgmt. Offices 2 240 480 Librarian, Archivist Secure Access ‐ No Public Access w/o escort. Main/Lib Archives ‐ Asst. Librarian, Deputy Archivist. Secure Access ‐ No Public Access w/o Off Mgmt. Offices 2 168 336 Main/Lib escort. Archives ‐ Off Mgmt. Cubicles 2 64 128 Admin Assts Library/Archives Main/Lib Archives ‐ Off Mgmt. WK & Circ 6 55 330 Open work space. two‐ 3' vertical files, 5' circ Main/Lib Records Mgmt. ‐ work area to process microfilm and temporary Off Security Microfilm Mgr. Archives ‐ Main 1 240 240 storage cabinets, connected to security microfilm vault

Page 1 of 5

Program Analysis [29] Library/Archives Program Areas 6/23/16 2:38 PM Processes smaller projects at work stations and larger projects using Off Archives Imaging Archives ‐ Main 6 100 600 scanner room Open workstations with desktop for scanners ‐ Same room with Library Imaging but separated. Next to Scanner Rooms

Off Archives (interns) Archives ‐ Main 6 64 384 Open workstations for college interns

Digitizes small to large newspapers. Open workstations with books shelf and deep shelving for holding items to be processed. Combined Off Library Digital Collections Library 3 100 300 with Archives Imaging workspace but in separate section of the room since items to be scanned are different.

Off Records Mgmt. S/L WK & Circ Archives ‐ Main 3 100 300 Open work space with open workstations.

Archives ‐ Main Secure Access ‐ off Research Room Open area with large work table Off Archives ‐ Research Spt 6 80 480 and SW and 4‐3" wide book shelves, 3 ‐ 3' wide vertical shelving. Open work space. Room is directly connected with research room. Archives ‐ SW Off Archives ‐ Research Spt Wk/circ 6 72 432 May or may not include rare books staff and connection to library rare Mgmt. books vault. Secure Access ‐ No Public Access. Four work stations in open layout on one side and work tables, deep shelving on the other side of the room. Acquisition and Processing Room Archives 1 1,000 1,000 Access on one side to the conservation/preservation lab and on the other to the secure storage space for state Archives and SW Archives. 300 SF Storage Room.

Near mail room if possible, but not necessary. Can be in open Acquisition Processing Cubicles Library 3 100 300 workspace with other library programs. Three cubicles with open work area for sorting of incoming books and unpacking boxes. Limited access, deep shelving to receive large donations and book Acquisition Processing Storage Library 1 240 240 collections before processing items. Acquisition Wk. & Circ Library 3 72 216 Corporations & Corporations & Charities Division Off Charities 1 240 240 Division Director with Conf table Office ‐ DIR Division Corporations & Dep Dir, Charities Manager, Customer Service Manager (front Corporations & Charities Division Off Charities 4 168 672 counter), Customer Services Manager (Intake) Offices near employee Offices Division teams Mostly secure area with no public access except for customer service Corporations & Corporations & Charities Division personnel (6) Customer service personnel (4) should be in public lobby Off Charities 30 64 1,920 Cubicles to include Apostille (2). Three windows with workstations and three Division other workstations with 4' separation. Corporations & Separate cubicles with 5' high walls. Group in separate sections, three Off Corp. & Charities WK & Circ Charities 35 60 2,100 3' vertical file cabinets, space for outgoing mail (2'x 6' worktable), 4' Division separation Corporations & Off Corp. Telephone Team Charities 9 64 576 Separate acoustical room. Place off Corporations work area Division Corporations & Off Corp. Telephone Team Circ Charities 9 50 450 5' Tall wall cubicles not open to other cubicles Division Off Elections Offices‐DIR Elections 1 240 240 Directors office with conf table. Secure Access Off Elections Offices Elections 1 168 168 Asst Director. Secure Access Cubicles need to have a lot of desktop space. Secure Access, 10x7 Off Elections Cubicles Elections 17 70 1,190 cubicles Place a small and medium conference room nearby. Elections storage Off Elections WK & Circ Elections 19 50 950 area needs to be connected to this space. Also room for a dedicated mail processing, Secure Access Workroom with central sorting tables, no cubicles. Secure Access ‐ No Spec Programs Public Access near mail room. Separate workroom ‐ no cubicles ‐ six 3' Off Open Workroom 1 700 700 (PB) vertical file cabinets, two tables, two 8'x3' sorting tables, and four open work stations Secure Access ‐ No Public Access. Separate Room. Four regular and Off Open Workroom Legacy Project 1 700 700 two smaller intern desks. Work area with a central circular work table, three 3' vertical file cabinets, 2‐3'wide bookshelves, 7x3' cabinet Disperse throughout secure area offices. 50 NSF ea. personal retreat Off Quite Rooms All 8 50 400 area Public Areas 7,850

Page 2 of 5

[30] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Library/Archives Program Areas 6/23/16 2:38 PM Controlled access to archives standards, some open shelving, large tables for researchers, off reading room with staff desk to support PA Archives Research Room Archives 1 1,200 1,200 researchers split room like in Alaska. Likely to use historic tables from present Archives room ‐ no natural light Separate part of Reading Room, includes newspaper microfilm Family History, Genealogy, PA Library 1 1,000 1,000 cabinets, Polk Directories, Historical and Census documents/microfilm, Newspaper Collection pamphlets. Main reception desk for Lib/Arch research areas, circulation collection Library Reading Room Open and reference, phone books, legal reference, Journals, NW Collection, PA Library 1 5,500 5,500 Collections newspapers and periodicals, computer terminals, microfiche readers, seating area and large tables. lots of natural light Archives ‐ Lockers for storage of patron backpacks, etc. Monitored by security. PA Public locker Space 1 150 150 Main/SW Lib Near reading room entrance and security desk. Secured Storage 55,900 Secure Access ‐ No Public Access ‐ Temperature and humidity controlled (54°f/40%), non‐aqueous fire system. Seven box high double deep compact shelving. Floor load 300 PSF. Governor's Papers, Archives ‐ enrolled bills from 1853‐present, items of significant historical SS State Historic Documents 1 1,000 1,000 Main/SW relevance to state legacy including some furniture and non‐document memorabilia. 80% compact, 20% static shelving with deep (36") shelving on one side. Approximate box numbers =3,391+additional 36" Deep shelves for 1/2 the static shelving.

Documents, Microfilm, microfiche and Maps. Secure Access. Five shelf SS Federal Collection Library 1 12,000 12,000 high compact shelving. Floor load 300 PSF. Includes four map cases. Approximate box numbers =31,469 Secure Access ‐ No Public Access. Temperature and humidity controlled (60°/35%), non‐aqueous fire system. 12' high double deep SS Archives‐Main Main Storage Area Archives ‐ Main 1 20,000 20,000 compact shelving. Floor load 300 PSF. 80% compact, 20% fixed shelving. Use of docket filing system for 10% of collection. Approximate box numbers = 120,120 Secure Access ‐ No Public Access. Temperature and humidity controlled (60°/35%), non‐aqueous fire system. 12' high double deep compact shelving. Floor load 300 PSF. Contains plans collection. 80% SS Archives ‐ SW Main Storage Area Archives ‐ SW 1 10,000 8,000 compact, 20% fixed shelving. Use of Docket filing system for 35% of collection. Maps and floor plans for SW will be stored in this area. Does not need to be in separate space from main archives, but in distinct separate area. Approximate box numbers =48,048 State and local maps only, flat storage drawers for small and large maps and plans (no SW plans) around a central table. Secure Access ‐ Archives ‐ SS Map and Plan Collection 1 2,500 2,500 No Public Access w/o escort, temperature and humidity controlled Main/Lib (60°/35%), non‐aqueous fire system. Mixed sizes, large table to lay out documents Archives ‐ Open grate shelving and processing work space. Items go from frozen SS Photo Holding Room ‐ 40 Degrees 1 200 200 Main/SW Lib state to this space for holding 24‐48 hours. Archives ‐ SS Photo Vault ‐ 54 Degrees 1 500 500 Secure storage for photo storage Main/SW Lib Archives ‐ SS Photo Vault ‐ Frozen 1 100 100 Storage of Nitrate Negatives (17°/35%) Walk In Freezer Main/SW Lib

Limited Public Access. Steven's Collection and Rare Books. May be designed for public viewing of collection without direct access to books and papers. Temperature and humidity controlled, non‐aqueous fire system. Five shelf high single deep non‐compact shelving and Rare Books and Territorial Collection Archives ‐ specialized archival storage. Temperature and humidity controlled SS 1 1,100 1,100 (2 cubicles and processing area) Main/ Lib (65°/35%), non‐aqueous fire system. Floor load 300 PSF. Cubicle area should be outside room and may be connected to research room staff area. Cubicle large enough for two desks and two long tables with a set of deep shelving for processing rare documents and doing repairs to books and manuscripts.

Secure Access ‐ No Public Access, Historic Reference Collections, State Publications, Folios, Manuscripts/Pvt Papers, Journals (processed and SS Secure Collection Library 1 9,500 9,500 unprocessed), periodicals, Newspapers, and clippings. Compact shelving. Mixed shelving ‐ 80% compact shelving 20% static deep shelving for large documents

Page 3 of 5

Program Analysis [31] Library/Archives Program Areas 6/23/16 2:38 PM Separate storage vault attached to Security Microfilm Manager's work PAS / AR & area. 65 degrees with 40% humidity. Standard compact shelving, Archives ‐ SS Security Microfilm Storage 1 1,000 1,000 climate control, non‐aqueous fire system for back‐up microfilm for Main/SW state and local records. Manager in separate office and is accounted Library for in office section. Approximate box numbers = 6340. Staff Areas 1,800 Kitchen with full layout of shelving, two large fridges and two freezers, four microwaves, two sinks and two dishwashers, two small refrigerators for allergies, large prep space not in front of microwaves, Lunch/Break Room Combined 1 1,000 1,000 etc.. Split room in half with one side a quite room with small tables and the other for larger groupings of people who want to talk. Place appliances in the center with full exhaust on both sides of split room. 1 each for men/women in secure area off one of the sets of staff Staff Locker Rooms/Showers(2) Combined 2 400 800 restrooms Work Areas 5,150 Green Screen, sound proof with control room and 700 SF vault with Audio/Video Studio/Conversion Legacy, Library, compact shelving‐temp/humidity control. Use for recording, staff 1 1,500 1,500 Lab/Vault Main Archives interviews, oral histories, 300 sf dedicated to A/V conversion lab. Vault to hold historic films and multi‐media from both Library and Archives.

Off loading dock to accept wet, insect, or mold contaminated records. Pre‐accessing Fumigation capable with dehydration equipment. Off loading dock Archives ‐ Room/Conservation/Preservation 1 1,100 1,100 connected to Archives acquisition room. Large shelving, freezer, other Main/SW, Lib Lab and Work Area equipment to decontaminate items if needed. Need special ventilation or hood above large processing table, deep sink.

Storage and work area only. Open to outside with floor sink and Grounds Storage and Supplies Facilities 1 250 250 washable walls. Be able to drive in riding lawn mower and house grounds equipment. Storage racks for lawn equipment.

Sorting area, and supply room. Secure Access ‐ No Public Access ‐ Direct Access to smaller dedicated Loading Dock and Lib Acquisitions. Large work tables with under table storage. Central table for sorting and another area for processing outgoing mail. Area for two sets of Mailroom Combined 1 672 672 mail slots, one for incoming office mail (14 boxes ‐ 15" deep 15" high 10" wide) and 75 boxes in a separate area for outgoing mailing to depository libraries. This will include an area of deep shelving to hold the documents for distribution when they come in.

Mailroom Cubicles Combined 2 64 128 Open cubicles in mailroom work area Shelving on one wall but mostly open space for furniture and equipment temporary holding. Off mail room with large or double Surplus Room Combined 1 200 200 doors. Could open to outside near mailroom door. For gathering surplus items to be sent to state surplus. Secure Access ‐ No Public Access, work areas, scanners divided by Archives‐ black curtain, dark walls. Breakup in light isolated rooms (one jumbo Scanners 1 1,300 1,300 Main/SW/LIB scanner and five desk top scanners), Deep shelving to hold items for scanning. Space for carts bringing in and taking out scanned items Infrastructure 3,200 Off lobby Sec Desk Opens to Sec. office. Storage area for security INF Security Office Combined 1 200 200 items included, etc. Voters' Pamphlets, candidate filing, certification and training, county reviews, etc. ‐ lateral filing cabinets, large secure cabinets for Voter INF Storage Elections 1 650 650 outreach, HAVA, C&T. Office supplies, various printers, mailing supplies for Elections. May be near initiative space but connected to Elections work area. Cubicle and office furniture storage, CFD, Legacy, Lib‐Archives events Storage Room for exhibits, print INF Combined 1 1,500 1,500 and display storage, Surplus temporary storage. Divide into 3‐4 cages. media, events Near Public Space ‐ lobby Secured, Enclosed ‐ double bay 12' wide and 12' high door. Be able to have positive air pressure when doors close. Raised loading dock INF Loading Dock Archives 1 850 850 platform with dock leveler. Double doors going into processing space. Should fit a Peterbuilt which is 26’ 6” long and about 10’ 6”to the outside of the mirrors. Programmed Non‐Net Areas (Included in Non‐NSF Areas Below)

Page 4 of 5

[32] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Library/Archives Program Areas 6/23/16 2:38 PM Initial entry to building with posted security station and info desk, display space, waiting area. Display cases, customer windows (3) for PA Entry foyer ‐ Reception Area Combined 1 2,200 2,200 Corporations, storage space for lobby items (e.g. rope off areas, unused display cases, barricades). Direct connection to public area. In circulation below. Near staff locker room w/sink Cabinet for storage. In Public Toilets First Aid/Lactation Room Combined 1 100 100 etc. below. Two employee on each floor and one public off public space. In Public Public Restrooms (3 sets) Combined 3 300 900 Toilets etc. below. INF Elevators (2) Combined 2 150 300 (150 sf ea.) Controlled Access off public space. In circulation below.

Secure, off of Accessions Space. Not off loading dock but close by. Archives ‐ INF Freight Elevator 1 200 200 Items may need to be decontaminated and go through Archives Main/SW, Lib Accession process before being put in elevator. In circulation below. (100 sf ea.) Sink and mop floor sink, one per floor in the office /public INF Janitor Closets Combined 4 100 400 area and one per floor in the secure area. HVAC/Electrical/Elevator Rooms. Part of INF Mechanical Room (s) Combined 1 7,500 7,500 Mechanical/Electrical/Technology below (200 sf ea.) storage rooms. Not for office supplies but general storage INF Standard Storage Combined 4 200 800 throughout office areas. See unassigned storage below. No Public Access ‐ One on each floor of staff area. Part of INF Telecom Room IT 2 150 300 Mechanical/Electrical/Technology below Total NSF From Above 108,342 Net to Gross Conversions Source % Non‐Net Area Circulation % of GSF 12.00% 18,882 Many large spaces with circulation internal to the space. Mechanical/Electrical/Technology See M/E/T 9.38% 14,762 Area is from M/E/T outline of spaces. Walls, Partition, Structure % of GSF 7.00% 11,014 Lots of large spaces so amount of wall is on the low percentage Public Toilets etc. % of GSF 2.00% 3,147 Janitor Closets See Above 0.25% 400 Unassigned Storage See Above 0.51% 800 Total Non‐NSF From Above 31.14% 49,005 NSF+Non‐NSF=GSF GSF= 157,347 Records Center Storage GSF 15,000 Records Center Storage Records Center 1 15,000 15,000 Consolidate River Drive storage. Tumwater Only GSF Total Total GSF with Records Storage= 172,347 This is all new Construction Total GSF Existing Records Storage= 50,000 This is existing records storage that will remain Total GSF New and Existing= 222,347 This is the total building with both new and existing.

Page 5 of 5

Program Analysis [33] PROGRAM BY SPACE TYPE The Program By Space Type diagram is a graphic representation of the project’s detailed program. Each space identified in the program is illustrated as a colored rectangle, scaled to match the square-footage identified in the program document. Private offices, open offices, conference rooms, and meeting rooms are proportioned to meet the DES Space Allocation Area Standards where appropriate. CONFERENCE ROOMS WORK AREAS CONFERENCE ROOMS WORK AREAS Conference Rooms

LG CONF MD CONF SM CONF INITIATIVE CHECK / SM CONF Audio / Video Lab Pre-Accessing Grounds Stor Mail Surplus Scanners (1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf (2) @ 350sf COMPUTER TRAIN (4) @ 150sf (1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 250sf (1) @ 672sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1300sf (1) @ 1100sf (2) OO @ 64sf LG CONF MD CONF SM CONF INITIATIVE CHECK / SM CONF Audio / Video Lab Pre-Accessing Grounds Stor Mail Surplus Scanners (1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf (2) @ 350sf COMPUTER TRAIN (4) @ 150sf (1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 250sf (1) @ 672sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1300sf (1) @ 1100sf (2) OO @ 64sf

CONFERENCEOfficeOFFICECONFERENCE & Staff &ROOMS STAFF Areas ROOMS AREAS WORK WORKAREAS AREAS CONFERENCE ROOMS WORK AREAS OFFICE & STAFF AREAS Enclosed Suite

Enclosed Suite

Acoustic Separation

LG CONF LG CONF MD CONF MD CONF SM CONF SM CONFINITIATIVE CHECKINITIATIVE / SM CHECK CONF / SM CONF Audio / Video Lab Audio / Video Lab Pre-Accessing Pre-AccessingGrounds Stor GroundsMail Stor MailSurplus ScannersSurplus Scanners Acoustic Separation (1) @ 1400sf (1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf (2) @ 550sf(2) @ 350sf (2) @ 350sfCOMPUTER TRAINCOMPUTER(4) @TRAIN 150sf (4) @ 150sf (1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 1100sf(1) @ 250sf (1) @ 250sf672sf (1)(1) @ @ 672sf 200sf (1)(1) @ @ 1300sf 200sf (1) @ 1300sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 1100sf (2) OO @ 64sf (2) OO @ 64sf LG CONF MD CONF SM CONF INITIATIVE CHECK / SM CONF Audio / Video Lab Pre-Accessing Grounds Stor Mail Surplus Scanners (1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf (2) @ 350sf COMPUTER TRAIN (4) @ 150sf (1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 250sf (1) @ 672sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1300sf (1) @ 1100sf (2) OO @ 64sf COPY / PRINT FACILITIES IT OPERATIONS HR LIBRARY / ARCHIVES STAFF LIBRARY / ARCHIVES MGMT ACQUISITION PROCESSING CORPORATIONS & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONE TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMS QUIET ROOMS STAFF AREAS (5) @ 180sf (1) PO @ 168 (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9) OO @ 64sf (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (8) RM @ 50sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (4) OO @ 64sf (1) STOR @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (9) OO @ 100sf (2) PO @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (9) WK @ 50sf (1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf LIBRARY / ARCHIVES MGMT ACQUISITION PROCESSING CORPORATIONS & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONE TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMS QUIET ROOMS STAFF AREAS COPY / PRINT FACILITIES(5) WK @ 72sf IT(17) OO @ 64sf OPERATIONS(14) OO @ 64sf HR(1) RM @ 168sf LIBRARY(6) OO @ /64sf ARCHIVES STAFF (3) OO @ 100, (2) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100sf (30) OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 70sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9) OO @ 64sf (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (8) RM @ 50sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (5) @ 180sf (1) PO @ 168 (1)(18) PO WK @ @ 168sf 55sf (1)(18) PO WK @ @ 240sf 60sf (1)(4) POOO @@ 240sf64sf (4)(39) PO OO @ @ 168sf 64sf (6) WK @ 55sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf (2) PO @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (9) WK @ 50sf (1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf OFFICEOFFICE & STAFF (4)& OO STAFF@AREAS 64sf (1)AREAS STOR @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1)(6) POWK @@ 168sf60sf (9)(43) OO WK @ @ 100sf 72sf (5) WK @ 72sf (17) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (1) RM @ 168sf (6) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100, (2) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100sf (30) OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 70sf (18) WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 60sf (4) OO @ 64sf (39) OO @ 64sf (6) WK @ 55sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf OFFICE & STAFF AREAS Enclosed Suite(6) WKEnclosed @ 60sf Suite (43) WK @ 72sf

Enclosed Suite PUBLIC AREAS INFRASTRUCTURE PUBLIC AREAS INFRASTRUCTURE Acoustic SeparationAcoustic Separation Acoustic Separation

COPY / PRINT COPYFACILITIES / PRINT FACILITIESIT IT OPERATIONS OPERATIONS HR HR LIBRARY / ARCHIVESLIBRARY STAFF / ARCHIVES STAFF LIBRARY / ARCHIVESLIBRARY MGMT / ARCHIVESACQUISITION MGMT PROCESSINGACQUISITION PROCESSINGCORPORATIONS &CORPORATIONS CHARITIES & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONECORPORATIONS TEAM PHONEELECTIONS TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMSOPEN WORKROOMSQUIET ROOMS QUIETSTAFF ROOMS AREAS STAFF AREAS (5) @ 180sf (5) @(1) 180sf PO @ 168 (1) PO @(1) 168 PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf(4) PO @ 168sf (4) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 240sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) RM @ 1000sf(1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9) OO @ 64sf (9) OO @ 64sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (2) RM @ (8)700sf RM @ 50sf (8)(1) RM RM @ @ 50sf 1,000sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (4) OO @ 64sf (4) OO @(1) 64sf STOR @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf(9) OO @ 100sf (9) OO @ 100sf (2) PO @ 168sf (2) PO @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 240sf (1) STOR @ 240sf(4) PO @ 168sf (4) PO @ 168sf (9) WK @ 50sf (9) WK @ 50sf (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf (2) RM @ 400sf COPY / PRINT FACILITIES IT OPERATIONS HR LIBRARY / ARCHIVES STAFF LIBRARY / ARCHIVES MGMT ACQUISITION PROCESSING CORPORATIONS & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONE TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMS QUIET ROOMS STAFF AREAS (5) WK @ 72sf (5) WK @(17) 72sf OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (1) RM @ 168sf (1) RM @ 168sf(6) OO @ 64sf (6) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100, (2) OO(3) OO@ 64sf @ 100, (2) OO(3) @ OO64sf @ 100sf (3) OO @ 100sf (30) OO @ 64sf (30) OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 70sf (17) OO @ 70sf (5) @ 180sf (1) PO @ 168 (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9) OO @ 64sf (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (8) RM @ 50sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (18) WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 60sf (18) WK @ 60sf (4) OO @ 64sf (4) OO @ 64sf(39) OO @ 64sf (39) OO @ 64sf (6) WK @ 55sf (6) WK @ 55sf (3) WK @ 72sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf (19) WK @ 50sf (4) OO @ 64sf (1) STOR @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (9) OO @ 100sf (2) PO @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (9) WK @ 50sf (1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf (6) WK @ 60sf (6) WK @ 60sf(43) WK @ 72sf (43) WK @ 72sf (5) WK @ 72sf (17) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (1) RM @ 168sf (6) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100, (2) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100sf (30) OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 70sf (18) WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 60sf (4) OO @ 64sf (39) OO @ 64sf (6) WK @ 55sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf (6) WK @ 60sf (43) WK @ 72sf ARCHIVES GENEALOGY LIBRARY READING ROOM LOCKERS Security Elections Stor Combined Storage Loading Dock RESEARCH (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 5500sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 650sf (1) @ 2000sf (1) @ 850sf (1) @ 1200sf ARCHIVES GENEALOGY LIBRARY READING ROOM LOCKERS Security Elections Stor Combined Storage Loading Dock RESEARCH (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 5500sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 650sf (1) @ 2000sf (1) @ 850sf PUBLIC(1)PUBLIC @AREAS 1200sf AREAS INFRASTRUCTUREINFRASTRUCTURE PUBLIC AREAS INFRASTRUCTURE Public Areas Infrastructure

SECURED STORAGE SECURED STORAGE

ARCHIVES ARCHIVESGENEALOGY GENEALOGYLIBRARY READINGLIBRARY ROOM READING ROOM LOCKERS LOCKERS Security ElectionsSecurity Stor CombinedElections Stor StorageCombined LoadingStorage Dock Loading Dock RESEARCH RESEARCH(1) @ 1000sf (1)(1) @ @1000sf 5500sf (1) @ 5500sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @(1) 650sf @ 200sf (1)(1) @@ 2000sf650sf (1) @ 2000sf(1) @ 850sf (1) @ 850sf (1) @ 1200sf (1) @ 1200sf ARCHIVES GENEALOGY LIBRARY READING ROOM LOCKERS Security Elections Stor Combined Storage Loading Dock RESEARCH (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 5500sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 650sf (1) @ 2000sf (1) @ 850sf (1) @ 1200sf

CONFERENCE ROOMS WORK AREAS Work Areas SECUREDSECURED STORAGE STORAGE SECURED STORAGE

STATE HIST FEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & PLANS PHOTO VAULT RARE BOOKS SECURE COLLECTION SECURITY DOC'S (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM LG CONF MD CONF SM CONF INITIATIVE CHECK / SM CONF (1)Audio @ 1000sf/ Video Lab Pre-Accessing Grounds Stor Mail Surplus Scanners (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf STATE HIST FEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & PLANS PHOTO(1) @ 100sf VAULT RARE BOOKS SECURE COLLECTION SECURITY (1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf (2) @ 350sf COMPUTER TRAIN (4) @ 150sf DOC'S(1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 250sf (1) @ 672sf (1) @(1) 20,000sf @ 200sf (1) @ 1300sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 1000sf (2) OO @ 64sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 100sf

OFFICE & STAFF AREAS SPECIFIED NON-NET AREAS Enclosed Suite SPECIFIED NON-NET AREAS

[34] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign

STATE HIST STATEFEDERAL HIST COLLECTIONFEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGEARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGEARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & AcousticPLANS SeparationMAPS & PLANSPHOTO VAULT PHOTORARE BOOKS VAULT RARESECURE BOOKS COLLECTIONSECURE COLLECTION SECURITY SECURITY DOC'S DOC'S(1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1)(1) @ @ 500sf 1100sf (1) (1)@ 1100sf@ 9500sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM MICROFILM (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 1000sf STATE HIST FEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & PLANS PHOTO VAULT RARE BOOKS SECURE COLLECTION SECURITY (1) @ 100sf (1) @ 100sf DOC'S (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 100sf

COPY / PRINT FACILITIES IT OPERATIONS HR LIBRARY / ARCHIVES STAFF LIBRARY / ARCHIVES MGMT ACQUISITION PROCESSING CORPORATIONS & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONE TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMS QUIET ROOMS STAFF AREAS (5) @ 180sf (1) PO @ 168 (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9) OO @ 64sf (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (8) RM @ 50sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (4) OO @ 64sf (1) STOR @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (9) OO @ 100sf (2) PO @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (9) WK @ 50sf (1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf (5) WK @ 72sf (17) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (1) RM @ 168sf Entry / Reception(6) OO @ 64sf First Aid Restrooms Elevators Janitor Std Storage(3) OOTelecom @ 100, (2) OOMechanical @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100sf (30) OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 70sf (18) WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 60sf (4) OO @ 64sf (1) @ 2200sf(39) OO @ 64sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @ 300sf (2) @ 150sf (4) @ 100sf (4) @ 200sf(6) WK(2) @ @ 55sf 150sf (1) @ 7500sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf (1) @ 200sf (6) WK @ 60sf Entry / Reception(43) WK @ 72sf First Aid Restrooms Elevators Janitor Std Storage Telecom Mechanical (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @ 300sf (2) @ 150sf (4) @ 100sf (4) @ 200sf (2) @ 150sf (1) @ 7500sf SPECIFIEDSPECIFIED NON-NET NON-NET AREAS AREAS(1) @ 200sf SPECIFIED NON-NET AREAS PUBLIC AREAS INFRASTRUCTURE NET-TO-GROSS NET-TO-GROSS

Entry / Reception Entry / Reception First Aid RestroomsFirst Aid ElevatorsRestrooms JanitorElevatorsStd StorageJanitor TelecomStd StorageMechanicalTelecom Mechanical (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @(1) 300sf @ 100sf (2)(3) @@ 150sf300sf (4) @(2) 100sf @ 150sf(4) @ (4)200sf @ 100sf(2) @(4) 150sf @ 200sf(1) @(2) 7500sf@ 150sf (1) @ 7500sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 200sf Entry / Reception First Aid Restrooms Elevators Janitor Std Storage Telecom Mechanical (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @ 300sf (2) @ 150sf (4) @ 100sf (4) @ 200sf (2) @ 150sf (1) @ 7500sf (1) @ 200sf ARCHIVES GENEALOGY LIBRARY READING ROOM LOCKERS Security Elections Stor Combined Storage Loading Dock RESEARCH (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 5500sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 650sf (1) @ 2000sf (1) @ 850sf (1) @ 1200sf

NET-TO-GROSSNET-TO-GROSS NET-TO-GROSS

Non-Net Gross Area SECURED STORAGE (1) @ 36,969sf Non-Net Gross Area (1) @ 36,969sf

PROGRAM by Space Type PROGRAM by Space Type Washington State Library-Archives Building Non-Net Gross AreaNon-Net Gross Area (1) @ 36,969sf (1) @ 36,969sf Washington State Library-Archives Building Non-Net Gross Area 21 June 2016 (1) @ 36,969sf 21 June 2016 STATE HIST FEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & PLANS PHOTO VAULT RARE BOOKS SECURE COLLECTION SECURITY DOC'S (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 100sf PROGRAMPROGRAM by Spaceby Space Type Type PROGRAM by Space Type SPECIFIED NON-NET AREAS WashingtonWashington State State Library-Archives Library-Archives Building Building 21 June21 2016June 2016 Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016

Entry / Reception First Aid Restrooms Elevators Janitor Std Storage Telecom Mechanical (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @ 300sf (2) @ 150sf (4) @ 100sf (4) @ 200sf (2) @ 150sf (1) @ 7500sf (1) @ 200sf

NET-TO-GROSS

Non-Net Gross Area (1) @ 36,969sf

PROGRAM by Space Type Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 CONFERENCE ROOMS WORK AREAS

LG CONF MD CONF SM CONF INITIATIVE CHECK / SM CONF Audio / Video Lab Pre-Accessing Grounds Stor Mail Surplus Scanners CONFERENCE(1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf ROOMS(2) @ 350sf COMPUTER TRAIN (4) @ 150sf WORK(1) @ 1500sf AREAS(1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 250sf (1) @ 672sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1300sf (1) @ 1100sf (2) OO @ 64sf

OFFICECONFERENCE & STAFF ROOMS AREAS WORK AREAS

LG CONF MD CONF SM CONF INITIATIVE CHECK / SM CONF Enclosed Suite Audio / Video Lab Pre-Accessing Grounds Stor Mail Surplus Scanners (1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf (2) @ 350sf COMPUTER TRAIN (4) @ 150sf (1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 250sf (1) @ 672sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1300sf CONFERENCE ROOMS WORK AREAS (1) @ 1100sf (2) OO @ 64sf

Acoustic Separation LG CONF MD CONF SM CONF INITIATIVE CHECK / SM CONF Audio / Video Lab Pre-Accessing Grounds Stor Mail Surplus Scanners (1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf (2) @ 350sf COMPUTER TRAIN (4) @ 150sf (1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 250sf (1) @ 672sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1300sf OFFICE & STAFF AREAS (1) @ 1100sf (2) OO @ 64sf

Enclosed Suite

COPY / PRINT FACILITIES IT OPERATIONS HR LIBRARY / ARCHIVES STAFF LIBRARY / ARCHIVES MGMT ACQUISITION PROCESSING CORPORATIONS & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONE TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMS QUIET ROOMS STAFF AREAS LG CONF MD CONF SM CONF INITIATIVE CHECK / SM CONF Audio / Video Lab Pre-Accessing (5)Grounds @ 180sf Stor Mail(1) PO @ 168 Surplus (1) PO @Scanners 168sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9) OO @ 64sf (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (8) RM @ 50sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (1) @ 1400sf (2) @ 550sf (2) @ 350sf COMPUTER TRAIN (4) @ 150sf (1) @ 1500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 250sf (1)(4) @ OO 672sf @ 64sf (1) @ 200sf(1) STOR(1) @ @ 168sf 1300sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (9) OO @ 100sf (2) PO @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (9) WK @ 50sf (1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf (1) @ 1100sf (2)(5) OO WK @ @ 64sf 72sf (17) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (1) RM @ 168sf (6) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100, (2) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100sf (30) OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 70sf OFFICE & STAFF (18)AREAS WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 60sf (4) OO @ 64sf (39) OO @ 64sf (6) WK @ 55sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf (6) WK @ 60sf (43) WK @ 72sf Acoustic Separation Enclosed Suite

OFFICE & STAFF AREAS

LIBRARY / ARCHIVES MGMT ACQUISITION PROCESSING CORPORATIONS & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONE TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMS QUIET ROOMS STAFF AREAS Enclosed Suite COPY / PRINT FACILITIES IT OPERATIONS HR LIBRARY / ARCHIVES STAFF (5)PUBLIC @ 180sf (1) AREAS PO @ 168 (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf INFRASTRUCTURE(4) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9)Acoustic OO @ 64sf Separation (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (8) RM @ 50sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (4) OO @ 64sf (1) STOR @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (9) OO @ 100sf (2) PO @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (9) WK @ 50sf (1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf (5) WK @ 72sf (17) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (1) RM @ 168sf (6) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100, (2) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100sf (30) OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 70sf (18) WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 60sf (4) OO @ 64sf (39) OO @ 64sf (6) WK @ 55sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf (6) WK @ 60sf (43) WK @ 72sf

COPY / PRINT FACILITIES IT OPERATIONS HR LIBRARY / ARCHIVES STAFF Acoustic Separation LIBRARY / ARCHIVES MGMT ACQUISITION PROCESSING CORPORATIONS & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONE TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMS QUIET ROOMS STAFF AREAS (5) @ 180sf (1) PO @ 168 (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9) OO @ 64sf (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (8) RM @ 50sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (4) OO @ 64sf (1) STOR @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (9) OO @ 100sf (2) PO @ 168sf (1) STOR @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (9) WK @ 50sf (1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf (5) WK @ 72sf (17) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (1) RM @ 168sf (6) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100, (2) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100sf (30) OO @ 64sf (17) OO @ 70sf (18) WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 60sf (4) OO @ 64sf (39) OO @ 64sf (6) WK @ 55sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf PUBLIC AREAS (6) WK @ 60sf INFRASTRUCTURE(43) WK @ 72sf COPY / PRINT FACILITIES IT OPERATIONS HR LIBRARY / ARCHIVES STAFF LIBRARY / ARCHIVES MGMT ACQUISITION PROCESSING CORPORATIONS & CHARITIES CORPORATIONS PHONE TEAM ELECTIONS OPEN WORKROOMS QUIET ROOMS STAFF AREAS (5) @ 180sf (1) PO @ 168 (1) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 240sf (1) PO @ 240sf (4) PO @ 168sf (3) PO @ 240sf (1) RM @ 1000sf (1) PO @ 240sf (9) OO @ 64sf (1) PO @ 240sf (2) RM @ 700sf (8) RM @ 50sf (1) RM @ 1,000sf (4) OO @ 64sf (1) STOR @ 168sf (3) PO @ 168sf (1) PO @ 168sf (9) OO @ 100sf ARCHIVES GENEALOGY LIBRARY(2) READINGPO @ 168sf ROOM (1) STOR @ 240sf LOCKERS (4) PO @ 168sf Security Elections Stor Combined(9) WK Storage@ 50sf Loading Dock(1) PO @ 168sf (2) RM @ 400sf (5) WK @ 72sf (17) OO @ 64sf (14) OO @ 64sf (1) RM @ 168sf (6) OO @ 64sf RESEARCH (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 5500sf(3) OO @ 100, (2) OO @ 64sf (3) OO @ 100sf (1) @ 150sf (30) OO @ 64sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 650sf (1) @ 2000sf (1) @ 850sf (17) OO @ 70sf (18) WK @ 55sf (18) WK @ 60sf (4) OO @ 64sf (39) OO @ 64sf (1) @ 1200sf (6) WK @ 55sf (3) WK @ 72sf (35) WK @ 60sf (19) WK @ 50sf (6) WK @ 60sf (43) WK @ 72sf PUBLIC AREAS INFRASTRUCTURE

PUBLIC AREAS INFRASTRUCTURE ARCHIVES GENEALOGY LIBRARY READING ROOM LOCKERS Security Elections Stor Combined Storage Loading Dock RESEARCHSECURED(1) @ 1000sf STORAGE(1) @ 5500sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 650sf (1) @ 2000sf (1) @ 850sf (1) @ 1200sf Secured Storage

ARCHIVES GENEALOGY LIBRARY READING ROOM LOCKERS Security Elections Stor Combined Storage Loading Dock RESEARCH (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 5500sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 650sf (1) @ 2000sf (1) @ 850sf (1) @ 1200sf SECURED STORAGE

ARCHIVES GENEALOGY LIBRARY READING ROOM LOCKERS Security Elections Stor Combined Storage Loading Dock RESEARCH (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 5500sf (1) @ 150sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 650sf (1) @ 2000sf (1) @ 850sf (1) @ 1200sf SECURED STORAGE

STATE HIST FEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & PLANS PHOTO VAULT RARE BOOKS SECURE COLLECTION SECURITY SECURED STORAGE DOC'S (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 100sf

STATE HIST FEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & PLANS PHOTO VAULT RARE BOOKS SECURE COLLECTION SECURITY DOC'S (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM (1)SPECIFIED @ 1000sf NON-NET AREAS (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 100sf

STATE HIST FEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & PLANS PHOTO VAULT RARE BOOKS SECURE COLLECTION SECURITY DOC'S (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 100sf SPECIFIED NON-NET AREAS STATE HIST FEDERAL COLLECTION ARCHIVES MAIN STORAGE ARCHIVES SW STORAGE MAPS & PLANS PHOTO VAULT RARE BOOKS SECURE COLLECTION SECURITY DOC'S (1) @ 12,000sf (1) @ 20,000sf (1) @ 8000sf (1) @ 2500sf (1) @ 500sf (1) @ 1100sf (1) @ 9500sf MICROFILM (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 200sf (1) @ 1000sf (1) @ 100sf Entry / Reception First Aid Restrooms Elevators Janitor Std Storage Telecom Mechanical (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @ 300sf (2) @ 150sf (4) @ 100sf (4) @ 200sf (2) @ 150sf (1) @ 7500sf SPECIFIED NON-NET AREAS(1) @ 200sf Specified Non-Net Areas

SPECIFIED NON-NET AREAS NET-TO-GROSS Entry / Reception First Aid Restrooms Elevators Janitor Std Storage Telecom Mechanical (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @ 300sf (2) @ 150sf (4) @ 100sf (4) @ 200sf (2) @ 150sf (1) @ 7500sf (1) @ 200sf

Entry / Reception First Aid Restrooms Elevators Janitor Std Storage Telecom Mechanical (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @ 300sf (2) @ 150sf (4) @ 100sf (4) @ 200sf (2) @ 150sf (1) @ 7500sf (1) @ 200sf NET-TO-GROSS Net-To-Gross Entry / Reception First Aid Restrooms Elevators Janitor Std Storage Telecom Mechanical (1) @ 2200sf (1) @ 100sf (3) @ 300sf (2) @ 150sf (4) @ 100sf (4) @ 200sf (2) @ 150sf (1) @ 7500sf (1) @ 200sf NET-TO-GROSS

NET-TO-GROSS Non-Net Gross Area (1) @ 36,969sf

Non-Net Gross Area PROGRAM(1) @ 36,969sf by Space Type

Non-Net Gross Area Washington State Library-Archives Building (1) @ 36,969sf PROGRAM21 June 2016 by Space Type Non-Net Gross Area (1) @ 36,969sf Program Analysis [35] PROGRAM by Space Type Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 PROGRAM by Space Type Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 PROGRAM BY ADJACENCY GROUPS The Program By Adjacency Group diagram is a graphic representation of the spaces in the detailed program, organized to acknowledge preferred adjacencies, and grouped together to create planning blocks. A proportional share of the building’s non-net area has been included in the square-footage area of the planning blocks. This abstraction of the program makes the proposed distribution of spaces on the project site easier to comprehend.

Support 11,000 GSF Operations HR Corporations & Charities Elections Office Enclosed Mail Loading Pre-Accessing Suite

Support 11,000 GSF Photo Storage Vault Audio / Video Acquisitions

Elections Stor Office 38,000 GSF Facilities IT Library Staff Library / Archives Mgmt Archives Staff OperationsElections Stor HR Staff Locker Corporations & Charities Elections Office Enclosed Office 38,000 GSF Mail Loading Pre-Accessing Suite Lacey & GA add GA-only add Public 9,000 GSF 12,000 GSF 12,000 GSF

Operations HR Corporations & Charities Elections

Support 11,000 GSF Corp Office Initiative Rm Lg-Conf Med-Conf Staff Lunch Office Photo Enclosed Operations HR Corporations & Charities Elections Storage Operations HR Corporations & Charities Elections Vault Mail Loading Pre-Accessing Suite Audio / Video Acquisitions Office Enclosed Office Enclosed Mail Loading Pre-Accessing Suite Mail Loading Pre-Accessing Suite Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage (Add to Lacey & GA sites) (Add to GA site only) Support 11,000 GSF Photo Storage Distributed Vault Support 11,000 GSF Audio / Video Acquisitions Support 11,000 GSF Gross Area Photo Photo Storage Storage DistributedElections Gross Area Stor Mechanical Vault Mechanical Entry Foyer Vault Audio / Video Acquisitions Audio / Video Acquisitions Facilities IT Library Staff Library / Archives Mgmt Archives Staff Elections Stor Staff Locker Office 38,000 GSF Lacey & GA add GA-only add Public 9,000 GSF Mech / Gross Area 15,547Public 9,000 GSFLobby 3,800 GSF Elections Stor 12,000 GSF 12,000 GSF Facilities IT Library Staff Library / Archives Mgmt Archives Staff Elections Stor Elections Stor Staff Locker Elections Stor Facilities IT Library Staff Library / Archives Mgmt Archives Staff Facilities IT Library Staff Library / Archives Mgmt Archives Staff Corp Office Initiative Rm Lg-Conf Med-Conf Staff Lunch Secure Collection ArchivesOffice SW 38,000Rare GSFMaps & Plans Federal Collection Elections Stor Staff Locker Elections Stor Books Staff Locker Legacy Wk Rm Office 38,000 GSF Lacey & GA add GA-only addOffice 38,000 GSF Public 9,000 GSF Genealogy Archives Research Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Lacey & GAArchives add Main Storage 12,000GA-only GSF add 12,000 GSF Lacey & GA add GA-only add Public 9,000 GSF Public 9,000 GSF(Add to Lacey & GA sites) (AddState to Docs GA site only) Micro- 12,000 GSF Film 12,000 GSF 12,000 GSF 12,000 GSF Library Reading Rm

Corp Office Initiative Rm Lg-Conf Med-Conf Staff Lunch

Distributed Gross Area Corp Office Initiative Rm Lg-Conf Med-Conf Staff Lunch Corp Office Initiative Rm Lg-Conf Med-Conf Staff Lunch Distributed Gross Area Mechanical Mechanical Entry Foyer Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Lobby 3,800 GSF ArchivesMech / Gross Area 15,547 GSF (Add to Lacey & GA sites) (Add to GA site only) Office Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage (Add to Lacey & GA sites) (Add to GA site only) (Add to Lacey & GA sites) (Add to GA site only)

Distributed Library 12,000 GSF Archives Storage 68,000 GSF Mech / Gross Area 15,547 Gross Area Lobby 3,800 GSF Distributed Gross Area Mechanical Mechanical Entry Foyer Distributed Distributed Gross Area Gross Area Distributed Gross Area Mechanical Mechanical Entry Foyer Distributed Gross Area Mechanical Mechanical Entry Foyer

Secure Collection Archives SW Rare Maps & Plans Federal Collection Books Legacy Genealogy ArchivesMech Research / GrossWk Rm Area 15,547 Lobby 3,800 GSF

Mech / Gross Area 15,547 Lobby 3,800 GSF Mech / GrossState Docs Area Micro- 15,547 Lobby 3,800 GSF Film Library Reading Rm Secure Collection Archives SW Rare Maps & Plans Federal Collection Books Legacy Genealogy Archives Research SecureWk Rm Collection Archives SW Rare Maps & Plans Federal Collection Secure Collection Archives SW Rare Maps & Plans Federal Collection Books Books Legacy Legacy Genealogy Archives Research Wk Rm Genealogy Archives Research Wk Rm Archives State Docs Micro- Office Film Library Reading Rm State Docs Micro- State Docs Micro- [36] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Film Film Library 12,000 GSF Library Reading Rm Archives Storage 68,000 GSF Library Reading Rm

Archives Office

Archives Archives Office Office Library 12,000 GSF Archives Storage 68,000 GSF PROGRAM by AdjacencyLibrary Group 12,000 GSF Archives Storage 68,000Library GSF 12,000 GSF Archives Storage 68,000 GSF Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016

PROGRAM by Adjacency Group Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 PROGRAM by Adjacency Group PROGRAM by Adjacency Group PROGRAM by Adjacency Group Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 Washington State Library-Archives BuildingWashington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 21 June 2016 Operations HR Corporations & Charities Elections Office Enclosed Mail Loading Pre-Accessing Suite

Support 11,000 GSF Photo Storage Vault Audio / Video Acquisitions

Elections Stor Facilities IT Library Staff Library / Archives Mgmt Archives Staff Elections Stor Staff Locker Office 38,000 GSF Lacey & GA add GA-only add Public 9,000 GSF 12,000 GSF 12,000 GSF

Corp Office Initiative Rm Lg-Conf Med-Conf Staff Lunch

Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage (Add to Lacey & GA sites) (Add to GA site only)

Distributed Gross Area Distributed Gross Area Mechanical Mechanical Entry Foyer

Operations HR Corporations & Charities Elections Office Enclosed Mail Loading Pre-Accessing Suite Mech / Gross Area 15,547 Lobby 3,800 GSF Library and Archives 12,000 GSF

Support 11,000 GSF Photo Secure Collection Archives SW Rare Maps & Plans Federal Collection Storage Vault Books Audio / Video Acquisitions Legacy Genealogy Archives Research Wk Rm

State Docs Micro- Film Library Reading Rm

Elections Stor Facilities IT Library Staff Library / Archives Mgmt Archives Staff Archives Elections Stor Staff Locker Office Office 38,000 GSF Library 12,000 GSF Lacey & GA addArchives StorageGA-only 68,000 add GSF Public 9,000 GSF Secured Storage 68,000 GSF 12,000 GSF 12,000 GSF

Corp Office Initiative Rm Lg-Conf Med-Conf Staff Lunch

Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage Archives Main Storage (Add to Lacey & GA sites) (Add to GA site only)

Distributed Gross Area Distributed Gross Area Mechanical Mechanical Entry Foyer

Mech / Gross Area 15,547 Lobby 3,800 GSF

Secure Collection Archives SW Rare Maps & Plans Federal Collection Books Legacy Genealogy Archives Research Wk Rm

PROGRAM by Adjacency Group State Docs Micro- Film Library Reading Rm Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 Archives Office

Library 12,000 GSF Archives Storage 68,000 GSF

Program Analysis [37] PROGRAM by Adjacency Group Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 OPEN OFFICE PLAN The Open Office Plan diagrams represents a test layout of open office furniture, shared storage, shared work areas, and circulation. The general configuration is based on the layout of open office areas in the DES space, in the 1500 Jefferson Building. This type of layout is recommended by DES, and is considered to be efficient, functional, and promoting collaboration amongst staff.

64 sf work station / 50 sf shared work area and circulation

8' - 0" 4' - 3" 4' - 0" 4' - 3" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 5' - 6" 4' - 0" 5' - 6" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 7' - 0" 4' - 0" 7' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" - 8' 0" - 8' 0" - 8'

64 sf work station / 60 sf shared work area and circulation

8' - 0" 4' - 3" 4' - 0" 4' - 3" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 5' - 6" 4' - 0" 5' - 6" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 7' - 0" 4' - 0" 7' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" - 8' 0" - 8' 0" - 8'

64 sf work station / 72 sf shared work area and circulation

8' - 0" 4' - 3" 4' - 0" 4' - 3" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 5' - 6" 4' - 0" 5' - 6" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" 7' - 0" 4' - 0" 7' - 0" 8' - 0" 8' - 0" - 8' 0" - 8' 0" - 8'

Typical Office Cubicle Layouts [38] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Washington State Library-Archives Building 14 June 2016

Typical Office Cubicle Layouts Washington State Library-Archives Building 14 June 2016

Typical Office Cubicle Layouts Washington State Library-Archives Building 14 June 2016 3.5 Future Space Requirements MAXIMUM LOT COVERAGE The planned facility and surrounding property planned No maximum, provided that parking, yards, & landscaping for Tumwater will allow for future growth both internally requirements are satisfied. (reduction of Records Center space with archives filling in) and externally (string setback - not butted up against hard HEIGHT LIMIT structures, property lines, or streets). This is not possible 50’ (or lower if required by Part 77) utilizing the GA site.

SPECIAL SITE CONDITIONS

• Existing building of approximately 145,000sf occupies 3.6 Codes & Regulations site. The following are the zoning and code and design criteria • FAA Part 77 height restrictions apply. for the Tumwater site. The zoning and code criteria for the • Site lighting must be shielded to avoid glare for aircraft Lacey/DOE site and the GA Building are included in the • Approximately 350 existing parking spaces appendix. This gives a preliminary of the requirements exist- ing at the time of this report. These are subject to change and should be reviewed once design begins. Where special PARKING REQUIREMENT requirement are known they are noted. Archives First 20,000 sf = 18 cars + 1 car per 4000sf

3.6.1 Zoning Analysis Library 5 cars per 1000 sf of “Public Floor Area” ADDRESS 7510 NE Market St SW Tumwater, WA 98501 3.6.2 Building Codes & Design Criteria Building codes and regulations provide for and promote PARCEL INFORMATION the health, safety and welfare of Tumwater residents, today • Parcel # 12710100700 and into the future. City and state building codes are made up of building, fire, plumbing, mechanical (heating and air- • Airport Related Industry – Mixed Use Commercial conditioning), electrical, and sign regulations. It’s important District within the Urban Growth Boundary. that each new and existing structure comply with these • Warehouses less than 200,000sf are permitted use. codes to ensure equal and safe access for everybody. The • Museums / Libraries / Galleries are permitted use. Washington State Building Code is comprised of several different codes. Most are national model codes adopted by reference and amended at the state level. Others, such as SETBACKS the Washington State Energy Code, are state-written state- Front 20’ specific codes. Local jurisdictions are required to adopt Side 10’ these codes for application in their jurisdiction. Rear 10’

MINIMUM LOT AREA N/A

MINIMUM LOT DIMENSION N/A

Program Analysis [39] Tumwater’s officially adopted codes:

• Building codes in Tumwater Municipal Code (TMC Chapter 15) • International Building Code 2012 Edition • International Residential Code 2012 Edition • International Fire Code 2012 Edition • International Mechanical Code 2012 Edition • International Property Maintenance Code 2009 Edition (we are in the process of adopting the 2012 Edition) • International Energy Conservation Code 2012 Edition • Washington State Energy Codes • Uniform Plumbing Code 2012 Edition • International Existing Buildings Code 2012 Edition

3.6.3 Comprehensive Plans The comprehensive plans for the City of Tumwater and the Port of Olympia view the new Library Archives Building as fitting and enhancing their plans to create a city-center con- cept. The City of Tumwater is changing the designation of Tumwater Boulevard from Industrial to one which will “pro- vide for a mix of public and privately-owned developments that will realize Tumwater’s vision of a new city center. It is envisioned to include: State and local government facili- ties; private commercial developments of office, retail, and service businesses; residential; educational; civic services; support facilities/services (i.e. child care); and public assembly facilities and outdoor spaces. The Tumwater Town Center is located within the City of Tumwater and is generally bordered by I-5, Tumwater Boulevard, Nicholas Street, and Israel Road.” (City of Tumwater, 2013).

The Port of Olympia in their 2014 Master Plan update noted “Tumwater Boulevard and the New Market Industrial Campus are ideal locations for future development in Tumwater. Tumwater Boulevard provides highly visible and necessary traffic for commercial, office, and retail develop- ment” (Port of Olympia, 2012).

[40] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 4 Site Analysis THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[42] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 4.0 Site Analysis

4.1 Evaluating Potential Sites predesigns. The site in Lacey is undeveloped with a mix of As directed by the Legislature, the Secretary of State’s open and forested grounds. While providing a clean slate Office undertook an exhaustive analysis of potential sites for planning and construction, environmental mitigation, with the assistance of the Department of Enterprise infrastructure improvements, and access upgrades would Services, utilizing the 2010 analysis by SRG Partnership. be considerably higher than the Tumwater site yet less While 14 sites were considered, most were ruled out expensive than the GA site. due to the inability to accommodate a large combined Library-Archives building and provide for potential further expansion if needed. The site analysis criteria included: 4.1.1 Tumwater Site The Tumwater site would require some demolition, but • Access to the site to include proximity to major highways potential reuse of the foundation and upgrading utilities and bus routes would be the only requirements for preparing the site • Adequate parking for patrons and staff outside of landscaping and storm water mitigation. New util- • Site preparation costs (including demolition and/or re- ities and road infrastructure are currently available including purposing existing structures) parking for over 300. Most of the materials removed from the site will be recycled for use in the new facility and • Highest and best use of the site consist mostly of steel framing and metal exterior wall • Program needs sheathing. • Capability to construct and operate a facility allowing for repayment of construction bonds without adversely The Tumwater site also provides access to major streets, impacting agency operations highways, and mass transit and is less than a mile from • Site availability and costs access to I-5. It is situated on three major bus routes, includ- ing an express route to Tacoma. The site provides enough • Future facility expansion potential existing surface parking for staff and patrons with space left over for additional landscaping. Parking spaces would be Of the sites considered both by SRG and after recent con- set aside to accommodate electric vehicles, handicapped sideration, only three meet the above criteria. They are the parking, busses, and motor pools/shared commute. Modular Building site in Tumwater adjacent to the Secretary of State’s Records Center, the General Administration The site itself, while owned by the Port of Olympia, is leased Facility site as directed by the legislature, and state-owned for 50 years to the state of Washington. The start of the vacant land across from the Department of Ecology lease was December 1, 1979. The state built a two-section Headquarters in Lacey, WA. While the Tumwater site is modular building on the land, consisting of a northernmost preferable, the General Administration (GA) site is viable, low bay 40,000 sf section and a medium bay 57,290 sf but not without a substantial investment of capital dollars by section to house the state printer. In 1991 the Secretary of the legislature to offset demolition, site preparation, parking State’s Office constructed a 31,640 sf high bay addition to facilities, and Capitol Campus design standard costs. This the building for use by the Records Center and increased additional cost is as much as $45 million above the cost the size of the building with a 15,710 SF addition to the east of building a state-of-the-art facility in Tumwater. Parking of the Records Center. At the time of construction, the area availability, access issues, and future expansion possibilities was designated an industrial zone by the City of Tumwater also hinder the ability for building a Library-Archives facility and the Port of Olympia. Today both entities have moved to at the GA Building site. This does not include construction of an Executive Office Building (EOB) as conceived in earlier

Site Analysis [43] redesignate the area a commercial zone and have updated Physical possibility is indicated by the design of the building their long-term Master Plans to reflect this designation and as one which designates it as a significant government facil- are highly supportive of this project. ity, inviting and open to the public, and, with the exception of the secure storage areas, accessible to anyone who wants The facility currently serves as the home for the Records to visit the facility. As it is today, the Modular facility is a Center, state printer, and providing storage for the closed building with access granted only to employees who Department of Enterprise Services and State Library. work in it. It no longer meets the current zoning designation Redesignation of the property from industrial to commercial for the area nor accessibility requirements for highest and changes the highest and best use of the building and is best use. better suited for commercial and educational enterprises. While financial feasibility concerns mostly private enter- This predesign identifies the modular building site in prise, the effect a Library-Archives Building will have on the Tumwater as the preferred location for the Secretary of area will be dramatic and positive. The type of enterprises State. Should this project receive legislative approval to pro- the City and Port are luring to the area will be more inclined ceed, the Department of Enterprise Services has agreed to to invest and operate knowing a public facility of the stature relocate the Printing and Imaging and Production Services of the State Library and Archives will be a permanent fixture programs (Print Services) to accommodate this project, drawing in the public and adding financial and aesthetic subject to legislative funding to relocate DES programs. benefit to the surrounding community. Co-locating identified Secretary of State functions to the Tumwater site will require leasing or developing a new site, All three of these designations lead to the fourth, maximum constructing or modifying an existing facility, and physically productive use, in that the new facility will clearly be of the moving Print Services. highest and best use for the property and nearby com- munity, generating a high level of foot traffic from the type If this project receives legislative approval, DES proposes of people who would remain in the neighborhood to have to take advantage of the re-location to plan for co-locating lunch, visit local stores, and contribute positively to the Print Services and Consolidated Mail Services. DES economic and intellectual growth of the area. The site, as it anticipates this move would result in shorter delivery is used now, does little to enhance the area and contribute times, reduced transportation costs, and reduced carbon to economic development. If anything, it drives the value of emissions as well as consolidating administrative sup- the area down and contributes little to the look and feel of a port, customer service, and network infrastructure. The thriving downtown core envisioned by the City of Tumwater estimated cost of property acquisition, site development, and Port of Olympia. and facility construction of a new Print Services facility was created by DES staff and is included in Appendix 10.10 of this report. 4.1.2 Lacey/DOE Site

Any highest and best use designation must take these The Lacey site provides access to major streets, highways, four factors into consideration: (1) legal permissibility, (2) mass transit, and a park and ride lot, and is less than a mile physical possibility, (3) financial feasibility, and (4) maximum from access to I-5. It is situated on four major bus routes, productive use . including an express route to Tacoma. The site will need to be upgraded to provide enough existing surface park- ing for staff and patrons with space left over for additional Legal permissibility is based on the designation of the City landscaping. Parking spaces would be set aside to accom- and Port denoting the area to be best used for commercial modate electric vehicles, handicapped parking, busses, and and office purposes, rather than industrial. The Library- motor pools/shared commute. Archives Building meets and exceeds this designation by providing a facility that is open to the public for the purpose of engaging them in research, safeguard our state and local The site is on a 34 acre parcel owned by the state of government heritage, and provide personal access to the Washington and was purchased from Saint Martin’s election process.

[44] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign General Administration Building Site

Site Analysis [45] Lacey / DOE Site

[46] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Tumwater Site

Site Analysis [47] Abbey in 1992. With the exception of a small farm that currently lease land and facilities to state government on a operated on the site from 1895 – 1992, the site has never short-to-long term basis (20-75 years). For the construction been developed. and operations of a new Library-Archives Building, the Port has demonstrated a strong willingness to lease the property The Lacey site has its own set of challenges, namely the to the state for an indefinite amount of time. The Secretary impact on the local environment through the removal of of State’s Office has entered into 75-year leases with four dozens of mature fir trees, building close to a wetland, state-owned universities to operate regional archives. The mitigating habitat issues with the protected Mazama Pocket expectation is for DES to conclude their lease with the Port Gopher, and the need to build another roadway out of the and the Secretary of State’s Office to sign a long-term lease area which will likely result in opposition from the adjacent for the property. The Office would also assume full title to Bowker Street neighborhood and St. Martin’s Abbey. the current Records Center Building.

The Tumwater location also meets all applicable local and county ordinances on zoning, setback, and land use. The 4.1.3 GA Building Site soils have been, for the most part, undisturbed and are free The GA site requires complete demolition of the GA of pollutants and contamination. Groundwater is located Building, removal of all materials from the site, major excava- 185 feet below the surface . The site is served by a 10’ tion to accommodate a two story 40 foot deep basement, diameter water main and an 8’ diameter sewer line, well in restructuring of utilities at the site, many being over 60 excess of the capacity needed for the new facility. years old, and adding a new parking structure. Mitigation of issues relating to hillside stability, ecosystem impacts, By utilizing the existing raised foundation, or building on its parking concerns, and extensive utility upgrades will also footprint, there would be no need to increase the amount of require a major investment of state funds. impervious land currently at the site. A recent analysis of the Modular Building floor loads by Joseph Simon, P.E. / AHBL While the GA site can accommodate this type of highly Structural Engineers noted that the existing floor slab is specialized storage of historical documents, photographs, adequate to support the proposed racks for load combina- and records, it would need to be built on three separate tions including gravity and seismic forces. Furthermore, floors and thus negatively impact future growth potential. the existing slab is sufficiently thick to develop anchorage Building on this site also limits the flexibility of incorporating against seismically induced lateral and uplift forces. new and more efficient methods of maintaining environ- mental standards necessary for the safekeeping of fragile and rare historic items over the next few decades. The only other option is to build archival storage underground, but 4.2.2 Lacey/DOE Site that is in violation of modern archival design standards. The site in Lacey is owned by the State of Washington and Placing the collection underneath a large office structure is part of a larger land purchase in 1992 from St. Martin’s with HVAC and plumbing infrastructure overhead is a recipe Abbey that included the site of the present day Department for disaster (Wilsted, 2007). of Ecology headquarters. The site is bordered by Martin Way, with an interchange less than a mile west for access to north and south bound I-5, and Desmond Drive to the east. The site is part of a 34 acre parcel of land on the east side 4.2 Minimizing Costly Mitigation Requirements of Desmond Drive which is available for development. It has access to city water and sewer lines and is served by an intersection off Martin Way. It is located directly west of the 4.2.1 Tumwater Site DOE Headquarters Building but is completely undeveloped otherwise. The location also meets all applicable local and The ownership of the Tumwater property is with the Port of county ordinances on zoning, setback, and land use. The Olympia, a public corporation established in 1911. The Port soils have been, for the most part, undisturbed and are free is authorized to develop and operate harbors and related of pollutants and contamination. It has never been devel- transportation and economic development facilities. They oped since the original platting in 1895.

[48] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Desmond Drive is currently fully improved from Martin Way 4.2.3 GA Building Site East to the Department of Ecology parking lot entrance, The General Administration site is owned by the State of with walkways on both sides of the road. The existing road- Washington. The structure currently there would require way is two lanes, paved, with no shoulders and intermittent a massive restructuring and renovation beyond what a speed humps. Pedestrians using the road to walk to work new building meeting modern seismic and floor load and/or for exercise were abundant during the site visit. It is requirements would cost. The General Administration (GA) possible that frontage improvements may be required for Building is a six-story, 282,682 square foot, concrete-framed the remainder of Desmond Drive for a total of 1,300 linear structure built in the 1950s. The gravity load resisting feet. While it is possible that walkways may only be required system consists of concrete pan joist and girder framing on one side of the road, we believe that it would be prudent supported on concrete walls and columns. The building to plan for walkways on both sides of the road, given the has gone through two major earthquakes (1965 and 2000) precedent set on the Department of Ecology site, the without any seismic investigation. The current floor loads presence of pedestrian traffic in the area, and the number of of the building, 100 psf on the first floor and 50 psf on the connecting trails. upper floors, do not meet the current requirements for the proposed Library-Archives storage area and office space. Desmond Dr SE has approximately 700’ of improved street Code stipulates floor loads would need to be 100 PSF for and sidewalk infrastructure from the Martin Way intersec- a reading room, 150 psf for open stacks, and 300 psf for tion to the EPA campus, but those improvements stop at compact and high-volume shelving. While there have been our site property line, and Desmond Dr. turns into a 20’ some attempts to save or rehabilitate the GA Building, wide asphalt street with no curb and gutter or sidewalks. structural issues and cost have precluded any type of facility Development of the archives building on this site would reuse. likely require street improvements such as a wider curb and gutter street, lighting, buffer landscaping, street trees and According to the November 2012 SRG study of the General sidewalk. Administration Building, the steep slope and retaining wall west of the facility exhibit symptoms of instability caused by The significant tree canopy on site is a potential develop- non-impaction of soils placed behind soldier piling retaining ment cost. Within our site, the majority of trees fall within walls. While the wall has been inspected and minor repairs the “significant tree” category, being over 60’ in height and performed, construction of a new facility on the site will 16” in diameter, and forming a continuous canopy. These likely lead to further erosion of the wall. Permanent mitiga- trees also contribute to the character of the pedestrian trail tion of this issue will consist of pouring a large anchored running along the eastern property boundary. retaining wall, adding a sophisticated drainage system, and filling it in with impacted Impervious subsoil layer underlain The project will need to complete and submit a tree with permeable soil. inventory as part of the land use application, performed by a city tree protection professional. The tree inventory and Lastly, the new Library-Archives facility on the GA site would evaluation will need to influence the design and layout of employ 189 personnel since the additional Records Center the site. Existing trees and protection opportunities must storage will not be included at this site. That, along with the play an important role in site design; potential for the inclusion of an office building housing other state agencies or statewide officials would greatly increase The City of Lacey’s Urban Forest Management Plan strives the number of personnel working on the site. Add to that for a no net loss of tree canopy within the city, and governs the number of members of the public visiting the Library the way that trees are removed and replaced. Every com- and Archives, and a need is generated for at least 200-250 mercial project over 1 acre is required to designate a tree parking spaces. Currently the site has 82 parking spaces. tract, which must cover 5% or more of the site. The current With the demolition of the 11th Street Garage and no new preliminary plan calls for the removal of 4.8 acres of forest, parking spaces created for the 1063 Building project, the leaving the overall parcel with approximately 54% tree cover. need for adequate parking is critical and would require a costly solution to include either upgraded off-site parking or a new parking garage to the north of the current GA facility.

Site Analysis [49] 4.3 Site Comparisons the site has not been developed since it was platted by the Monks of St. martin’s Abbey in 1895. Groundwater and soils SITE 1: TUMWATER SITE - 7510 NEW MARKET analysis, originally done for the DOE site, will need to be The Isabella Bush Records Center is located at 7510 New updated. Market in Tumwater off Tumwater Boulevard. The main Records Center is a 31,600 sf 50-foot tall warehouse space The new design would call for a 147,000 sf facility to be built built in 1991. A 15,710 sf building in was added in 2002. The on undeveloped land. The new facility would contain 78,000 Records Center is connected to a 1976-era modular facility sf of above ground storage used by the Archives and Library which houses the state printer in a 57,000 SF 30-foot-high for historic and archival (not records) storage, with the bal- metal building, along with low-bay offices on the north ance turned over to a loading and processing area. 34,000 end of the building housing 40,000 sf of storage and office sf of space would be used for offices, a public reading room, space. The Washington State Library uses 6300 sf of stor- and library shelving. The Records Center off-site storage age for part of the Library’s federal publications collection in replacement space would not be part of this site. the north section. Pros: Uniting both programs into one space, eliminating The concept for this location is to demolish the state printer outdated building, space and build a combined Records Center, Archives, and Library storage facility that meets all modern and applicable Cons: Travel distance to and from the capitol campus, archival standards for long-term storage. The storage space potential environmental impacts, need to upgrade utilities would also provide temperature controlled storage for both and provide for greater street access. the Archives and certain rare and historic collections of the Library. Part of the facility would also be used to temporarily SITE 3: GENERAL ADMINISTRATION SITE – 210 11TH AVE SW expand the Records Center. The demolished section would be replaced with approximately 157,000 GSF of secure The Heritage Center design called for a 132,846 sf facility to archival storage, office space, a public reading room, and house all of the Library and its holdings and the administra- open stack areas accessible to the public. tion of the State and SW Region Archives on a footprint much expanded from the current G.A. Building site. A Pros: This is the most cost-effective alternative resulting in four-story 51,000 sf Executive Office Building was planned a modern state-of-the-art archival facility that consolidates for the top of the structure, for a total of 183,000 sf. Archives all current storage into a single location. Collocating Library secure storage would remain in place and potentially and Archives collections, as well as program and support expand into the area given up by the Archives staff. The staff, allows for long term expansion, ample parking for proposal included conference and museum space. employees and visitors, accessibility to public transporta- tion, and potential to include a temporary Records Center The new design would call for a 122,000 NSF facility to be expansion in the planning process. This proposal makes built on the footprint of the current G.A. Building utilizing possible the consolidation of two Records Center facilities the current basement footprint with a four-story office and into one. The site has the strong support of the Port of Library-Archives facility above ground. It would include Olympia and the City of Tumwater. 78,000 sf of above ground storage would be used by the Archives for historic and archival (not records) storage, with Cons: Travel to and from Capitol Campus, existing tenants the balance turned over to a loading and processing area, will need to relocate, requires the potential incorporation offices, a public reading and research room, and library of a 1970s-era storage warehouse facility into the overall shelving. The Records Center off-site storage replacement design, which will result in a need to upgrade the structure. space would not be part of the GA site.

Pros: Uniting both programs into one space, eliminating SITE 2: LACEY/DOE SITE - 300 DESMOND DRIVE outdated building, lake views, unifying the north campus With the exception of access upgrades and construction of with the rest of the Capitol Campus with a building that is the Headquarters for the Department of Ecology in 1993, geared toward visitors, and proximity to the heart of state government and the legislative process.

[50] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Cons: The new facility would need up to $45 million to The Tumwater site is also the most cost-effective alterna- offset construction costs that would include demolition tive resulting in a modern state-of-the-art archival facility of G.A. Building and construction of a new facility that that consolidates all current storage into a single location. could meet Capitol Campus standards. The GA site would Collocating Library and Archives collections, as well as entail very precise and costly design standards. This plan program and support staff, allows for long term expansion, allows for minimal future growth. The cost of facility, built ample parking for employees and visitors, accessibility to on the current G.A. footprint, with exterior upgrades and public transportation, and potential to include a temporary demolition, would be as much as $120 million. This does Records Center expansion in the planning process. This not include office space to house other state agencies and proposal makes possible the consolidation of two Records elected officials. The Records Center would continue to Center facilities into one. The site has strong support from use two warehouses for storage since it cannot consoli- both the City of Tumwater and Port of Olympia, owners of date storage at a single location. Critical to constructing the property. It would be an anchor for the redevelopment an effective space for the long-term storage of historical of Tumwater Boulevard from light industrial to residential, documents is the location of water and other utilities. in business, state offices, and educational orientation. The site previous predesigns, secure storage is placed in a two also access to major streets, highways, mass transit, and a story underground facility with offices above, placing park and ride lot, and is less than a mile from access to I-5. plumbing, electrical, and HVAC on top of the storage area, It is situated on four major bus routes, including an express which is not in accordance with modern archival storage route to Tacoma. Of the three sites, the Tumwater site meets practices. Lastly, because of tight space requirements with the highest and best use for the site in comparison with the the underground Archival storage, access to mechanical two other sites: (1) legal permissibility, (2) physical possibil- and electrical systems would need to be placed within the ity, (3) financial feasibility, and (4) maximum productive use. secure storage spaces, violated a basic premise of archives construction. As Pacifico and Wilsted (2009) note, building mechanical components should be “accessible without entering archival storage space” (p. 27). The authors also note that placement of mechanical rooms and water pipes (with the exception of fire suppression systems) should not be anywhere near storage stacks to prevent leaks that come with such systems.

4.4 Preferred Site The Tumwater site is the preferred location because it provides enough space for current and future needs of the various programs slated for the site with special emphasis on the state Archives and Library. Part of the facility would be used by the Records Center for use as temporary storage. As more records migrate to electronic form, temporary storage will receive records and artifacts related to the Library and Archives holdings. This will provide both divisions with storage space well beyond the 50 years projected for the new facility. The construction of a facility in Tumwater could be undertaken within a shorter timeline and begin operations sooner than would be the case with the GA site.

Site Analysis [51] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[52] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 5 Project Budget Analysis THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[54] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 5.0 Project Budget Analysis

5.1 Major Assumptions The estimate is based upon assumptions prepared from the floor plans and program breakdown included in this document. Note that escalation is currently excluded from the estimates as schedule deliberations continue.

Unit pricing is based on April 2016 costs and was assem- bled by Rider, Levett, Bucknall of Olympia.

A reasonable allowance of estimating contingency has been included to account for the level of the design and the complexity of the project. In the C-100, escalation has been based on an allowance of 3.8% per annum.

It is assumed that the contractor will have access to the work areas as outlined in the specifications. The costs used in this estimate are based on the assumption that competitive bids for all trades will be received, unless noted otherwise, and that the contractor will be required to pay state prevailing wages for the areas including travel and associated fringe benefits.

Unit rates include: Materials, goods, and all costs in con- nection therewith including material required for lapping, jointing and the like and all connections therewith such as conveyance, delivery, unloading, storing, returning, pack- ings, handling, hoisting and lowering, square and raking straight cutting, circular cutting and splay cutting, waste of materials, protection, progressive and final cleaning, samples, guarantees and warranties, labor and all costs in connection therewith, shop fabrication work, shop draw- ings, as-built drawings, manuals, testing, establishment costs, overhead costs and profit, plant and equipment, and site allowances.

Project Budget Analysis [55] STATE OF WASHINGTON AGENCY / INSTITUTION PROJECT COST SUMMARY Agency 085 Office of the Secretary of State Project Name Library‐Archives Building OFM Project Number 30000033

Contact Information Name Mark Neary Phone Number (360) 902‐4186 Email [email protected]

Statistics Gross Square Feet 222,347 MACC per Square Foot $209 Usable Square Feet 153,420 Escalated MACC per Square Foot $226 Space Efficiency 69.0% A/E Fee Class B Construction Type archive building A/E Fee Percentage 6.21% Remodel no Projected Life of Asset (Years) 75 Additional Project Details Alternative Public Works Project yes Art Requirement Applies yes Inflation Rate 2.80% Higher Ed Institution no Sales Tax Rate % 8.90% Location Used for Tax Rate Tumwater Contingency Rate 5% Base Month July‐16 Project Administered By Agency

Schedule Predesign Start July‐15 Predesign End August‐16 Design Start July‐17 Design End July‐19 Construction Start July‐18 Construction End January‐20 Construction Duration 18 Months

Green cells must be filled in by user

Project Cost Estimate Total Project $73,232,020 Total Project Escalated $78,794,722 Rounded Escalated Total $78,795,000

C‐100(2016) Page 1 of 2 8/16/2016

[56] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign STATE OF WASHINGTON AGENCY / INSTITUTION PROJECT COST SUMMARY Agency 085 Office of the Secretary of State Project Name Library‐Archives Building OFM Project Number 30000033

Cost Estimate Summary

Acquisition Acquisition Subtotal $0 Acquisition Subtotal Escalated $0

Consultant Services Predesign Services $0 A/E Basic Design Services $2,095,306 Extra Services $4,090,129 Other Services $941,369 Design Services Contingency $356,340 Consultant Services Subtotal $7,483,144 Consultant Services Subtotal Escalated $7,936,999

Construction GC/CM Risk Contingency $0 GC/CM or D/B Costs $4,673,936 Construction Contingencies $2,328,560 Construction Contingencies Escalated $2,512,517 Maximum Allowable Construction Maximum Allowable Construction Cost $46,571,199 $50,194,263 Cost (MACC) (MACC) Escalated Sales Tax $4,768,059 Sales Tax Escalated $5,139,747 Construction Subtotal $58,341,754 Construction Subtotal Escalated $62,889,704

Equipment Equipment $5,239,365 Sales Tax $466,303 Non‐Taxable Items $0 Equipment Subtotal $5,705,668 Equipment Subtotal Escalated $6,156,417

Artwork Artwork Subtotal $250,971 Artwork Subtotal Escalated $250,971

Agency Project Administration Agency Project Administration $1,250,482 Subtotal DES Additional Services Subtotal $0 Other Project Admin Costs $0 Project Administration Subtotal $1,250,482 Project Administation Subtotal Escalated $1,349,271

Other Costs Other Costs Subtotal $200,000 Other Costs Subtotal Escalated $211,360

Project Cost Estimate Total Project $73,232,020 Total Project Escalated $78,794,722 Rounded Escalated Total $78,795,000

C‐100(2016) Page 2 of 2 8/16/2016

Project Budget Analysis [57] 5.1.1 Description of Existing Programs and Facilities house the overflow due to the lack of space in the current facility. The storage space does not meet national archival THE STATE ARCHIVES standards for temperature and storage. The State Archives preserves important long-term legal and historical records of state government. The records date THE STATE LIBRARY back to 1853 and include the original territorial and state laws, the 1889 State Constitution, territorial tribal and local The State Library coordinates services to all libraries in census documents, Supreme Court case files, executive- the state, such as regional libraries, community college level policy files from state agencies, and legislative records libraries, higher education academic libraries and librar- to name a few. These constitute 3% of all records created ies in state correctional facilities. Many services and by state government. Temperature and humidity-controlled subscriptions made available to the public at regional and storage environments are critical to maintain archival community college libraries are coordinated and funded records and ensure proper preservation. Fluctuating and by the State Library. The State Library also develops and unstable temperature and humidity levels have a substan- maintains a growing collection of research materials tially negative effect on the Archives collections. focused on Washington State history, natural resources, and government. The Records Center stores short-term records of state government for fiscal, legal, and administrative needs. Until 2001, the State Library was located in the Pritchard These records include inmate files, DSHS/DOH customer Building on the Capital Campus. Following the 2001 files, personnel files, purchasing contracts, payroll records, earthquake, the Library was moved to a temporary leased and other routine administrative records. Such documents location in a privately-owned office park in Tumwater. The constitute the remaining 97% of state government records. temporary location is not adequate in size or layout for These records are maintained until the retention period has making the collections available to the public. The square expired, usually six to sixty years, and are then shredded footage of the space is also inadequate, forcing the Library and destroyed. Together, the Archives and the Records to lease overflow space for additional storage. Together, Center store over 910 million state government documents. the two leases cost over $1.2 million per year. The current facility was built as an office building, not a library. Weight The State Archives receives an average of 2,500 boxes of restrictions require that most of the collection be placed on archival-quality records each year from state agencies. The the ground floor, which is not accessible to the public. State Archives facility on the Capital Campus, is located between Capitol Way and the Highways-Licensing Building THE CORPORATIONS AND CHARITIES DIVISION in an underground facility built in 1962, and has been full The Corporations and Charities Division (RCWs 11.110, since 2005. Since then, the Archives has been forced to 18.100, 19.09, 19.77, 23-25, 26.60, and 43.07) employees store important archival records at the State Records Center 57 personnel and is responsible for the following pro- in Tumwater. While the Records Center is secure, it does not grams: business formation, maintenance, and registration; have sufficient temperature and humidity controls for long- charitable solicitations, charitable trusts, and commercial term preservation of archival records. The building does not fundraisers; apostilles and international certificates; trade- meet modern energy efficiency standards. marks; domestic partnerships; service of process; business and charities outreach and education; and digital signature/ The Archives Division currently leads the Paper Records electronic authentication. Reduction Workgroup involving eight of the largest cus- tomers (state agencies) to seek alternative storage and The Corporations and Charities Division is housed in a retainage options. Although this workgroup has made 1915 era facility extensively renovated in 2000. The building significant positive impacts, the Records Center continues covers four floors with 17,000 square feet overall but only to lease storage space that is approaching maximum capac- 9,500 is usable for office and public space. The rest is used ity. The Records Center is currently paying approximately for building infrastructure and structural support. Staff $141,000 a year for leased space in a non-state facility to is split between all four floors which is not conducive to working in a collaborative and efficient manner. The space

[58] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign is very inefficient for program activities, needs expensive SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND OPERATIONS DIVISION security and exterior upgrades, and does not fit the current The Secretary of State’s Office operates a number of special program model which has moved away from in-person visits programs that include the Productivity Board, Combined to on-line registration. It would cost more to refurbish it to an Fund Drive, and the Legacy Washington project. acceptable standard than provide equivalent space in a new purpose built facility. • The Productivity Board (RCW 41.60) administers the Employee Suggestion Program and the Teamwork As in-person visits continue to decline due to on-line Incentive Program. Both may offer cash incentives registration, demand for greater customer and IT sup- to state employees who suggest money-saving port is constrained by the design of the current facility. improvements. Board members include representatives Furthermore, as a restored historic structure, major of state agencies, higher education, private businesses modifications to open up space and provide for a better and organized labor. work and security environment are prohibitive. Lastly, the • The Combined Fund Drive (CFD) (RCW 41.04) is building is in need of major exterior work to prevent further Washington State’s workplace giving program for water infiltration and structural degradation, lacks parking, active and retired public employees. State and higher and the HVAC system is in need of major repairs. education employees are invited to give to the charity of their choice through payroll contribution and agency fundraising events. THE ELECTIONS DIVISION • Legacy Washington (43.07) is an educational program Responsibilities of the Secretary of State’s Office, with that shares Washington history with schools, universities regard to the electoral process in Washington, are to and the public at large. The project relies on unique oversee the conduct of elections by the counties, provide collections held by the Washington State Library and a clearinghouse for election innovation, and advocate for the Washington State Archives. Legacy Washington election reform and voter access to the legislature. Other books, profiles and exhibits are currently in use in many duties include: classrooms around the state and accessible though libraries across the country. All work published by the project is available and free online. • Supervising state and local elections, and certifying the results of state primaries and general elections. • Filing and verifying initiatives and referendums. To support the Secretary of State’s operations, the office’s Operations Division, including Human Resources, budget • Producing and distributing the state Voters’ Pamphlet and fiscal office, contracts, payroll, IT, and purchasing, and election-notice legal advertising. provide support to the entire agency. Consolidating these programs in this new facility will benefit the office through The Election Division is housed in a former bank building efficient use of space and better integration of employee that is leased from a private developer. The building is services and support. substandard. The lease expires in 2020. Twice a year, 4,000 square feet of space is used for processing initiatives and The number of employee positions affected are as follows: referendums. During the other 10 months the space is mostly empty and unused. When initiatives are received Library Building 61 to be checked and counted, each are taken to the State Archives Building 31 Archives for scanning away from the Elections office then Dolliver Building 71 returned after scanning. Collocating with the Archives will Elections Building 33 help with minimizing movement of initiatives for scanning. Records Center 7 Space that is freed up after initiatives and referendums Total 203 have been processed could be made available as a meet- ing space for other tenants of the new Library-Archives The two off-site storage facilities are staffed by Library and Building. Archives employees from their main buildings.

Project Budget Analysis [59] 5.1.2 Alternatives and Consequences of Not recommended in Tumwater. No funding will be used for Proceeding With Preferred Alternative Secretary of State’s other facilities or to respond to deferred maintenance on other facilities. The State Library and Elections are currently in a leased facility. The Library building, which also houses Special programs and office operations, was intended to be a “tem- porary” location but the Library has now been there for over ten years. The location does not allow the public to access 5.3 Effective Utilization Of Space as many resources as are available due to space and layout As noted in Section 5.1.5, because there is no more room in constraints. The Library has to lease additional overflow either the Library or Archives facilities, extra storage must space to store the collection. The two leases cost over $1.2 be leased for the Records Center and Library to house million per year. The Secretary of State’s Office believes overflow material, a situation that leads to fragmentation of that those funds are better spent on the operating costs of these collections. The Archives is in a facility more than 50 a state-owned building that houses the State Library rather years old, lacking the space and infrastructure to support than continuing to lease a private office building where modern archives. The Library and Elections Divisions are most of the collection is inaccessible to the public. in leased privately owned facilities. The current library building functions far better as an office building than a The Archives center reached capacity in 2005, resulting in library. The Elections Division is in a 1960s-era former bank the need to store archival documents in an off-site stor- building that is substandard to the needs of the agency. age facility that does not meet environmental and storage The Corporations and Charities Division is located in a 1915 standards. The Division can also refuse to accept archival renovated building which, due to its structure and historic records from state agencies but this will result in the loss of designation, cannot be modified or improved upon without the state’s most important historical and legal documents, causing major modification to its historic design and layout. such as the original signed versions of bills, Supreme Court and Court of Appeals opinions, and gubernatorial Although no single existing space available to the office can proclamations. This is the most significant 3% of state meets its programming, environmental, and security needs, records. The inability to store additional short-term records the multiple separate facilities currently in use have resulted of State Agencies will negatively impact each agencies’ in inefficient use of space and resources. Collocation can current operating space needs. State Agencies adhering maximize the use of space and enhance the customer to the records retentions schedules would have to store experience through unified areas such as a shared research these records in high dollar per square foot office space as reading room, conference rooms, IT training space, and opposed to the Records Center warehouse. publically-accessible collections (e.g. microfilm/fiche areas, map collection room, genealogical research). It can also Off-site storage for the Records Center and Library create a realize efficiencies by unifying staff areas such as the server burden on employees, state agencies, and the public who room, lunch/break room, scanning lab, preservation lab must endure longer wait times while items are retrieved (including book binding and a freeze/dry processing space), from off-site locations. Rent on both these facilities costs vaults and secure storage space, and building infrastructure $185,000 a year and could be better spent on a new facility. (e.g. lobby, restrooms, elevators, stairs, security kiosk, supply Both storage facilities are not, nor were they meant to be, rooms, janitor closets, etc.). The goal is to collocate and con- designed for temperature controlled long-term records and solidate. No single existing space can meet the programing, document storage. environmental, and security needs that a new facility would.

5.2 Related Budget To Scope Of Work The budget for this project is dedicated solely for the design and construction of a Library-Archives facility on the site

[60] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 5.4 Cost Planning Vs. Cost Estimating and that the contractor will be required to pay state prevail- ing wages for the areas including travel and associated A preliminary cost estimate has been prepared for all three fringe benefits. sites and building alternatives. The estimates are prepared by Rider Levett Bucknall, and are based upon assumptions prepared from the site plans, floor plans, building systems narratives, and program breakdown provided by the design team. Escalation is excluded from the estimate, but is 5.5 Funding Sources and Methods accounted for in the C-100 documentation. Where design Currently divisions within the Office of the Secretary of State and specification information was insufficient, assumptions are located in separate leased facilities throughout Olympia and allowances were made based wherever possible on and Tumwater. The predesign plan for consolidating all of discussions with the design team. Historical data from these facilities into a new Library/Archives Building creates similar projects, cost information from suppliers and an opportunity for the Office to repurpose the payments subcontracvtors, and conditions in the local construction that are currently paid towards rent to fund a Certificate market were taken into consideration. of Participation. This consolidation effort would combine 7 separate rented facilities costing $2,885,112 in annual Unit pricing is based on April 2016 costs. rent payments into one facilities financed in part through the use of a Certificate of Participation (COP) and General A reasonable allowance of estimating contingency has Obligation (GO) debt issued by the State Treasurer. The been included to account for the preliminary level of the digital archives facility in Cheney Washington was funded design and the complexity of the project. The costs used in through a COP with a dedicated revenue source attached this estimate are based on the assumption that competitive to the recording fees on documents filed at the County bids for al trades will be received, unless noted otherwise, Auditors’ Office. The Digital Archives debt is paid off in FY

EXHIBIT A - FACILITY DETAIL

SPACE STATE FACILITY ADDRESS CITY SQUARE LEASE LEASE END CURRENT YEARLY COST TYPE OWNED NAME FEET START DATE MONTHLY OR DATE BASE LEASED LEASE COST

Offices Leased Elections 520 Union Ave SE Olympia 10,668 7/1/2015 6/30/2020 $19,465.45 $233,585.40 (520) Building

Archives Leased Archives 1129 Washington Olympia 47,900 7/1/2015 6/30/2020 $45,448.33 $545,379.96 Building St SE

Offices Owned Dolliver 801 S Capitol Way Olympia 17,000 9/20/2000 6/30/2021 $29,750.00 $357,000.00 Building

Offices Leased Library 6880 Capitol Blvd SE Tumwater 49,904 1/1/2012 12/31/2016 $82,747.07 $992,964.84 Building

Lt Storage Leased Record River Drive Tumwater 25,000 8/1/2015 8/1/2020 $11,750.00 $141,000.00 Center Annex

Lt Storage Leased Library 7510 New Market St Tumwater 6,500 1/1/2012 7/30/2015 $3,664.33 $43,971.96 Annex Fed Docs

Lt Storage Leased Records 7590 New Market St Tumwater 47,200 7/1/2013 6/30/2015 $47,600.83 $571,209.96 Center

Total 204,172 $240,426.01 $2,885,112.12

Project Budget Analysis [61] EXHIBIT B - DEBT PAYMENT PLAN

Year Annual Rent / Funding Source Revenue GO Shortfall GO Shortfall $20,000,000 (Excess) $24,000,000 (Excess)

Elections Corporations Library Records Archives 36.22.175(3) Total COP COP 001 407 14E 441/006 441/006 441/006 Available $53,795,000 $49,795,000

2018 $233,858 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $2,375,101

2019 $233,858 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $791,339 $3,166,440

2020 $233,858 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $793,317 $3,168,418 $3,785,074 $616,656 $3,503,630 $335,211

2021 $240,874 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $795,301 $3,177,417 $3,785,074 $607,657 $3,503,630 $326,212

2022 $240,874 $102,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $797,289 $3,179,406 $3,785,074 $605,669 $3,503,630 $324,224

2023 $240,874 $357,000 $1,036,937 $458,926 $543,380 $799,282 $3,436,399 $3,785,074 $348,675 $3,503,630 $67,231

2024 $240,874 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $801,280 $3,714,397 $3,785,074 $70,677 $3,503,630 ($210,767)

2025 $240,874 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $803,283 $3,716,400 $3,785,074 $68,674 $3,503,630 ($212,770)

2026 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $805,292 $3,725,635 $3,785,074 $59,440 $3,503,630 ($222,005)

2027 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $807,305 $3,727,648 $3,785,074 $57,427 $3,503,630 ($224,018)

2028 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $809,323 $3,729,666 $3,785,074 $55,408 $3,503,630 ($226,036)

2029 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $811,346 $3,731,689 $3,785,074 $53,385 $3,503,630 ($228,059)

2030 $248,100 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $813,375 $3,733,718 $3,785,074 $51,357 $3,503,630 ($230,088)

2031 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $815,408 $3,743,194 $3,785,074 $41,880 $3,503,630 ($239,564)

2032 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $817,447 $3,745,232 $3,785,074 $39,842 $3,503,630 ($241,603)

2033 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $819,490 $3,747,276 $3,785,074 $37,798 $3,503,630 ($243,646)

2034 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $821,539 $3,749,325 $3,785,074 $35,749 $3,503,630 ($245,695)

2035 $255,543 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $823,593 $3,751,379 $3,785,074 $33,695 $3,503,630 ($247,749)

2036 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $825,652 $3,761,104 $3,785,074 $23,970 $3,503,630 ($257,474)

2037 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $827,716 $3,763,168 $3,785,074 $21,906 $3,503,630 ($259,538)

2038 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $829,785 $3,765,237 $3,785,074 $19,837 $3,503,630 ($261,607)

2039 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $831,860 $3,767,312 $3,785,074 $17,763 $3,503,630 ($263,682)

2040 $263,209 $357,000 $1,036,937 $734,926 $543,380 $833,939 $3,769,391 $3,785,074 $15,683 $3,503,630 ($265,761)

2018 and the proceeds from these recording fees is an The Total Available resources to finance a COP in 2020 is additional resource the Office will use to fund the COP on $3,147,429 per year. This amount increases to $3,686,392 the new Library Archives Building. in 2024 after existing COP’s are satisfied and those resources can be redirected to the Library/Archives Exhibit A on the previous page provides the details of the building. facilities referenced above. With a supplement of GO debt ranging from $20-$24 million Exhibit B documents the current lease agreements within and private and/or grant proceeds of $5 million this project each division less any debt service currently owed on exist- can be financed within existing resources. Debt schedules ing COP’s. Revenue associated with RCW 36.22.175(3) that based on both of these assumptions are included in Exhibit will be available after the Cheney Digital Archives COP is B. The debt schedules were based on a 20 year instrument satisfied in 2018. An estimated increase of .0025% per year with a face value of 3.5%. is included within this calculation. The total amounts listed on this financing plan are less the $5 million funded through private and/or grant proceeds.

[62] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 6 Master Plan & Policy Coordination THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[64] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 6.0 Master Plan & Policy Coordination

6.1 Input from City of Tumwater, Port of In addition to the major goal of replacing the town center Olympia, and Thurston County lost by the construction of Interstate 5, other goals of this The 2006 Master Plan for the Capital of the State of Tumwater Town Center plan are to: Washington (Department of General Administration, 2006) sets forth a vision for the entire capital area. This includes 1. Create a mixed-use Town Center consisting of not only the formal Capitol Campus, but also the capital commercial developments of office, retail, and service community, identified as the cities of Olympia, Tumwater, businesses; residential, educational, civic services; and Lacey. The Master Plan’s vision recognizes that it is support facilities; and public assembly facilities. more appropriate for some agencies to be located outside 2. Site and develop new professional office facilities to of the main Capitol Campus to provide better public access build a “critical mass” of employment sufficient to to their services. Moreover, the Capitol Campus cannot encourage high-capacity public transit and discourage accommodate all of the significant evolution expected in the use of single-occupant vehicles. state government employment over the next two decades. 3. Create open space and park areas to preserve the area’s natural resources and beauty. The Master Plan, a 20-year guide to acquisition, develop- ment, and construction of property in the capital city of Both the City of Tumwater and Port of Olympia, in Olympia, including in Tumwater and Lacey, together identi- accordance with planning done by the Thurston County fied as the capital community. The Master Plan is meant to Regional Planning Council have all recommended moving coordination of government facility needs with adjoining industrial zoning further south and away from the gateway communities through urban redevelopment and creation of corridor of the intersection of New Market and Tumwater the Tumwater and Lacey satellite areas. Boulevard. The construction and operations of the new Library Archives facility would fit in with the new vision for The predecessor to the 2006 plan, the 1991 Master Plan Tumwater City Center providing a long-term public-oriented for the Capital of the State of Washington (Department of facility at the gateway to the newly-revitalized yet historic General Administration, 1991), had identified a 190-acre city of Tumwater. “preferred development area” in Tumwater. One major goal was for the preferred development area to replace the Tumwater town center lost by the construction of Interstate 5 in the late 1950s. 6.2 Secretary of State Master Plan Tumwater’s Comprehensive Plan also calls for a new town The need for a new state Library and state Archives facility center. The plan identifies the same 190 acres of land, has been a major part of the long term facility master plan located between Tumwater Boulevard, Israel Road, Nicholas for the Secretary of State’s Office. The project, whether Street, and Interstate 5, as the preferred area for developing replacement of the State Archives facility, a Heritage Center the Tumwater Town Center. concept, or the current Library-Archives Building concept, is integral to the Secretary of State’s 10-year plans since 1988. The Comprehensive Plan seeks to create an environment With the inclusion of the state Library into the Secretary that encourages pedestrian activity and interest along the of State’s Office in 2002, the need for a permanent facility streets. Land uses envisioned for the area include mixed- for the library became part of the overall planning along use commercial and residential, high-density residential, with replacement of the Archives. More recently was the retail, educational, and civic services, parks, pedestrian need to include the operational support functions and plazas, and other open space areas. Special Programs since both are housed in the temporary

Master Plan & Policy Coordination [65] state Library building in Tumwater. The Election Division’s Among the HPB guidelines, those most applicable to this relationship to the State Archives and the need to find a new project are: facility at the end of their lease in 2020 precipitated adding them to the plans for a new facility. The expiration of the • Generic floor layout in the office spaces to allow for Dolliver Building lease in 2021 provides an opportunity to optimal use of floor space, simpler more efficient air find a new facility for their operations. Regardless of the final distribution; and maximization of natural light. location of the new facility and inclusion of the Corporation • Limit the number of interior columns. and Charities Division as recommended, the division will be • LEED® Silver or higher designation looking for a more efficient and safer facility than what the • The inclusion of alternate transportation choices Dolliver Building currently provides. to include bike lockers, shower facilities and close proximity to bus stops. • Minimize the impact on water runoff from the site

6.3 Other Significant State Requirements • Utilize solar energy resources • Recycling demolition waste

6.3.1 High-Performance Building Standards In the end, the goal is to create a facility that provides the The Secretary of State’s Office, as a steward of the environ- optimal environmental factors for the preservation of histori- ment and with a desire to establish a positive and healthy cal documents and materials; provides a clean and healthy place for people to visit and work, will integrate High environment in which to work and do research; optimizes Performance Building Design (HPB) guidelines as a major energy performance and water conservation; and reduces element in the design and construction of the new facility. the environmental impact of materials used in the construc- According to the High Performance Building Council, the tion, operation, and maintenance of the facility. definition of “high performance building” means a building that integrates and optimizes all major high-performance Executive Order 13-03 required development of sustainable building attributes, including energy efficiency, durability, design principles so agencies could apply such principles life-cycle performance, and occupant productivity (High- to the siting, design, and construction of new facilities. Performance Building Council, 2015). These principles are to be considered during predesign and design in an effort to minimize the impacts of state facilities Central to a high-performing building’s sustainable features on the environment by reducing energy use, greenhouse is its ability to deliver dramatically better energy and water gas emissions, water use and waste. The Sustainable efficiency and decreased energy usage when compared Design Principles were developed by DES’ Engineering and with similar buildings. Reduced energy expenditures and Architectural Services, Energy Program. increased energy and water efficiency are recognized as vital to a more sustainable building since each can lead to The following sustainable design principles were developed decreased use of fossil fuels. to assist building design teams make thoughtful long term decisions regarding public infrastructure projects. Designing and building a LEED® designated facility integrates the ability to respond to work environment • Comply with existing laws and executive orders. challenges such as products and processes releasing contaminants into the indoor air; outdoor pollutants being • Align 20 year capital plan and each project with drawn indoors; varying levels of temperature; humidity, ven- agency greenhouse gas and energy reduction goals. Greenhouse gas and energy reduction goals will be met tilation, light and noise; the presence of moisture, mold, and by not adding new building emissions and by reducing other biological contaminants; and the often unpredictable energy use in existing buildings. Consider net-zero and changing variable of human behavior (National Institute energy goals for new buildings. Set goals for renovations of Building Sciences, 2008). that achieve substantial energy reductions.

[66] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign • Develop and follow a long term plan for central plant and good design, technology, and by combining functions. infrastructure. Consider improvements to central plant Minimize private offices. and infrastructure in the building project. • Consider renewable energy systems and avoid creating • When selecting an architectural and engineering firm, obstacles to the installation of future renewable systems. a General Contractor/Construction Manager (GCCM) For instance, always enable future installation of firm, or a Design Build firm, consider its experience solar technology by optimizing for solar exposure and and measureable performance using life cycle orientation. costs, operating costs, energy efficiency measures, • Be transparent and accountable for achievement of highly efficient systems, optimizing life-cycle costs, sustainability goals. Provide public access to project avoiding polluting, minimizing environmental and goals and results. energy costs, and optimizing life-cycle operation and decommissioning of the facility. Consider the firm’s • Plan for continuous monitoring and commissioning of successful implementation in areas such as Energy energy using systems. Consider sub-metering and visual Savings Performance Contracts, sustainable design, performance displays to inform building occupants of energy efficient procurement, energy efficiency, water energy and water use. Consider using LEED for Existing conservation, and renewable energy projects. Buildings to document sustainability of operations over the life of the building. • Follow the Office of Financial Management (OFM) Life Cycle Cost (LCC) rules. • Identify environmental impacts of the building design and propose how to reduce them in the predesign. Also 6.3.2 Plan to Gain LEED® Status consider site selection impacts, including but not limited As part of the 2015 the Capital Budget proviso, obtaining to land use and vehicle miles traveled. LEED® Silver or higher status is not only a goal of the • Consider local natural resources to optimize the use legislature, but also an imperative of the Secretary of State’s of available biomass, bioenergy, geothermal or other Office. It is also incorporated into law: “All major facility naturally occurring energy sources. projects of public agencies receiving any funding in a state • Design for ease of maintenance. Include facility capital budget, or projects financed through a financing maintenance staff in the design process. contract as defined in RCW 39.94.020, must be designed, • Set an Energy Use Intensity (EUI) goal in terms of kBtu/ constructed, and certified to at least the LEED silver stan- sf-yr. in the predesign, and in the DES Energy Life Cycle dard. This subsection applies to major facility projects that Cost Analysis. Measure and report the occupied EUI have not entered the design phase prior to July 24, 2005, by monitoring utility bills in Environmental Protection and to the extent appropriate LEED silver standards exist for Agency’s Portfolio Manager. that type of building or facility” RCW 39.35D.030. • Consider using an operating performance contract or utility energy efficiency service contract to aid in Sustainable construction and design standards insure that constructing a sustainably designed building. building materials, construction procedures, and program • Use the most recent version of LEED. Pursue the operations promote environmental quality, spur economic highest possible LEED certification to document vitality, and contribute to the local community. achievement of sustainability goals. • Consider elements from the Living Building Challenge Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED®) is Net Zero Energy Building. a rating system devised by the United States Green Building • Design and construct a high performance building Council (USGBC) to evaluate the environmental perfor- envelope to control moisture and air infiltration and mance of a building and encourage market transformation control heat losses and gains. Limit window to wall ratio. towards sustainable design. The system is credit-based, Place windows strategically to take full advantage of allowing projects to earn points for environmentally-friendly passive solar and daylighting. actions taken during construction and afterward when • Design the building to be flexible and easily modified the building is in use. LEED® was launched in an effort to for future uses. Reduce building square footage using

Master Plan & Policy Coordination [67] develop a “consensus-based, market-driven rating system 6.3.4 Conform to State Policy on Indoor Air Quality to accelerate the development and implementation of green In order to obtain LEED® status and conform to the State building practices” (Portland Cement Association, 2015). Policy on Indoor Air Quality, measures will be incorporated into the design and construction of the Library-Archives The facility will be designed and built in a collaborative Building to avoid products and processes that release manner, utilizing input from stakeholders, facility tenants, contaminates into the air, prioritize the purchase and professionals from library and archives, and experts in maintenance of equipment containing proper filtration, modern office design. The basic tenants of quality building and be prepared to use proper procedures for handling design and operations and to sustainable standards as out- materials during tear down and construction of the building lined in section 7008 of the 2015 Capital Budget which will that could pose a as identified by the Washington State be a major element of the planning, design, and construc- Department of Health: asbestos, bleach mixing dangers, tion of the new facility. This also includes optimizing energy carbon monoxide, fiberglass, formaldehyde, mercury, mold, performance standards to meet low energy use targets pesticides, radon, and vapor intrusion. Consideration will be and ENERGY STAR compliance, use of solar energy where given to keep a smoking area 50” from any entrances and possible, and utility metering systems that optimize energy air intake vents and away from the main entry areas leading conservation. Not only will this have a positive impact on up to the facility. the environment, but will also lessen the cost of utilities compared to the seven facilities this structure will replace.

This project will fall under LEED v4, which is for all proj- 6.3.5 State Clean Air Act of 1991 ects registered with LEED after October 31, 2016. LEED To maintain compliance with RCW 70.94, all efforts will be certification is a process through the United States Green made to reduce or eliminate any and all greenhouse gasses Building Council a private organization, and until the build- and other pollutants that could potentially emanate from ing is designed and through the certification process actual the building, including those employed by HVAC systems or LEED achievements cannot be determined. other chemicals used in the preservation and maintenance of documents. Following are LEED checklists for the three sites consid- ered in this predesign. It is assumed that all the “Y” (yes) Both sites are within a few feet of major bus routes and points will not be achieved and that some of the “?” possible transportation corridors, enabling staff to forgo driving points will be. They show reasonable assumptions as to vehicles to work. Electric and motor pool vehicles would what LEED points can be achieved. The State’s required have priority access to parking areas. The Secretary of Silver Standard should be achievable and that achieving a State’s office has vigorously promoted a Commute Trip Gold Standard is possible. Reduction program as outlined in RCW 70.94.527 and will continue and enhance that program in the new facility. Central to reducing automobile use will be consolidating the Library and Archives, to include the off-site storage areas 6.3.3 State Growth Management Act Compliance for the Records Center and a portion of the Library’s federal The Library-Archives Building at either the Tumwater. publications collection, into one location. Presently the Lacey, or GA site meets the county compliance planning Library and Archives are eight miles from each other, with requirements of RCW 36.71a.040 and is consistent with the an additional four miles to the off-site storage areas. The comprehensive plans of Thurston County, the cities of Lace, Tumwater location would accommodate the collection of all Olympia, and Tumwater, and the Port of Olympia. Bringing of the aforementioned facilities. In contrast, the Lacey and together seven different programs from seven locations into GA site would not include the off-site Records Center space. one central building brings the new facility into strict compli- ance with the goals of the growth management acting to centralize and collocate organizations of similar function into a single area or facility.

[68] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign LEED SCORECARD - TUMWATER SITE

LEED v4 for BD+C: New Construction and Major Renovation Project Checklist - TUMWATER Site Project Name: Washington State Library-Archives Building - Tumwater Site Date: Y ? N 1 Credit Integrative Process 1

5 1 26 Location and Transportation 16 13 0 0 Materials and Resources 13 16 Credit LEED for Neighborhood Development Location 16 Y Prereq Storage and Collection of Recyclables Required 1 Credit Sensitive Land Protection 1 Y Prereq Construction and Demolition Waste Management Planning Required 2 Credit High Priority Site 2 5 Credit Building Life-Cycle Impact Reduction 5 Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Environmental Product 5 Credit Surrounding Density and Diverse Uses 5 2 Credit 2 Declarations 1 1 3 Credit Access to Quality Transit 5 2 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Sourcing of Raw Materials 2 1 Credit Bicycle Facilities 1 2 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Material Ingredients 2 1 Credit Reduced Parking Footprint 1 2 Credit Construction and Demolition Waste Management 2 1 Credit Green Vehicles 1 14 2 0 Indoor Environmental Quality 16 6 2 2 Sustainable Sites 10 Y Prereq Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Required Y Prereq Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Required Y Prereq Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control Required 1 Credit Site Assessment 1 2 Credit Enhanced Indoor Air Quality Strategies 2 2 Credit Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat 2 3 Credit Low-Emitting Materials 3 1 Credit Open Space 1 1 Credit Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan 1 3 Credit Rainwater Management 3 2 Credit Indoor Air Quality Assessment 2 1 1 Credit Heat Island Reduction 2 1 Credit Thermal Comfort 1 1 Credit Light Pollution Reduction 1 2 Credit Interior Lighting 2 1 2 Credit Daylight 3 5 3 3 Water Efficiency 11 1 Credit Quality Views 1 Y Prereq Outdoor Water Use Reduction Required 1 Credit Acoustic Performance 1 Y Prereq Indoor Water Use Reduction Required Y Prereq Building-Level Water Metering Required 3 2 1 Innovation 6 1 1 Credit Outdoor Water Use Reduction 2 2 2 1 Credit Innovation 5 2 2 2 Credit Indoor Water Use Reduction 6 1 Credit LEED Accredited Professional 1 1 1 Credit Cooling Tower Water Use 2 1 Credit Water Metering 1 0 4 0 Regional Priority 4 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 24 6 3 Energy and Atmosphere 33 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Fundamental Commissioning and Verification Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Minimum Energy Performance Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Building-Level Energy Metering Required Y Prereq Fundamental Refrigerant Management Required 71 20 35 TOTALS Possible Points: 110 6 Credit Enhanced Commissioning 6 Certified: 40 to 49 points, Silver: 50 to 59 points, Gold: 60 to 79 points, Platinum: 80 to 110 12 4 2 Credit Optimize Energy Performance 18 1 Credit Advanced Energy Metering 1 2 Credit Demand Response 2 1 1 1 Credit Renewable Energy Production 3 1 Credit Enhanced Refrigerant Management 1 2 Credit Green Power and Carbon Offsets 2

Master Plan & Policy Coordination [69] LEED v4 for BD+C: New Construction and Major Renovation Project Checklist Project Name: Washington State Library-Archives Building - Tumwater Site Date: Y ? N 1 Credit Integrative Process 1

5 1 26 Location and Transportation 16 13 0 0 Materials and Resources 13 16 Credit LEED for Neighborhood Development Location 16 Y Prereq Storage and Collection of Recyclables Required 1 Credit Sensitive Land Protection 1 Y Prereq Construction and Demolition Waste Management Planning Required 2 Credit High Priority Site 2 5 Credit Building Life-Cycle Impact Reduction 5 Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Environmental Product 5 Credit Surrounding Density and Diverse Uses 5 2 Credit 2 Declarations 1 1 3 Credit Access to Quality Transit 5 2 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Sourcing of Raw Materials 2 1 Credit Bicycle Facilities 1 2 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Material Ingredients 2 1 Credit Reduced Parking Footprint 1 2 Credit Construction and Demolition Waste Management 2 1 Credit Green Vehicles 1 14 2 0 Indoor Environmental Quality 16 6 2 2 Sustainable Sites 10 Y Prereq Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Required Y Prereq Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Required Y Prereq Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control Required 1 Credit Site Assessment 1 2 Credit Enhanced Indoor Air Quality Strategies 2 2 Credit Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat 2 3 Credit Low-Emitting Materials 3 1 Credit Open Space 1 1 Credit Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan 1 3 Credit Rainwater Management 3 2 Credit Indoor Air Quality Assessment 2 1 1 Credit Heat Island Reduction 2 1 Credit Thermal Comfort 1 1 Credit Light Pollution Reduction 1 2 Credit Interior Lighting 2 1 2 Credit Daylight 3 5 3 3 Water Efficiency 11 1 Credit Quality Views 1 Y Prereq Outdoor Water Use Reduction Required 1 Credit Acoustic Performance 1 Y Prereq Indoor Water Use Reduction Required Y Prereq Building-Level Water Metering Required 3 2 1 Innovation 6 1 1 Credit Outdoor Water Use Reduction 2 2 2 1 Credit Innovation 5 2 2 2 Credit Indoor Water Use Reduction 6 1 Credit LEED Accredited Professional 1 1 1 Credit Cooling Tower Water Use 2 1 Credit Water Metering 1 0 4 0 Regional Priority 4 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 24 6 3 Energy and Atmosphere 33 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Fundamental Commissioning and Verification Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Minimum Energy Performance Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Building-Level Energy Metering Required Y Prereq Fundamental Refrigerant Management Required 71 20 35 TOTALS Possible Points: 110 6 Credit Enhanced Commissioning 6 Certified: 40 to 49 points, Silver: 50 to 59 points, Gold: 60 to 79 points, Platinum: 80 to 110 12 4 2 Credit Optimize Energy Performance 18 1 Credit Advanced Energy Metering 1 2 Credit Demand Response 2 1 1 1 Credit Renewable Energy Production 3 1 Credit Enhanced Refrigerant Management 1 2 Credit Green Power and Carbon Offsets 2

[70] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 7 Facility Operations and Maintenance Requirements THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[72] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 7.0 Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements

With the consolidation of seven facilities into one, the facility 7.3 Inflation Assumptions operations and maintenance requirements will somewhat The assumed inflation rate as prescribed by the Office of change. While the Secretary of State’s will assume owner- Financial Management for the duration of this project is ship of the facility, they will continue to employ three FTEs 3.08%. who will maintain the facility as custodians, undertake light maintenance, and manage the facility. DES currently oversees the cleaning and maintenance of the Modular Building and Records Center and will transfer that work to the Secretary of State’s Office to include janitorial service 7.4 Operating Budget Impacts and landscaping for the entire site. The Secretary of State’s Consolidation of seven facilities, some over 50 years old, Office will contract either to DES or DES-approved con- into one modern environmentally sustainable facility should tractors on any major repair or remodel work that may be decrease the cost of utilities to the agency. needed on the facility. The Life Cycle Cost model on the following pages outlines the anticipated operating budget impact of the facility in Tumwater. 7.1 Actual Added Staffing and Operating Costs While each site has a specific list of facility and mainte- nance needs, staff support will likely be the same across the board with the exception of the Tumwater site which will incorporate the existing Records Center facility. Based on the proposed building’s functions, infrastructure support systems, and square feet, the following is the anticipated staffing level needed to maintain the Library and Archives Building when in operation:

LIBRARY – ARCHIVES FACILITY BASED IN TUMWATER Position FTE Maintenance Mechanic 2 1.0 Grounds and Nursery Svs Spec. 2 1.0

7.2 Facility and Service Rates See page 3 of the Life Cycle Cost Model on the following pages.

Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [73] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Existing Lease 7.4.1 Life Cycle Cost Model 2016

Project and Existing Facility Information Sheet * Requires a user input Green Cell = Value can be entered by user. Yellow Cell = Calculated value.

* Agency Secretary of State * Project Title Library‐Archives Building

* Date of Analysis: 7/8/2016

Analysis Period * Years of Analysis (If not 30 or 50) 20

Existing Facility Description #1‐Archives Building, including secure storage areas, #2‐Elections Building including large initative counting space, #3‐Corporations Building, #4 State Library Facility including large secure storage and public access areas, #5 Federal Publications off‐site Storage and Records Center off‐site storage ‐ no staff, #6 State Records Center ‐ to be combined

Existing Lease Information Lease 1 Lease 2 Lease 3 Lease 4 Lease 5 Lease 6 Total Existing Square Feet 47,900 10,668 17,000 49,904 31,382 47,200 204,054 Lease Start Date / Last Lease Increase 7/1/2015 7/1/2012 9/20/2000 1/1/2012 7/1/2015 7/1/2015 Lease End Date 6/30/2017 6/30/2020 6/30/2021 12/31/2016 8/1/2020 6/30/2017 Lease Rate per Month $ 45,448 $ 19,465 $ 29,750 $ 82,747 $ 15,414 $ 47,601 $ 240,425 Lease Rate per SF per Year at End Date $ 11.39 $ 21.90 $ 21.00 $ 19.90 $ 5.89 $ 12.10 $ 14.14 Additional Operating Costs per Month $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Lease Costs per Month $ 45,448 $ 19,465 $ 29,750 $ 82,747 $ 15,414 $ 47,601 $ 240,425 * Persons Relocating 27 24 59 81 0 6 197 SF per Person Calculated 1774 445 288 616 7867 1,036 Estimated Lease Renewal Rate ‐ 5 Year $ 12.63 $ 26.54 $ 30.76 $ 23.07 $ 6.84 $ 13.42 $ 16.72

Page 1 of 1

[74] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Lease Option 1

Lease Option 1 Information Sheet * Requires a user input Green Cell = Value can be entered by user. Yellow Cell = Calculated value.

* New Lease Option 1 Description NA ‐ No lease option considered

New Lease Information * Lease Location Market Area: * Lease Square Feet Type * New Facility Square Feet * New Lease Start Date SF per Person Calculated ‐

New Lease Costs Years of Term Rate / SF / Year Rate / Month Adjusted to FS Total FS Rate / Estimated FSG Estimated FSG Real Estate Rate Month Market Rate Rate / Month Transaction Fees for Term * Year $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Years $ ‐ $ ‐ Years $ ‐ $ ‐ Years $ ‐ $ ‐ Years $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Length of Lease 0 $ ‐ Transaction Fee for first 5 Years 2.50% of total rent for first 5 years of term Transaction Fee for Additional Years 1.25% of total rent for term beyond 5 years Note: Real estate transaction fees calculated on base lease ‐ not full service rate including added services and utilities.

Page 1 of 2

Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [75] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Lease Option 1

Added New Lease Operating Costs Known Cost / Estimated Cost Total Cost / Cost / Month Services (Starting in current year) SF / Year / SF / Year Year Escalated to lease start date

Energy (Electricity, Natural Gas) $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Janitorial Services $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Utilities (Water, Sewer, & Garbage) $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Grounds $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Pest Control $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Security $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Maintenance and Repair $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Management $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Road Clearance $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Telecom $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Additional Parking $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Other $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Operating Costs $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐

New Lease One Time Costs Current Calculated Estimate (for reference) * Real Estate Transaction Fees $ ‐ Per Std % * Tenant Improvements $ ‐ $15 per SF * IT Infrastructure $ 68,950 $350 per Person * Furniture Costs $ 98,500 $500 per Person * Building Security and Access Systems * Moving Vendor and Supplies $ 40,385 $205 per Person Other / Incentive Total $ ‐ $ 207,835

Biennium Budget Impacts for New Lease Biennium Time Period Existing Lease New Lease Biennium Start Finish Option Option 1 Impact: 17‐19 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2017 6/30/2019$ 3,429,297 $ ‐ $ (3,429,297) 19‐21 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2019 6/30/2021$ 6,405,416 $ ‐ $ (6,405,416) 21‐23 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2021 6/30/2023$ 7,294,941 $ ‐ $ (7,294,941) 23‐25 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2023 6/30/2025$ 7,584,512 $ ‐ $ (7,584,512) 25‐27 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2025 6/30/2027$ 7,927,767 $ ‐ $ (7,927,767)

Page 2 of 2

[76] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Lease Option 2

Lease Option 2 Information Sheet * Requires a user input Green Cell = Value can be entered by user. Yellow Cell = Calculated value.

* New Lease Option 2 Description No lease option considered

New Lease Information Lease Location Market Area: Lease Square Feet Type New Facility Square Feet New Lease Start Date SF per Person Calculated ‐

New Lease Costs Years of Term Rate / SF / Year Rate / Month Adjusted to FS Total FS Rate / Estimated FSG Estimated FSG Real Estate Rate Month Market Rate Rate / Month Transaction Fees for Term Year $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Years $ ‐ $ ‐ Years $ ‐ $ ‐ Years $ ‐ $ ‐ Years $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Length of Lease 0 $ ‐ Transaction Fee for first 5 Years 2.50% of total rent for first 5 years of term Transaction Fee for Additional Years 1.25% of total rent for term beyond 5 years Note: Real estate transaction fees calculated on base lease ‐ not including added services and utilities.

Page 1 of 2

Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [77] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Lease Option 2

Added New Lease Operating Costs Known Cost / Estimated Cost Total Cost / Cost / Month Services (Starting in current year) SF / Year / SF / Year Year Escalated to lease start date

Energy (Electricity, Natural Gas) $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Janitorial Services $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Utilities (Water, Sewer, & Garbage) $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Grounds $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Pest Control $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Security $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Maintenance and Repair $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Management $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Road Clearance $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Telecom $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Additional Parking $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Other $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Operating Costs $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐

New Lease One Time Costs Current Calculated Estimate (for reference) Real Estate Transaction Fees $ ‐ Per Std % Tenant Improvements $ ‐ $15 / RSF IT Infrastructure $ 68,950 $350 / Person Furniture Costs $ 98,500 $500 / Person Building Security and Access Systems Moving Vendor and Supplies $ 40,385 $205 / Person Other / Incentive Total $ ‐ $ 207,835

Biennium Budget Impacts for New Lease Biennium Time Period Existing Lease New Lease Biennium Start Finish Option Option 2 Impact: 17‐19 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2017 6/30/2019$ 3,429,297 $ ‐ $ (3,429,297) 19‐21 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2019 6/30/2021$ 6,405,416 $ ‐ $ (6,405,416) 21‐23 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2021 6/30/2023$ 7,294,941 $ ‐ $ (7,294,941) 23‐25 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2023 6/30/2025$ 7,584,512 $ ‐ $ (7,584,512) 25‐27 Biennium Lease Expenditure 7/1/2025 6/30/2027$ 7,927,767 $ ‐ $ (7,927,767)

Page 2 of 2

[78] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option

Construction Information Sheet * Requires a user input Green Cell = Value can be entered by user. Yellow Cell = Calculated va

* Construction Project Description Construction of the Washington State Library and Archvies facility to include large secure tempuratuer controlled archives, records, and library storage and public areas for the library and archives to be built in Tumwater

* Project Location Tumwater Market Area = Thurston County Statistics * Gross Sq Ft 222,347 * Usable Sq Ft 153,420 Space Efficiency 69% Estimated Acres Needed 12.00 MACC Cost per Sq Ft $209.45 Estimated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $293.23 Escalated MACC Cost per Sq Ft $235.80 Escalated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $330.11

* Move In Date 6/1/2020

Interim Lease Information Start Date Lease Start Date Length of Lease (in months) Square Feet (holdover/temp lease) Lease Rate‐ Full Serviced ($/SF/Year) One Time Costs (if double move)

Page 1 of 4

Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [79] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option Construction Cost Estimates (See Capital Budget System For Detail) Known Costs Estimated Costs Cost to Use Acquisition Costs Total $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ Consultant Services A & E Fee Percentage (if services not specified) 6.06% Std 6.06% Pre‐Schematic Design services $ ‐ Construction Documents $ 2,095,306

A & E Extra Services $ 4,090,129 Other Services $ 1,125,869 Design Services Contingency $ 365,565 Consultant Services Total $ 7,676,869 $ 3,942,904 $ 7,676,869 Construction Contracts Site Work $ 1,670,292 Related Project Costs $ 855,000

MACC Facility Construction $ 44,045,907 MACC SubTotal $ 46,571,199 $ 46,470,523 $ 46,571,199 Construction Contingency (5% default) $ 2,328,560 $ 2,328,560 $ 2,328,560 Non Taxable Items $ ‐ Sales Tax $ 4,768,059 $ 4,768,059 Construction Additional Items Total $ 7,096,619 $ 2,328,560 $ 7,096,619 Equipment Equipment $ 5,203,365 Non Taxable Items Sales Tax $ 463,099 Equipment Total $ 5,666,464 $ 5,666,464 Art Work Total $ 250,154 $ 232,856 $ 250,154 Other Costs HAZMAT mitigation $ 200,000

Other Costs Total $ 200,000 $ 200,000 Project Management Total $ 1,256,049 $ 1,256,049 Grand Total Project Cost $ 68,717,354 $ 52,974,843 $ 68,717,354

Page 2 of 4

[80] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option

Construction One Time Project Costs One Time Costs Estimate Calculated Moving Vendor and Supplies $ 39,155 $ 45,464 $205 / Person in FY09 Other (not covered in construction) Total $ 39,155 $ 39,155

Ongoing Building Costs Added New Building Operating Costs Known Cost /GSF/ Estimated Cost Total Cost / Month Services 2020 /GSF/ 2020 Cost / Year Energy (Electricity. Natural Gas) $ 1.16 $ 1.16 $ 257,923 $ 21,494 Janitorial Services $ 0.56 $ 0.55 $ 124,514 $ 10,376 Utilities (Water, Sewer, & Garbage) $ 0.55 $ 0.61 $ 122,291 $ 10,191 Grounds $ 0.10 $ 0.10 $ 22,235 $ 1,853 Pest Control $ 0.03 $ 0.03 $ 6,670 $ 556 Security $ 0.08 $ 0.12 $ 17,788 $ 1,482 Maintenance and Repair $ 1.08 $ 1.08 $ 240,135 $ 20,011 Management $ 0.45 $ 0.45 $ 100,056 $ 8,338 Road Clearance $ ‐ $0.00 $ ‐ $ ‐ Telecom $ 1.25 $ 1.25 $ 277,934 $ 23,161 Additional Parking $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Other $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Operating Costs $ 5.26 $ 5.35 $ 1,169,545 $ 97,462

Page 3 of 4

Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [81] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Purchase Option

Purchase / Renovation Information Sheet * Requires a user input Green Cell = Value can be entered by user. Yellow Cell = Calculated value.

* Purchase Option Description Not considered. No facility is adequate for such a large project.

* Project Location Market Area =

Statistics * Gross Sq Ft * Usable Sq Ft Space Efficiency Estimated Acres Needed ‐ MACC Cost per Sq Ft $0.00 Estimated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $0.00 Escalated MACC Cost per Sq Ft $0.00 Escalated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $0.00

* Move In Date

Interim Lease Information Start Date Lease Start Date Length of Lease (in months) Square Feet (holdover/temp lease) Lease Rate‐ Full Serviced ($/SF/Year) One Time Costs (if double move)

Page 1 of 3

[82] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Purchase Option Construction Cost Estimates (See Capital Budget System For Detail) Known Costs Estimated Costs Cost to Use Acquisition Costs Total $ ‐ $ ‐ Consultant Services A & E Fee Percentage (Defaults to Remodel) 12.15% Std 12.15% Pre‐Schematic Design services Construction Documents

A & E Extra Services Other Services Design Services Contingency Consultant Services Total $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Construction Contracts Site Work Related Project Costs

MACC Facility Construction MACC SubTotal $ ‐ $ ‐ Construction Contingency (5% default) $ ‐ $ ‐ Non Taxable Items $ ‐ Sales Tax Construction Additional Items Total $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Equipment Equipment Non Taxable Items Sales Tax Equipment Total $ ‐ $ ‐ Art Work Total $ ‐ $ ‐ Other Costs

Other Costs Total $ ‐ $ ‐ Project Management Total $ ‐ Grand Total Project Cost $ ‐ $ ‐

Page 2 of 3

Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [83] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Purchase Option

Construction One Time Project Costs One Time Costs Estimate Calculated Moving Vendor and Supplies $205 / Person in FY09 Other (not covered in construction) Total $ ‐ $ ‐

Ongoing Building Costs Added New Building Operating Costs Known Cost /GSF/ Estimated Cost Total Cost / Month Services Year /GSF/ Year Cost / Year Energy (Electricity. Natural Gas) $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Janitorial Services $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Utilities (Water, Sewer, & Garbage) $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Grounds $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Pest Control $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Security $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Maintenance and Repair $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Management $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Road Clearance $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Telecom $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Additional Parking $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Other $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Operating Costs $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐

Page 3 of 3

[84] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Summary

Life Cycle Cost Analysis ‐ Project Summary

Agency Secretary of State

Project Title Library‐Archives Building

Existing Description #1‐Archives Building, including secure storage areas, #2‐Elections Building including large initative counting space, #3‐Corporations Building, #4 State Library Facility including large secure storage and public access areas, #5 Federal Publications off‐site Storage and Records Center off‐site storage ‐ no staff,

Lease Option 1 Description NA ‐ No lease option considered

Lease Option 2 Description

Construction Option Description Construction of the Washington State Library and Archvies facility to include large secure tempuratuer controlled archives, records, and library storage and public areas for the library and archives to be built in Tumwater

Purchase Option Description Not considered. No facility is adequate for such a large project.

Lease Options Information Existing Lease Lease Option 1 Lease Option 2 Total Rentable Square Feet 204,054 ‐ ‐ Annual Lease Cost (Initial Term of Lease) $ 2,885,098 $ ‐ ‐$ Full Service Cost/SF (Initial Term of Lease) $ 14.14 ‐$ ‐$ Occupancy Date n/a Project Initial Costs n/a $ ‐ ‐$ Persons Relocating 197 ‐ ‐ RSF/Person Calculated 1,036 ‐ ‐

Ownership Information Construction Purchase Total Gross Square Feet 222,347 ‐ Total Rentable Square Feet 153,420 ‐ Occupancy Date 6/1/2020 Initial Project Costs $ 39,155 ‐$ Est Construction TPC ($/GSF) $ 330 ‐$ RSF/Person Calculated 779 ‐

Page 1 LifeCycleCostModelJuly212016 libarch_from Patrick.xlsm

Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [85] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Summary

Financial Analysis of Options

Display Option? Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No No Yes No Financial Comparisons Existing Lease Lease 1 Lease 2 Construction Construction Construction Construction Purchase Purchase Purchase Purchase Current Current Current GO Bond COP COP Deferred 63‐20 GO Bond COP COP Deferred 63‐20 Years Financing Means * 20 Year Cumulative Cash $ 86,406,996 $ ‐ $ ‐ $ 135,111,180 $ ‐ 20 20 Year Net Present Value $ 82,357,346 $ ‐ $ ‐ $ 129,061,708 $ ‐ Lowest Cost Option (Analysis Period) 1 2

Financial Comparisons Existing Lease Lease 1 Lease 2 Construction Construction Construction Construction Purchase Purchase Purchase Purchase Current Current Current GO Bond COP COP Deferred 63‐20 GO Bond COP COP Deferred 63‐20 Years Financing Means * 30 Year Cumulative Cash $ 153,284,114 $ ‐ $ ‐ $ 161,053,116 $ ‐ 30 30 Year Net Present Value $ 142,218,866 $ ‐ $ ‐ $ 152,341,188 $ ‐ Lowest Cost Option (30 Years) 1 2

Financial Comparisons Existing Lease Lease 1 Lease 2 Construction Construction Construction Construction Purchase Purchase Purchase Purchase Current Current Current GO Bond COP COP Deferred 63‐20 GO Bond COP COP Deferred 63‐20 Years Financing Means * 50 Year Cumulative Cash $ 364,141,346 $ ‐ $ ‐ $ 234,017,109 $ ‐ 50 50 Year Net Present Value $ 318,378,738 $ ‐ $ ‐ $ 213,301,522 $ ‐ Lowest Cost Option (50 Years) 2 1 The best NPV result for the 50 year analysis period is the Construction option using COP Deferred * financing. This option becomes the best financial alternative in 2051.

* ‐ Defers payment on principle for 2 years while the building is being constructed. See instructions on Capitalized Interest.

Page 2 LifeCycleCostModelJuly212016 libarch_from Patrick.xlsm

[86] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Summary

Cumulative Cash ‐ NPV of Exist, Lease, and Own Options Millions $600

NPV Existing Lease

No Lease Option 1 0 Years $500 0 Years 5 3

No Lease Option 2 ser Defined U

Construction Option GO Bond Not Shown Analysis Period $400 Construction Option COP Not Shown

NPV Construction Option ‐ COP Deferred Principle $300 Construction Option 63‐20 Not Shown

No Purchase Option

No Purchase Option $200 Cumulative Cash ‐ Net Present Value

No Purchase Option

No Purchase Option $100

20 Year Analysis Period

30 Year Baseline $0 50 Year Baseline 2014 2024 2034 2044 2054 2064 2074 Year

Page 3 LifeCycleCostModelJuly212016 libarch_from Patrick.xlsm Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [87] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Summary

Annual Cash Flow of Existing, New Lease, and Own Options Millions $25 Existing Lease Annual Cash

No Lease Option 1

No New Lease Option 2 30 Years 50 Years

Construction Option GO Bond Not Shown $20 User Defined Analysis Period Construction Option COP Not Shown

Construction Option ‐ COP Deferred Annual Cash Construction Option 63‐20 Not Shown $15 No Purchase Option

No Purchase Option

No Purchase Option Annual Cash Flow No Purchase Option $10

20 Year Analysis Period

30 Year Baseline

50 Year Baseline $5

$0 2014 2024 2034 2044 2054 2064 2074 Year

Page 4 LifeCycleCostModelJuly212016 libarch_from Patrick.xlsm [88] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Summary

Financial Assumptions

Date of Life Cycle Cost Analysis: #REF! Analysis Period Start Date 6/2/2018 User Input Years of Analysis 20

All assumptions subject to change to reflect updated costs and conditions.

Lease Options Construction Option Purchase Option Existing Lease Lease Option 1 Lease Option 2 GO Bond COP 63‐20 GO Bond COP 63‐20 Inflation / Interest Rate 3.006% 3.006% 3.006% 3.160% 3.460% 3.660% 3.160% 3.510% 3.710% Discount Rate 0.441% 0.441% 0.441% 0.441% 0.441% 0.441% 0.441% 0.441% 0.441% Length of Financing N/A N/A N/A 20 20 20 20 20 20

See Financial Assumptions tab for more detailed information COP Deferred and 63‐20 Financing defer the payment on principle until construction completion.

New Lease Assumptions Real Estate Transaction fees are 2.5% of the lease for the first 5 years and 1.25% for each year thereafter in the initial term of the lease. Tenant Improvements are typically estimated at $15 per rentable square foot. IT infrastructure is typically estimated at $350 per person. Furniture costs are typically estimated at $500 per person and do not include new workstations. Moving Vendor and Supplies are typically estimated at $205 per person.

Construction Option Assumptions Assumes a 2 month lease to move‐in overlap period for outfitting building and relocation. Assumes surface parking. The floor plate of the construction option office building is 222,347 gross square feet. The estimated total project cost for construction is $292.60 per square foot. See the Capital Construction Defaults tab for more construction assumptions.

Page 5 LifeCycleCostModelJuly212016 libarch_from Patrick.xlsm

Facility Operations & Maintenance Requirements [89] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[90] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 8 Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[92] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 8.0 Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives

8.1 Site Plans, Building Plans, Building Volumes

SITE PLAN

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [93] LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN

LIBRARY-ARCHIVES LOBBY PUBLIC AREAS OFFICE OPEN TO 12,000 SF 3,000 SF 8,000 SF 38,000 SF LOBBY BELOW

SUPPORT CORE CORE 11,000 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

MECH / ELEC LOADING 9,000 SF 1,800 SF

SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 31,122 SF 37,000 SF

OPEN TO RELOCATED RECORDS BELOW

RELOCATED RECORDS 15,000 SF

EXISTING RECORDS OPEN TO EXISTING 50,000 SF RECORDS BELOW

Level - 1 Level - 2 93,847 GSF 78,500 GSF (incl 15,000 for relocated records) (NOT incl 50,000 for existing records)

TOTAL AREA 172,347 GSF TOTAL AREA including existing records 222,347 GSF TUMWATER - Plan Diagrams Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 [94] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign LEVEL 2 FLOOR PLAN

LIBRARY-ARCHIVES LOBBY PUBLIC AREAS OFFICE OPEN TO 12,000 SF 3,000 SF 8,000 SF 38,000 SF LOBBY BELOW

SUPPORT CORE CORE 11,000 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

MECH / ELEC LOADING 9,000 SF 1,800 SF

SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 31,122 SF 37,000 SF

OPEN TO RELOCATED RECORDS BELOW

RELOCATED RECORDS 15,000 SF

EXISTING RECORDS OPEN TO EXISTING 50,000 SF RECORDS BELOW

Level - 1 Level - 2 93,847 GSF 78,500 GSF (incl 15,000 for relocated records) (NOT incl 50,000 for existing records)

TOTAL AREA 172,347 GSF TOTAL AREA including existing records 222,347 GSF TUMWATER - Plan Diagrams Washington State Library-Archives Building 21 June 2016 Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [95] Tumwater, from NE

Tumwater, from SW

[96] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 8.2 Civil Narrative

SITE DESCRIPTION The Tumwater Site currently contains an existing records storage warehouse and state printer facility and associated parking lots and loading docks. The south portion of this existing building would remain, while the remainder of the building would be demolished. The site is bounded by 76th Avenue SW to the south, Terminal Street to the east, Tumwater Boulevard to the north, and New Market Street to the west.

The site is generally flat, with a slight slope from southeast to northwest.

SOILS Mapped soils are exclusively Nisqually loamy fine sand, a Type A soil, with minimal storage capacity and underlying restrictive feature. The area is known to have good soils for infiltration and a high water table. This combination makes infiltration a good solution for surface water management, but significantly restricts the depth of facilities. Bradley-Noble Geotechnical Services provided stabilization infiltration recommendations for the site in their letter to William Fierst of AHBL, dated September 6, 2012, for the Isabella Bush Record Center. The letter specifies that an infiltration rate of over 20 inches per hour is available at the site and that a design infiltration rate of 10 inches per hour can be used to accommodate long-term clogging of the native soils over time.

The site is generally flat, with a minor slope and no visible evidence of ponding. No stability issues are apparent from the information available.

STORMWATER MANAGEMENT The project site contains a small stormwater conveyance system that is partially connected to the conveyance system in Tumwater Boulevard. The southern portion of the site discharges to a pond that infiltrates most of the stormwater from that portion of the site.

Storm drainage for the site is regulated by the City of Tumwater Drainage Design and Erosion Control Manual, dated December 2009. Core Requirements 1 through 12 apply to this project. Based on Volume I of the manual, because the estimated con- struction cost is more than 25 percent of the assessed value, the entire site must be retrofitted to meet current stormwater regulations.

Core Requirement 7 requires that quantity control be provided for impervious surfaces and that groundwater recharge shall match pre-developed recharge rates. Based on soils information from USDA NRCS, from a 2012 Geotechnical Report prepared for the Isabella Bush Records Center, and from a 2015 Geotechnical Report prepared for the nearby Tumwater Town Center, this site exhibits excellent potential to manage stormwater through infiltration. The 2012 Geotechnical Report prepared for this parcel identified groundwater at 11 feet below the surface and a long-term design infiltration rate of 10 inches per hour. The 2015 Geotechnical Report prepared for the nearby Tumwater Town Center identified groundwater at 16.5 feet below the surface and a tested infiltration rate of 17 inches per hour, which was reduced to 6.68 inches per hour for a long-term design infiltration rate. Conservatively assuming that the site of the new Library and Archives facility uses the lower infiltration rate tested at the nearby Tumwater Town Center, an infiltration pond with a total volume of 78,000 cubic feet will be needed. This could be configured as a 4-foot deep pond with a top dimension of 130 feet by 150 feet. A pond would require additional land not available on the subject parcel and could be situated across New Market Street on another parcel also owned by the State of Washington. Alternatively, infiltration chambers underneath the parking lot of a similar total volume may be used for deten- tion and infiltration. The footprint of a chamber system would be approximately 78,000 square feet, assuming 1-foot high units, although chambers are available in a variety of sizes. A chamber system option carries the significant added construction cost of both the system and pavement replacement, but avoids the need to use additional land not available onsite. The existing

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [97] shallow pond at the south end of the site may be used to infiltrate a small portion of runoff from the site as well. If required, an overflow from the infiltration system could be connected to the conveyance system at Tumwater Boulevard, although the system would be designed for 100 percent infiltration.

Core Requirement 6 requires that runoff from pollution generating surfaces be treated before being discharged from the proj- ect site. The site contains approximately 180,000 square feet of pollution-generating impervious surface. Treatment for paved areas subject to vehicular traffic will be treated with the use of bioretention planters along the sidewalks and curbs to provide treatment and to demonstrate onsite management of stormwater. Roof runoff is considered “clean” and does not require treat- ment before discharge to the infiltration and detention system.

The City of Tumwater requires 100 percent infiltration, so this site would only have an emergency overflow. Because there is no stormwater conveyance system in the area, any overflow would likely direct flows into the parking lot or adjacent shallow ditches and roadways.

SENSITIVE AREAS There are no wetlands mapped by Thurston County that will impact the site, and no known sensitive areas that will impede development.

FIRE SERVICE Adequate fire access exists along the south, north, and east sides of the project site.

WATER SERVICE Water service is provided by water mains owned and operated by the City of Tumwater. According to as-built records, an 8-inch diameter asbestos cement water main is located along the east side of Terminal Street, a 12 inch diameter water main is located along the north side of Tumwater Boulevard, and a water main of unknown size is located along the west side of New Market Street. Field observations indicate that a water main loop is present along 76th Avenue SW, creating a complete loop of water mains around the perimeter of the site. Fire and sprinkler and domestic service for the existing Isabella Bush Records Center building are provided from the 8-inch water main in Terminal Street and from the water main in New Market Street.

Fire hydrants are currently located at the following locations:

• Along the east face of the building, next to the post indicator valve and fire department connection. • Northwest corner of the intersection of New Market Street and 76th Avenue SW. • Along the north side of 76th Avenue SW. • Along the east side of Terminal Street, near the existing south driveway entrance. • Along the west side of Terminal Street, near the existing north driveway entrance. • At the southwest corner of the intersection of Terminal Street and Tumwater Boulevard. • Along the north side of Tumwater Boulevard. • At the northwest and southeast corners of the intersection of New Market Street and Tumwater Boulevard.

The City of Tumwater requires all points along a building to be within 150 feet of a public water line for the purposes of fire hydrant spacing and fire protection. The east and north portions of the site will require onsite hydrants per City requirements. An additional four onsite hydrants with 100 linear feet of 6-inch ductile iron pipe may be required to meet fire protections requirements.

[98] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign A new fire service and domestic service should be provided as well, for the reconstructed portions of the building. It is expected that approximately a 200 linear foot domestic water service line, a 200 linear foot fire service, and a 50 linear foot fire department connection line will be needed. No new water mains are anticipated.

SANITARY SEWER Sanitary sewer service is provided by City of Tumwater. Sewer service for the existing Isabella Bush Records Center building is provided on the east side of the building by a 4-inch diameter PVC pipe extending to a manhole located along the west side of Terminal Street. An existing sanitary sewer main of unknown material and size is located along the south side of 76th Avenue SW and along the west side of Terminal Street. A 10-inch diameter sanitary sewer line is located along the south side of Tumwater Boulevard and transitions to a 15-inch diameter east of Terminal Street. The Tumwater Boulevard sanitary sewer is assumed to be in good condition, as Tumwater Boulevard was reconstructed in 2008, and this would have been the ideal time to reconstruct the sanitary sewer, had there been any known problems. The condition and age of the sanitary sewer along 76th Avenue SW and Terminal Street are not known.

As a best practice, the existing side sewer should be inspected for breaks, clogs, sags, or root intrusion. There is no evidence or reason to suspect failure of the side sewer, although inspection may reveal localized areas of concern or damage along the length of the pipe.

A 200 linear foot sanitary sewer service line is expected to provide service to the newly reconstructed portions of the building. Because of the flat slopes on the site, the diameter could be as large as 8 inches.

POWER AND TELECOM Evidence of power and telecommunications lines exists around the perimeter of the site. Moreover, it is known that the existing building has power and telecommunications service. It may be wise to budget for 200 linear feet of new power and telecom service in the event that the existing service does not meet current codes or the owner’s minimum requirements for the new building.

FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS Tumwater Boulevard is fully improved, including curb, gutter, sidewalk, landscaped planter strips, and a roundabout. Terminal Street and 76th Avenue SW are improved, with only two lanes of paved roadway and no shoulder. New Market Street is improved, with only two lanes of paved roadway and a paved shoulder. The owner should plan for frontage improvements to New Market Street, Terminal Street, and 76th Avenue SW. Other projects in the area have had curb, gutter, meandering side- walk, and planter strips required. The presence of a baseball park immediately south of the site and a comprehensive system of walkways and bicycle lanes on Tumwater Boulevard immediately north of the site increase the likelihood that the City will require full frontage improvements for this site, as walkways will improve pedestrian and bicycle access to the park.

8.3 Landscape Narrative

SITE CONTEXT The 10 acre Tumwater site also provides access to major streets, highways, and mass transit and is less than a mile from access to I-5. It is situated on three major bus routes, including an express route to Tacoma. The site provides enough existing surface parking for staff and patrons with space left over for additional landscaping. Parking spaces would be set aside to accommodate electric vehicles, handicapped parking, busses, and motor pools/shared commute.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [99] Adjacent properties include the Timberland Regional Library and Peninsula Group Motel to the east, state administrative func- tions to the north and west, and a Tumwater Baseball playfield complex to the south.

ADJACENT PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY There is existing curb and gutter infrastructure along Tumwater Blvd and the spurs coming off of the Tumwater Blvd traffic circle. The other 3 streets bordering the site (including New Market St. SW, 76th Ave SW, and Terminal St. SW) all have no curb and gutter infrastructure or sidewalks. The Tumwater code states that frontage improvements will be required if construction exceeds 25% of the assessed valuation of the existing property, or frontage improvements will be controlled by the structured development process. We have assumed that 3 streets will need curb and gutter improvements, updated street lighting, buffer landscaping, street trees and sidewalk.

TREE PROTECTION Tree protection will be required around the existing street buffer landscape. There are approximately +/- 100 mature evergreen and deciduous trees planted around the entire property perimeter. Trees to be retained shall be flagged or otherwise marked and shall have temporary fencing installed around the critical root zones. These trees must be field verified by the city tree protection professional before any demo work begins.

PARKING Parking requirements in Tumwater are based on number of employees, square footage and land use type. Depending on whether the building is designated as Office/government or library, or a combination of both, there may be more or less required parking. There is flexibility built into the code to either reduce or increase the fixed numbers, so the final parking deter- mination will happen during design. The capacity for parking on-site exceeds the 190 cars required by the proposed project. 10 short term bicycle parking spaces are required as well as 4 long term bike parking spaces.

If administrative modification to the required number of spaces is desired, there are several ways to do this, which are described in TMC section 18.50.075(B). These include providing double the amount of interior landscaping within the parking lot, purchasing and installing a transit shelter, constructing a transit pullout, or constructing covered bike parking.

LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS New Landscaped Areas:

• Sub-grades for all landscape areas shall be prepared by decompacting 12” minimum depth prior to incorporation of import or amended topsoils. • All landscaped area shall be designed with an under drainage system to allow planter areas to drain. Underdrains may be eliminated at areas with a demonstrated high rate of sub-grade infiltration. • Import topsoil depths shall be 12” minimum • All landscape areas shall be irrigated through establishment with an automatic irrigation system. • All landscape areas shall receive 2” organic mulch layer at planter surface. • All trees shall be field staked to prevent damage from wind during establishment. • Trees and shrubs shall meet ANSI standard for nursery stock.

Landscaping Between curb lines and new Public Sidewalk:

[100] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign • Type 2 landscape per Tumwater municipal code. This would be an 8’ landscape strip with trees, evergreen shrubs and groundcovers. • Trees shall be any combination of deciduous and evergreen (with no more than fifty percent being deciduous). One tree shall be provided for each twenty-five lineal feet of landscaped area.

Parking Area Interior Buffers:

• Parking area buffer landscape can be a combination of grass, shrubs and trees. Each planting area must contain at least 1 tree, and all parking area trees must be deciduous. • Landscape islands must be a min. of 8’ wide. • A parking area with more than 100 spaces requires at least 35 sf of landscape for each stall proposed. For 328 spaces, 11,480 sf are required. Our current preliminary plan proposes 12,900 sf of landscape.

Irrigation Systems:

• Irrigation systems shall be designed using low flow, water efficient irrigation heads and or drip irrigation systems. • Irrigation controllers shall provide automatic seasonal and weather adjustment controls to minimize overuse of potable water. • Irrigation systems shall be used to establish plant materials and shall only be used during times of prolonged drought after plant establishment (first 2- 3 seasons) • Stormwater runoff from parking areas must be retained and disposed of on site. This can be accommodated within the Parking area interior buffer landscape in the parking area, with an additional retention area to the west of the building. The total bioretention proposed for the preliminary plan is approximately 19,500 sf.

Circulation:

• The site currently has some interior pedestrian circulation around the perimeter of the building. This will have to be reconstructed as a part of new construction. Sidewalks around the perimeter of the building will also connect to the existing sidewalk system along Tumwater Blvd. Additional pedestrian crossing is recommended within the parking areas shown in the proposed preliminary plan. This could be accomplished with striping paving across landscape buffer areas. The total proposed new pedestrian circulation area totals 41,000 sf.

8.4 Structural Narrative The proposed new building at the Tumwater Site consists of new construction and a re-purposed existing modular building. The size of the building is approximately 230,511sf.

The south end of the existing modular building, housing high-bay records storage (approximately 55,000sf), would remain. The remaining portion of the building to the north, housing a printing facility, would be demolished above the foundation level but the existing 5 ½ inch reinforced concrete slab would be utilized to support at grade shelving at the new two story archives building.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [101] A check of the capacity of the existing footings (based on the original structural drawings prepared by Victor O. Grey Engineers) to support the new building loads has determined that they do not have capacity to support a new upper floor and roof. Consequently, new footings will be required. With respect to the existing slab on grade, a Sept. 30, 2014 memorandum by AHBL indicates that the existing slab is capable of supporting compact shelving loads.

The new archives building will be concrete framed at the upper floor supporting compact shelving with a steel framed roof uti- lizing a 40’ x 40’ grid. We recommend that the new grid be off-set from the existing 40’ x 40’ grid by 20 feet so that the existing footings can be left in place and new spread footings installed in between the existing. This will require isolated demolition of the existing slab at the new footing locations and either the top of footing poured to match the adjacent existing slab on grade or the top of new footings lowered to allow for a new concrete slab on grade to be cast over top of the new footings.

Possible options for the concrete framed floor include a two-way spanning concrete flat slab (mild or post-tensioned) or a post- tensioned concrete flat plate with wide-shallow post-tensioned beams.

The new two story building housing office, library and public spaces will be steel framed with composite concrete on metal deck floor and a metal deck roof.

The lateral force resisting system for the building will consist of steel braced frames; one bay at each perimeter wall and concrete shear walls at the stair/elevator core of the two story office portion of the building and one bay of concrete shear wall at each perimeter wall and interior of the Secure Storage portion of the building.

A new reinforced concrete mat footing will be required under the stair/elevator core. In addition, new footings will be required under new steel braced frames and concrete shear walls.

A seismic joint is required between the new two story construction and the existing (remaining) building above foundation level.

The assumptions above regarding the foundation system are based on a Bradley-Noble Geotechnical reports dated April 1990 and September 2012. The April report prepared for the Modular Building recommends continuous concrete footings bearing on compacted structural fill at 3,000 psf allowable soil bearing and concrete slab on grade bearing on compacted structural fill.

The September report was prepared to address storm water infiltration.

An August 2015 Geotechnical report by Terracon was prepared to address earthwork and the design of pavements and subsurface drainage.

Consequently, the geotechnical studies will have to be updated to reflect the currently proposed scope of development.

8.5 Architectural Narrative

PROGRAM ORGANIZATION The designated program fits comfortably on the Tumwater site within a two-story building. The ground floor of the northern end of the building site is appropriate for the program’s public spaces, including the main entry and Lobby, the Library Reading Room, Archives Research Room, Conference Rooms, and Training Rooms. Above the public spaces, on the building’s second floor, is the majority of the office program – about 38,000 GSF. The office area includes open cubicles and private offices, conference rooms, and support spaces in sizes and configurations consistent with DES standards and tailored to individual departmental needs. A central two-story day-lit atrium could connect the office floor with the main lobby. Other day-lighting sky-

[102] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign lights strategically distributed on the roof could bring natural light into the office area to reduce the building’s energy use and provide an office environment consistent with high-performance buildings. If economically feasible, the design of the northern section of the building could possibly utilize some of the existing concrete footings and slab-on-grade. Above the slab-on-grade would be all new construction.

Located in the middle section of the building would be a two-story 68,000 GSF secure storage area for the library and archives collections. This two-story block would have climate and humidity control appropriate for its archival storage function. It may be possible to take advantage of the existing footings and slab-on-grade in this area, but careful consideration must be given to the dead load of an exceptionally robust two-story structure, and heavy live loads from storage on high-density shelving. The southern-most part of the middle section will contain a 17,000 GSF high-bay storage area connected to the existing State Records Center to the south. Over time, as the move to digital records storage reduces the need for physical space, the library and archives collections can use this adjacent square-footage for their anticipated long-term growth.

The southern-most section of the building is the 55,000 GSF existing state records center. The high-bay structure, enclosure, and building systems would remain as is. Universal accessibility, high-performance envelope design, energy efficient building systems, and daylighting (where appropriate) would be incorporated throughout the new facility.

EXTERIOR MATERIALS The design will be required to meet the current Washington State Energy Code building envelope standards, including continu- ous exterior insulation, minimal thermal bridging, and exceptional air barrier performance. To assist the cost estimating for this Predesign, it is assumed that an aluminum plate rainscreen system would be used for the opaque exterior walls, and a high-performance thermally broken curtainwall glazing system is used for the transparent portions of the exterior envelope. Although the Tumwater site is not part of the central Capitol Campus, the design of the exterior should acknowledge the scale, proportions, and quality of the Capitol’s historic structures, while reflecting the architectural thinking of our time. The choice of materials and detailing should be consistent with expectations for a 75-year building.

INTERIOR MATERIALS For general use office, conference room, and support spaces, the interior finishes should be consistent in quality with other recently purpose-built State Government facilities, such as the 1063 Building, the DES Building at 1500 Jefferson, and the Edna Goodrich Building. To support the cost estimating for this Predesign, the interior is assumed to include the following materials and finishes. Interior partitions are primarily metal stud construction with painted drywall finish. Interior doors are solid-core wood veneer, set in wood or hollow metal frames with glazed re-lites where appropriate. Ceilings are suspended acoustic panels and floors are carpet tile.

Throughout the public areas of the interior, the finishes should be of a higher quality to reflect the importance of the Library and Archives as distinguished State Institutions preserving Washington’s heritage.

The secure storage areas of the building require fewer “finish” materials, utilizing a sealed concrete slab, limited interior parti- tions, and exposing the building systems and the underside of the structure overhead.

8.6 Mechanical, Electrical, & Plumbing Narrative

8.6.1 Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Utilities A. Natural Gas

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [103] 1. Natural gas will be required for Heating Boilers and Domestic How Water heaters. A new gas service will be provided from the utility distribution.

B. Sanitary Sewer

1. The sanitary connections serving the building will be made to the sewer mains that exit the building. Most drainage will be by gravity with the exception of below grade spaces which will be routed to a lift station to be pumped from the building to the sanitary sewer.

C. Domestic Water and Fire Protection

1. The domestic water service will be served off of the existing water main. The fire protection service to the building will be provided by a 6-inch fire service routed to the building. The domestic and fire services will each be protected by a Washington State Approved reduced pressure backflow preventer assembly and a double check valve assembly respectively. The domestic water service will include a 3-inch water meter to monitor water consumption within the building.

D. Storm Water Drainage System

1. The building storm drainage system will include roof drains, terrace drains, area drains and an interior rainwater leader system. The roof drains will be routed to a storm water harvesting/retention tank system. The retained water will be filtered and pumped to be used for toilet and urinal flushing. All other drains will be routed to city storm water drainage system.

E. Steam

1. Campus Steam will not be required.

F. Chilled Water

1. Campus Chilled Water will not be required.

G. Recycled Water

1. Campus Recycled Water will not be required.

H. Electrical Service

1. The facility will be served from an existing Medium Voltage primary electrical distribution system from PSE for normal power. Pad mounted MV switches and Transformers on concrete pads.

8.6.2 Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning

A. Design Criteria

1. 1. Outdoor Design Conditions:

a. Summer: 87°F dry bulb (ASHRAE 0.4%). 67°F wet bulb (ASHRAE 0.4%).

b. Winter: 18°F dry bulb (ASHRAE 99.8%)

2. 2. Indoor Design Conditions

[104] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. Refer to Table 1 for the HVAC Design Conditions for the different spaces in the building.

3. 3. Codes and Standards:

a. The following codes and standards are applicable, in addition to any other local code requirements.

1) 2012 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments

2) 2012 International Mechanical Code with Washington State Amendments

3) 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code with Washington State Amendments

4) 2012 Washington State Energy Code

5) 2012 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

6) Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

8) American Society of Heating, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

9) American Association of Balancing Contractors (AABC)

10) Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA)

11) Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

12) Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI)

B. HVAC Systems

1. Chilled Water Systems

a. There will be two chilled water systems in the building:

1) High temperature chilled water at 58 degrees to be used for the chilled beams. Sub loops will be created for each exposure on each floor for zone temperature control. Each sub loop will be provided with an inline circulating pump and mixing valve.

2) Low temperature chilled water at 35 degrees to be used for the 24/7 systems and systems requiring lower temperature supply air.

b. The high temperature chilled water systems will be provided with separate thermal storage tanks to store cooling energy at night for use during the day. This will reduce the impact on the peak capacity requirement of the Campus chilled water plant. The thermal storage tanks will utilize Eutectic material.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [105] c. The low temperature chilled water system will include closed circuit cooling towers, chillers, pumps and distribu- tion system. All the components of this system will be connected to the emergency power system for continuous operation.

d. The high temperature chilled water system will include closed circuit cooling towers, electric driven chillers, pumps and distribution system.

e. e. When outdoor temperatures permit, the condensing water system will be interconnected with the high tem- perature chilled water system to provide hydronic free cooling that can be stored during the nighttime hours.

2. Heating Hot Water Systems

a. Gas fired condensing boilers will be used to generate 150 degrees (F) hot water as the heating source in the building. Heating hot water will be distributed throughout the building at 150 degrees (F) by three circulation pumps (each sized at 50% of total capacity) with variable speed drives. Hot water sub loops will be provided for the radiant heating panels in the floor. Each sub loop will be provided with circulating pumps and mixing valves to maintain the lower sub loop temperature.

3. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Systems:

a. Refer to Table 1 for the system type for each space in the office.

b. System descriptions are as follows:

1) Chilled Beam – Overhead cooling source using chilled water in a passive element located either above a grille in the hung ceiling or exposed in spaces without ceilings. Room thermostats control chilled water flow through the elements for local temperature control. This system is planned for use in office spaces and used in conjunction with Floor Air system.

2) Floor Air – Constant volume supply air system using the raised floor for air distribution. The air system uses 100% outside air to provide ventilation air to the space. The system will also provide heating the perimeter spaces using zone heating coils during the winter season. This system is planned for use in office spaces and used in conjunction with the Chilled Beam system.

3) Radiant Floor – Hot water radiant heating system in the floor for space heating. The water temperature is modulated to maintain room temperature set point. This system is planned for use in lobbies.

4) CAV – Constant air volume system use for large single zone spaces that require special temperature and humidity conditions or fixed air quantities. This system is planned for use in archives and collection spaces. The floor air system also uses a CAV system to provide the fixed ventilation supply to the offices and auditorium.

5) VAV – Variable air volume system that provides for cooling and ventilation for areas requiring multiple temperature zones. This system is planned for use in the library, maintenance area and miscellaneous office areas.

4. Frozen Photo System

[106] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. Dedicated water-cooled split system will provide cooling for the frozen photo space that requires to be main- tained at 14 degrees (F). Redundant systems will be provided and be connected to the emergency power system.

5. Toilet Ventilation Systems

a. Each toilet room will be ventilated through a toilet exhaust system ducted to exhaust fan located at the high roof. The system shall be capable of exhausting a minimum of 2 cfm/sf or 10 air changes per hour, whichever is greater.

6. 6. Electric Closet Ventilation System

a. The electrical closet on each floor will be ventilated using a transfer air fan. Each electrical closet will be provided with a return air/make up air opening with fire damper above the finished ceiling of the adjoining space.

7. 7. Elevator Machine Rooms, IDF and MDF Rooms

a. The elevator machine rooms and IDF and MDF rooms will be air-conditioned using fan coil units connected to the 24/7 chilled water system. Elevator machine rooms shall be constructed with smoke-proof enclosures for smoke management purposes.

8. Automatic Temperature and Building Control Systems

a. Requirements: Provide a BACNet based BMS computer based system capable of controlling central plant equip- ment, fans, HVAC units, and designed for expandability by using plug-in modules.

1) Locate central BMS components in the building Engineer’s office.

2) Provide local stand-alone field control modules in each major mechanical room.

b. The BMS Subcontractor is responsible for all power wiring from designated circuits identified in the electrical panel schedules.

c. System Overview: Provide a Direct Digital Control (DDC) system with full control of mechanical equipment. Provide BMS to monitor environmental data and control the function of the following equipment installed in the facility:

1) Boilers

2) Shell & Tube heat exchangers

3) Pumps

4) Air handling units

5) Exhaust fans

6) Lighting system (interior and exterior) time clocks

7) Ventilation systems

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [107] 8) Domestic hot water systems

9) Security system interface

10) Fire alarm system interface

11) Energy meters

12) Other designated functions/systems

d. The BMS system will be set up to easily trend logs and sequentially download them for long-term data storage.

e. Provide complete system of electronic PID control technology to automatically maintain and regulate environmen- tal conditions.

f. Use system architecture with intelligent field distributed control modules to communicate in both LAN/WAN and WEB configuration communications.

9. Electric Motors

a. All electric motors will be premium efficiency type and suitable for use on inverter drive systems where appli- cable. TEFC motors will be required when located within the air stream.

10. Acoustics

a. As part of the design development phase, all of the mechanical systems will need to be reviewed by the acoustical consultant to ensure the desired noise and vibration levels throughout the building meet project requirements. Recommendations will be incorporated into the construction documents.

b. Critical items requiring acoustical evaluation include, but are not limited to, the following areas or systems: cool- ing tower, chillers, Auditorium, conference rooms, and other special rooms.

[108] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 8.6.3 Plumbing A. Design Criteria

1. Codes and Standards

a. The following codes and standards are applicable, in addition to any other local code requirements:

1) 2012 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments

2) 2012 International Mechanical Code with Washington State Amendments

3) 2012 International Fuel Gas Code with Washington State Amendments

4) 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code with Washington State Amendments

5) 2012 Washington State Energy Code

6) 2012 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

8) American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

B. Plumbing Systems

1. Water Supply

a. The building water supply will connect to the existing domestic water mains. The domestic service will be protected by Washington State Approved reduced pressure principle backflow preventer assemblies. A duplex assembly will be provided for the service.

b. Water pressure at the fixtures will be limited to a maximum pressure of 80 PSI through the use of pressure reduc- ing valve assemblies as required.

c. Size domestic water systems using a maximum of 5-PSI pressure drop per 100 feet of pipe and a maximum veloc- ity of 8.0 feet per second.

d. Civil Engineer will take the water lines from a point 5 feet from the building to the main water line.

2. Domestic Hot and Cold Water

a. The buildings’ service main size is anticipated to be 4-inches in diameter.

b. The water service entrance and domestic water piping 3-inches and larger will be either copper, type L with roll grooved joints or stainless steel schedule 10, type 304 with roll grooved joints depending on market conditions. Piping 2-1/2-inches and smaller will be type L copper joined with lead-free, 95-5 type solder.

c. As an augmentation to the conventional domestic water heating system, a solar assisted water pre-heating system will be given consideration.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [109] d. Where require, a triplex variable speed water pressure booster pump system will be provided for the project. The booster pump system will be configured such that the system will be capable of 100% of the total design flow with the loss of the largest pump.

e. Domestic hot water will be supplied from centrally located, natural gas-fired, tank type water heaters. The system will be circulated throughout the facility to maintain the hot water temperature and to assure that water and time are not wasted by occupants while waiting for hot water. Water will be stored within the water heaters at 140 degrees F and reduced at the fixture through the use of thermostatic mixing valves.

3. Natural Gas System

a. A 2 PSI natural gas service with meter and pressure regulator will be provided by the natural gas purveyor at a location acceptable to the Owner. Gas pressure at appliances will provided at 7 inch to 14 inch WC in the building through the use of gas regulators placed near equipment.

b. The buildings’ service main size is anticipated to be 3 inches diameter.

c. Gas will be distributed in schedule 40 black steel piping with threaded malleable iron fittings. The gas lines will be routed throughout the facility to gas-fired equipment and appliances, including gas-fired cooking equipment within the kitchen service areas.

4. Sanitary Sewer and Waste System

a. The building’s service main size is anticipated to be 8 inches in diameter and will connect to the existing munici- pal sewer system. A complete sanitary waste and vent system will be provided in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code (as adopted by Washington State) throughout the building, arranged for gravity flow. Sewage ejectors will be provided where required when gravity drainage cannot occur. Soil, waste and vent lines will be sized per UPC using good engineering practice. The Civil Engineer will take the sewer lines from 5 feet outside the building footprint to the street sewer.

b. Sanitary waste and vent piping above and below ground will be service weight hub-less cast iron pipe. Couplings for below ground installation shall be bolted and gasketed cast-iron and above ground shall be FM approved stainless steel couplings.

c. Where indoor parking structures are planned, garage drains will remove surface water and be routed to an oil/ water separator prior to connecting to the sanitary sewer.

5. Storm Drainage System

a. Complete roof drainage systems with independent overflow drains and risers through the building will be pro- vided. System design based on 1 inch per hour rainfall intensity and on local code requirements. The maximum velocity in the storm drainage system will be limited to 3 feet per second.

b. The roof drainage will be routed to a filter prior to entering a storm water retention tank for future reuse as needed for toilet and urinal flushing.

c. Additional deck, area and terrace drains will be provided for areas located at building setbacks and routed directly to the street storm water system in lieu of the storm retention tank (as required by code).

[110] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign d. The building storm drain system will be routed from the building additional drains and retention tank overflow to 5 feet from the building footprint where the Civil Engineer will take the storm drain to the street storm sewer.

6. Non-potable Treated Water System

a. The filtered roof drainage in the water retention tank will be brought to a day tank to undergo treatment then pumped for daily use as needed for toilet and urinal flushing. This pressure system will be piped in “purple pipe” for distinction from the potable water system.

7. Hose Bibs

a. Hose bibs with vacuum breakers will be provided at a minimum in accordance with the following:

1) Mechanical equipment rooms

2) Non-freeze hose bibs in boxes will be provided as one minimum on each exterior face. Maximum spacing will not exceed 100 feet.

3) Each toilet room.

8. Plumbing Fixtures

a. (Level of quality Similar to American Standard)

b. All fixtures will be selected for ultra-low flow water consumption.

c. Water Closets: Wall hung, low consumption flush valve and bowl with open front seat less cover.

d. Lavatories: Vitreous china counter top, with single handle mixing faucets. All lavatories will have an insulated offset waste below where piping is exposed.

e. Urinals: low consumption, 1/8 gallon per flush, Wall hung, with flush valve.

f. Drinking Fountains.

g. Each water supply will be roughed in with an isolation valve at the fixture.

9. Floor Drains

a. Drain will be provided at a minimum for the following, or as specified by Code or local building authority.

1) Mechanical equipment rooms.

2) Each toilet room.

3) Each janitor’s closet

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [111] 8.6.4 Fire Protection A. Design Criteria

1. Codes and Standards

a. This installation will comply with the Washington State Codes and Washington State Facilities Standards.

b. All Fire Protection design, products, and installation shall comply with the applicable provisions and recommen- dations of the following jurisdictional codes, authorities and guidelines:

1) International Building Code, 2012 Edition

2) International Fire Code, 2012 Edition

3) State of Washington, Code Amendments

4) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

5) NFPA Standard 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems

6) NFPA Standard 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems

7) NFPA Standard 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection

8) NFPA Standard 70, National Electrical Code

9) NFPA Standard 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code

10) NFPA 75, Standard on Information Technology equipment Protection

11) NFPA 110, Standard for emergency and Standby Power Systems

12) NFPA 232, Standard for the Protection of Records and Storage

13) NFPA 909, Code for the Protection of Cultural Resources

14) NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems

15) Applicable FM GLOBAL Loss Prevention Data Sheets

a) FM GLOBAL Data Sheet 2-8 “Earthquake Protection for Water-Based Fire Protection Systems”

b) FM GLOBAL Data Sheet 2-8N “Installation of Sprinklers (NFPA)”

c) FM P7825a, Approval Guide Fire Protection

d) FM P7825b, Approval Guide Electrical Equipment

[112] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 16) UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

a) UL 668, Hose Valves for Fire Protection Service

b) UL Building Materials Directory

c) UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory

17) Local Codes, Code Amendments and Requirements

c. Provide fire protection products including valves, fittings and couplings, supports, anchors, fire stops, sprinklers, fire hose stations, hose valves, etc., that are Underwriters Laboratories listed/FM Global Approved, and accept- able to the local Authority Having Jurisdiction.

B. Fire Protection Systems

1. Water Supply

a. The fire main will be connected, with a 6” line, to the city water distribution system as indicated at the beginning of this report.

b. A double check valve assembly will be installed to protect the water service from contamination.

c. A fire pump is not anticipated to be required to meet the sprinkler demand for the buildings.

2. Building Fire Protection

a. The buildings will be protected by a hydraulically calculated automatic wet sprinkler system. Each floor will be considered as a separate sprinkler zone with its own sprinkler control valve assembly consisting of a supervised valve, flow switch, and drain valve. Floor sprinklers will be served by at least two risers.

1) All equipment and devices shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed, Factory Mutual Approved and acceptable to the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. Fire Protection Contractor shall sign and seal with a Washington State Fire Protection Designer Certificate of Competency all shop Drawings and hydraulic cal- culations prior to issuance to Building and Fire Departments for approval. No work shall be installed without approved shop Drawings.

2) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the location of all sprinkler heads with final reflected ceiling Drawings.

3) Fire sprinkler mains shall not interfere with the HVAC contractor’s ability to place HVAC main ducts tight to bottom of fire proofed structural elements.

4) The Contractor shall provide all offsets, drains and drain plugs for trapped piping, and drainage piping. The Contractor shall notify the Architect, in writing, of all discrepancies in sprinkler head locations where local codes are violated (i.e., allowable distance from walls or exterior glass, small room spacing, stairs, etc.).

5) Fire sprinkler mains shall not interfere with the HVAC contractor’s ability to place HVAC main ducts tight to bottom of fire proofed structural elements.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [113] 6) System piping shall be hydraulically designed throughout all areas in accordance with the rules and regula- tions of the applicable standards. Hydraulic calculations shall be in accordance with the Area/Density Method or other method approved for the application used, per NFPA 13 and FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets 2-8 and 2-8N. The Owner’s Insurance Carrier shall be contacted to verify any additional requirements.

7) System piping shall be hydraulically designed throughout all areas in accordance with the rules and regula- tions of the applicable standards using the design densities indicated herein:

b. Fire Sprinklers: The fire sprinkler hydraulic calculations shall include hose allowances as defined for the hazard for inside and outside hose streams as required to meet applicable standards.

1) Hydraulically designed sprinkler systems should be designed for a supply pressure of at least 10 percent, but not less than 10 psi, below the supply curve.

2) The velocity of water through the fire protection piping system shall not exceed maximum allowable veloci- ties allowed by applicable standards.

3) The hydraulic calculations shall be based on current flow data obtained from local water authority. Confirm flow data prior to design and layout of fire protection systems.

c. Wet Pipe Sprinkler Protection. All sprinkler systems shall be hydraulically calculated. Sprinkler design area adjust- ment for quick response heads based upon ceiling height, per NFPA 13 Section 11.2.3.2.3 shall be permitted. In the event design criteria information from the project fire insurance underwriter is unavailable at the time of initial design, the following minimum criteria shall be used:

1) Light Hazard: Offices, data processing, restaurant seating area, library – exclusive of book stacks, non- exhibition assembly areas, and corridor – piping systems shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.10GPM/sq. ft. over an area of 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location and 250 GPM for hose stream. The protection area per sprinkler head shall be 225 square feet.

2) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Restaurant service area, exhibition assembly areas, shops, maintenance areas, mechanical rooms, and archival restoration areas - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet.

3) Ordinary Hazard – Group 2: Retail areas, truck dock, storage areas and library book stacks, archives - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.20 GPM/sq. ft. over an area of 1500 sq. ft. at most remote loca- tion. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 sq. ft. d. Pre-action System Density Requirements:

d. Quick response sprinkler heads shall be permitted.

a) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Museum, Archives, Library, Archival Restoration, Information Technology Rooms (based upon fire hazards assessment for risk management purposes) - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location for single interlock systems and 1950 sq ft for double interlock arrangements. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet.

[114] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign b) The maximum area coverage per smoke detector shall not exceed: 120 sq. ft.

c) Group pre-action systems into single zones per floor to achieve a net savings in installation costs, reduction in maintenance, reduction in the footprint occupied by multiple sprinkler system risers on each floor, and maintenance of the same level of reliability overall. d) Where pendent heads are required dry pendent heads shall be used to permit more thorough drainage of water subsequent to a system trip. This represents an installation cost increase, but significant reduction in potential for plugging of sprinkler heads caused by cycling of pre-action arrangement (dry/wet) from system trips, also reduction in damage from contaminated water residue otherwise trapped in pendent sprinkler drops and return bends. No change in aesthetics of heads within the ceiling area.

d) Use corrosion resistant piping (galvanized or stainless steel) for pre-action systems – This incremental increase in material cost would be off-set by the reduction in potential contaminant damage from corro- sion products developing within the pre-action system piping.

e) Use an approved multi-cycling (Fire Cycle) system arrangement for the pre-action arrangement to archive, book stack, museum, and library areas to provide a reliable on-off system operating capability during a fire event to limit discharge. The installation of a Fire Cycle Arrangement for preaction systems may be slightly more expensive in design, but combines features to reduce potential for inadvertent discharge of water, with reduced water discharge during a credible fire to mitigate damage without compromising reliability and code compliance.

f) All pre-action piping shall be sloped back to drains and caps shall be strategically provided to facilitate water removal. e. Dry Pipe System Protection:

1) Dry pipe system should only be installed where pipe is subject to freezing.

2) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Parking Garage, and Canopies or Overhangs over 4 ft wide - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over the most remote 1950 sq ft. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet.

3) The maximum area coverage per smoke detector shall not exceed: 120 sq. ft.

4) All dry system piping shall be sloped back to drains and caps shall be strategically provided to facilitate water removal. f. Zoning of the Fire Protection System:

1) Wet Sprinkler System: Water flow detection zoning shall be per floor basis with areas not exceeding maxi- mum allowable per NFPA.

2) Elevator Machine Room Requirements:

a) The sprinkler supply line to each elevator machine room shall be provided with an accessible shutoff valve with tamper switch, flow switch and test point located outside of machine room.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [115] b) Fire sprinklers installed in the elevator machine rooms shall be intermediate temperature rating.

3) Elevator Pit Requirements:

a) Install automatic sprinkler heads in elevator pits such that the water spray pattern shall not spray higher than 2 feet above the pit floor, with a spray pattern directed level and down.

b) An accessible sprinkler shut-off valve shall be provided outside of and near the pit. The valve shall be normally open, with no provision to shut off elevator power.

c) Do not locate automatic sprinkler heads on a car entrance side or interfere with pit access.

d) Provide drain valve and plug at the lowest point of the automatic sprinkler piping in the pit and installed to avoid mechanical damage. Piping shall enter the shaft at the floor level of the bottom landing and be wall mounted, fit tight against the wall, and maintain proper clearance to the car and counterweights. In walk-in pits, sprinkler piping may enter the pit in an approved manner other than the floor level of the car’s lowest landing.

4) Piping Arrangement

a) No pipes or other apparatus shall be installed so as to interfere in any way with the full swing of doors, building access doors, and access doors in ductwork. The arrangement, positions, and connections of pipes, drains, valves, etc., shown on the Drawings shall be taken as a close approximation and while they shall be followed as closely as possible, the right is reserved by the Project Representative to change the locations to accommodate any conditions which may arise during the progress of the work without additional compensation to this Contractor for such changes, provided that the changes are requested prior to the installation of this Contractor’s work.

b) Piping typically shall be installed concealed in or above building construction; i.e.; hung ceilings, and shall be so arranged that relocation of lighting fixtures, or plumbing and mechanical systems, will not cause any interference.

c) Coordinate with the fire sprinkler and alarm trades to ensure full awareness of the location of all control valves, flow switches, tamper switches, and alarm and signal switches.

d) Hangers: Design shall be per NFPA 13, for pressures in excess of 100 psi, NFPA 13, 2-6 and 4-5.2.

e) Earthquake Sway Bracing: Design will be per NFPA 13 using UL listed or FM Approved components. The location of sway bracing and flexible couplings shall be shown on all shop drawings submitted for approval in sufficient detail to verify their location, preferred arrangement, and conformance to this standard.

f) Flushing Connections: Flushing connections shall be per NFPA 13.

g) Sleeves and Penetrations: All pipes penetrating concrete or masonry walls or floors shall be sleeved. All pipe penetrations shall have minimum clearance as per NFPA 13. Sleeves shall be caulked to retain the proper fire-wall rating with an approved sealant.

[116] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign h) Sprinkler heads in finished area will be quick response type, chrome finish with white escutcheon.

i) For all archival storage areas and the like, double interlock pre-action fire suppression systems will be provided.

g. Clean Agent Fire Protection

1) The selection of an appropriate clean agent (e.g., FM 200, Inergen, Novec 1230, etc.) shall be based upon a fire hazards assessment by a qualified fire protection specialist.

2) Potential program areas that are candidates for clean agent protection include: state hi toric documents, archives, map and plan collection, rare books and manuscripts stacks, security microfilm storage, automated mobile shelving units, and selected information technology equipment rooms.

3) Clean agent systems shall be installed in conjunction with an approved automatic sprinkler system through- out, rather than as a substitute.

8.6.5 Electrical A. Design Criteria

1. Codes and Standards

a. Electrical Systems will be designed in accordance with all applicable codes, standards and Authorities Having Jurisdiction, the Underwriters’ Laboratory and in accordance with current engineering practices.

1) General Administration (GA) Facilities Standards.

2) National Electrical Code (NEC).

3) Washington Cities Electrical Code Amendments.

4) Title 296, Washington Administrative Code, Chapter 296-46B, “Electrical safety standards, administration and installation.”

5) International Building Code (IBC)

6) International Fire Code (IFC).

7) Fire Safety Standards for Elevators.

8) Washington State Fire Marshal Requirements.

9) Washington State Energy Code.

10) American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

11) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [117] 12) Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES).

13) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

14) National Electrical Manufactures Association (NEMA).

15) Underwriters Laboratories (UL).

B. Electrical Systems

1. Primary Distribution – Medium Voltage

a. The Tumwater site will be served from utility owned medium voltage distribution lines in proximity to the buildings and in accord with the serving utility’s requirements. Portions of the existing service at the Tumwater site may be able to be reused. Although the power demands of the new facility will exceed the capacity of the existing service transformers,

2. Main Electrical Service - Low Voltage

a. Normal Power System

1) The two (2) LV main switchboards will be main-tie-main configuration with power circuit breakers individually mounted. Main-tie-Main breakers and bus shall be rated at 4000A, interrupt current rated at 100,000 AIC. Digital meters will be provided at both ends of main-tie-main configuration switchgear and branch circuits to monitor energy usage.

2) 480V and 208V branch panel boards and associated step-down transformers will be distributed throughout in dedicated electrical rooms.

3) Mechanical power distribution will be provided with dedicated distribution panels located in the mechanical rooms or electrical rooms throughout the facility.

4) Acceptable Manufacturers: Cutler Hammer, General Electric, or Square D/Group Schneider.

b. Emergency Power System –GA Site and Lacey

1) One radiator cooled, diesel fuel fired standby engine generator set rated 900kW/1125kVA, 480Y/277V, 3-phase, 4-wire, 60 Hz, 1800 rpm will be provided to supply power supporting all life/safety loads (egress and emergency exit lighting, fire alarm systems, smoke removal fans, all elevators) and Ownerspecified optional loads (e.g. computers, UPS, HVAC, Refrigeration units, etc.).

2) Two (2) automatic transfer switches will be provided to feed Life Safety loads and legally standby and optional standby (Archive) loads.

3) Generator(s) is (are) located outdoors with a 2-hour day tank adjacent, an underground fuel storage tank to be provided and sized to support the Owner required 72 hours of full-load operation. A signal from any automatic transfer switch will start the engine and supply power to the emergency distribution system in the event of failure of the normal power source.

[118] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a) Generator will be exercised per the requirements of NPFA 110. Permanently installed load banks will be installed to meet these requirements.

4) Acceptable Manufacturer: Cummins/Onan, Caterpillar or approved equal

c. Emergency Power System:

1) The Tumwater has existing generators that may be able to be utilized to provide a portion of the standby power needs of the proposed facility. The generators and associated distribution systems will need to be analyzed and revised to suit the new occupancy.

3. Grounding System

a. A complete grounding system complying with National Electrical Code will be provided. Grounding system shall consist of the following:

1) Main Grounding System. The main building grounding system will consist of the following:

a) Bonding to structural steel.

b) Bonding to incoming water main.

c) Bonding to grounding rod for lightning protection system if provided.

d) Ground rods shall located in main electrical room or at building exterior below grade or unexcavated area and connected to main electrical room service grounding bus.

e) All the above will be terminated to a ground bus bar in the main electrical room. In addition, the service entrance neutral conductor will be bonded to the switchboard ground bus, the electrical room ground bus bar and the ground rod.

2) Ground Riser. A ground riser will be provided in each electrical room with transformers and telecommunica- tions room. Each will consist of the following:

a) Bare copper conductor from the main building ground bus to a ground bus on each level. Each ground bus will be bonded to the nearest building steel.

b) Each transformer neutral ground bar will be bonded to the ground bus in addition to the nearest build- ing steel.

3) Branch circuit grounding. The continuous metallic conduit raceway will serve as the ground path for feeders. Branch circuits shall be provided with an insulated grounding conductor run with the circuit conductors. This grounding conductor shall be in addition to the ground path provided by the continuously grounded metallic raceway system that encloses the phase and neutral conductors.

4. Equipment Connections

a. HVAC equipment.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [119] b. Plumbing equipment.

c. Fire protection equipment.

d. Elevators.

e. Owner furnished equipment.

f. Motorized doors and gates.

g. 120V power connections and empty conduit for irrigation control system.

h. Convenience and special purpose receptacles.

i. Food Service equipment

j. Load Summary: *(We need to insert the program (abbreviated & combined?) here and agree on loads.

5. Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Power Generation

a. Consideration to apply on-site renewable source to this project, such as a solar PV array, has been analyzed based on utilizing the requirements to obtain LEED points. The following chart identifies the minimum square footage to install a PV array for the associated LEED point.

b. The current rooftop square footage for this project can accommodate the 1 point requirement, however, achiev- ing additional points may prove more challenging based on the minimum area required. Additional solar arrays may be introduced into the shading overhangs on the south side of the building.

c. The design will provide the pathway infrastructure to support the potential solar PV array installation. The infra- structure required to meet the minimum 2.5% LEED requirement is (1) 4” conduit stubbed from the rooftop, into the stacked electrical rooms in the office floors and down to the main electrical room. Considerations for room requirements to house the distribution required for a solar PV array will be analyzed at a later date.

[120] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 8.6.6 Fire Alarm A. A. Design Criteria

1. The building proposed for the GA site has a floor for office occupancy located 75 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, an automatic fire alarm system, an emergency voice/alarm communication system and a fire department communication system shall be provided, the fire alarm system will be the addressable type with each initiating device annunciated as an individual zone. The Fire Alarm and Control Panel shall provide centralized control and annunciation of fire alarm zones and associated annunciation with interface to fire-fighter’s smoke control panel. Area smoke detectors shall be analog type to permit monitoring and calibration of smoke detector sensitivity from the FACP.

The Tumwater site does not have office occupancies that would be classified as High-Rise and would therefor would not have the high rise requirements of the GA site. They would have a fire detection and alarm system to notify the occupants and the Fire Department of a Fire related emergency as outlined below.

2. The fire alarm system at all sites shall be fully supervised and include both manually and automatically actuated alarms consisting of:

a. Manual pull stations in each elevator lobby, entries to stairwells, main exit doors and intermediate locations to provide 200 feet maximum spacing between manual pull stations.

b. Connections to fire sprinkler system water flow, tamper switches and pre-action system.

c. Area smoke detectors in each mechanical, electrical, telephone, and elevator machine room, at each stair and elevator lobby door fitted with magnetic hold open devices, and in each elevator lobby for elevator recall. Fire detectors in elevator shafts.

d. Duct type smoke detectors at the inlet of all return air duct stub outs, at main return air plenums, at the discharge of each supply air fan and where required to operate a fire/smoke damper.

e. Speakers and strobes per the IFC and the ADA.

f. Emergency voice/alarm communication.

g. Fire department communication.

h. Data gathering panels for Executive Offices F/A devices.

i. Annunciator and remote annunciators.

3. The fire alarm LED annunciator shall provide indication of the floor of an alarm and the type of alarm, i.e., manual, sprinkler flow, or smoke. The fire alarm system shall be connected to an approved central monitoring service.

4. FACP to be located in FCC room beside the main entrance at floor A, DGP panel for Executive Offices to be located in electrical room at floor 3. Remote annunciator to be located in Security Control room at floor 1.

5. Acceptable Manufacturers to be confirmed.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [121] 8.6.7 Lighting A. Design Criteria

1. Refer to combined architectural and electrical lighting design narrative

B. Lighting Systems

1. Lighting will be designed and documented to comply with the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) recommended light levels and the Washington State Energy Code.

2. Site Lighting will be designed with

3. Interior Lighting will be designed to highlight the architecture and task areas while providing a highly energy efficient lighting system. A task/ambient approach will provide lower ambient light levels with higher light levels at tasks provided by task lights or directional light fixtures.

4. Light fixtures will be carefully placed to integrate with the daylight zones and the daylight control system.

5. LED Light sources will achieve energy efficiency with a high lumen per watt ratio, have long lamp life to reduce replacement and maintenance costs and aid visibility by having a Color Rendering Index of at least 80 CRI.

6. Light fixtures shall utilize high efficiency photometrics and provide low glare illumination.

7. Site Lighting

a. Parking - Lighting at parking areas will be provided by full-cut-off light fixtures equipped with high performance optics. Careful selection and spacing of light fixtures will ensure parking areas are evenly illuminated while reduc- ing light trespass.

b. Entries- Building entries will be highlighted to create a destination when viewing the building from a distance. Planting areas and trees will be highlighted to add another layer of lighting. Other building mounted lighting will be incorporated into building overhangs and canopies to highlight the architecture and create a safe and inviting experience.

c. Pathways - Main pedestrian pathways leading to the main entry will be illuminated by low level light fixtures.

d. Landscape - Landscape areas will have minimal lighting with a few key trees, sculptures or memorials illuminated to provide a view from a distance while retaining darks skies.

8. Interior Lighting

a. Reception and public circulation – Even ambient levels of light will be provided with additional task light at work surfaces. Architectural elements and artwork will be highlighted to create focus and whimsy.

b. Offices – Offices will be illuminated with a layered and flexible lighting system. A combination of light fixture types and distributions will be used to provide user flexibility and to light all tasks. Standalone preset lighting control systems will be used in the private offices to provide preset light levels for high and low light level func- tions. Indirect lighting will be used whenever appropriate to reduce contrast and increase reflected light from the ceiling.

[122] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign c. Conference Rooms – Conference rooms will have flexible light levels provided by a series of light fixtures that will provide for all meeting room uses. Centrally located indirect linear up lights or decorative pendants will light the central meeting table. Recessed dimmable down lights will provide ambient light levels and provide for low light level presentations. Presentation and display walls in medium and large meeting rooms will be washed with light by pendant or recessed linear fluorescent wall wash fixtures.

d. Support spaces – Support spaces such as storage, data centers, and telecommunication, mechanical and electri- cal rooms shall be illuminated by lensed pendant mount fluorescent light fixtures. Fixtures will be spaced, 8’ to 10’ on center, to provide bright and even light levels.

e. Public Areas – These spaces will be highlighted with a layer of light that will reveal the architecture. An additional level of light will be provided at people height to provide task light and highlighted low level features. Stacks, shelves and desks will be lighted via side mount grazing wall wash fixtures and desk mount task lights. Vertical surfaces at the interior of the space will be illuminated to help reduce contrast between daylight and non-daylight spaces.

f. Locker Rooms/Restrooms – These spaces will be designed to provide even illumination. Light fixtures will be recessed in the ceiling or integrated into architectural elements for an integrated approach.

g. Staff Areas – A flexible lighting system will be provided to allow users the ability to change light levels and create areas of low and high light within the larger space. Architectural features will be illuminated to help identify the boundaries of the space. Individual desk and tables will be provided via desk mount task lights.

9. Daylighting

a. Project Daylight Studies will be reviewed and coordinated with the Architects to maximize connection to nature and time of day changes while reducing electric lighting loads during daylight hours. Light fixtures in the delighted Public, Offices and Meeting room areas will be equipped with dimming controls to allow for automatic electric light load shedding via photocell control with no noticeable change in light levels. Photocells will be care- fully placed to read daylight levels accurately, making the daylight control system automatic and user-friendly.

10. Lighting Controls

a. A series of networked light panels will provide automatic control of the lighting system. The lighting control panels will be connected to the Building Management System to allow lighting system energy use and outage monitoring. Automatic sweep off of light fixtures will be utilized with local override switches for after-hours use. Occupancy sensors will be used in all private offices, meeting rooms, storage and support spaces to ensure light fixtures are not on when the room is not is use. Exterior light fixtures will be controlled via one central photocell and by the building time clock for further fine tuning of hours of operation.

b. Exit signs shall be edge-lit and utilize high efficiency LED sources. Emergency egress lighting will be provided to achieve a minimum of 1 fc along path of egress via an emergency power inverter system as described in the electrical section of this narrative.

c. The lighting systems are being designed in accordance with the recommendations of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [123] The Lighting system will be designed to meet the following goals and guidelines for each program area:

Area Target IL Design IntentK Light Source W / SF

Building Entries Main 10 fc; Secondary 5fc Light fixtures integrated LED 0.25 into building overhangs and canopies to light the ground and architectural features.

Pedestrian Pathways General 1 fc Pedestrian scale LED poles LED 0.7 used at open areas and paths. Wall recessed step light at stairs.

Landscape General .5 fc Low level area light fixtures LED 0.15 will light key landscape features. LED up lights to light minimal key trees

Parking General 1 fc Full cut off light fixtures on LED 0.06 20’ poles. Pedestrian scale poles at path areas

Public Areas General 20 fc; Task 40 fc The architectural volume will LED .93 Reading area be highlighted and task light 1.71 Stacks will be provided at all stacks .72 Cataloguing and desks.

Offices General 30 fc; Task 50 fc Pendant mount direct/ LED 0.98 indirect light fixtures will provide ambient light levels. Task lights will be mounted at desks.

Meeting Rooms General 20 fc; Accent 50 fc A combination of direct/ LED 1.23 indirect and directional lighting will provide a flexible system with multiple light levels possible.

Archives & Records General 20 fc; Task 40 fc Lighting will be bright and LED 0.8 even when needed. Controls will be used to turn lights off when rooms are not in use. Fixtures will be located between stacks for maximum vertical brightness.

Corridors General 10 fc Indirect lighting will CFL FL 0.66 used. Intersections and destinations will be highlighted.

Restrooms General 20 fc Even bright light levels will FL 0.98 be provided. Vanities will be lighted to a higher light level.

Mechanical & Electrical General 30 fc Strip light fixtures will be FL 0.95 rooms evenly spaced around mechanical and electrical equipment

[124] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 8.6.8 Telecommunications A. Design Criteria

1. Introduction

a. This section is intended to define the standards, criteria and assumptions used for the design, documentation and specification of a telecommunications system to support the Washington State Archives and Library to be located on the Washington State Capitol Campus in Olympia, WA or at a site in Tumwater, WA or Lacey, WA. This narrative will form the basis for the design for the telecommunications system.

b. This basis of design shall address pathways, spaces and media designs to support various information transport systems, including an administrative telephone system to support voice and voice grade services, local area network (LAN) systems, wide area network (WAN) systems and video distribution systems.

c. The specific areas covered by this section of this report are as follows:

1) Definition of a campus pathway system to connect the building to the Capital Campus Department of Information Services (DIS) network.

2) Definition of a building pathway and spaces system to house the data network and voice components and their associated telecommunications cabling system

3) Definition of a unified signal grounding system.

4) Definition of building backbone cables and their distribution and termination methods.

5) Definition of workstation cables and their distribution and termination methods.

6) Definition of pathway, spaces and media identification.

d. A discussion of the following systems is currently not included in this section of this basis of design and may be covered elsewhere:

1) Communication systems (telephony PBX, VOIP, radio, cellular, dictation)

2) Local and wide area network active components (servers, switches, routers, etc.)

3) Audio/visual system

4) Rooftop antenna systems

5) In Gallery electronics

2. Telecommunications Systems Related Codes and Standards

a. In addition to the previously noted codes and standards that have been adopted and/or amended by the State of Washington, the telecommunications systems will also be designed in accordance with the standards, regula- tions and recommendations of the following entities:

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [125] 1) Telecommunications Distribution Infrastructure Standard (TDIS)

2) American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

3) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

4) Telecommunications Industry Association / Electronics Industries Association (TIA/EIA)

5) Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI)

6) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

8) American Standards Association (ASA)

9) Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

10) American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)

11) In the event of conflicts, the more stringent provisions shall be applied.

B. Telecommunications Systems

1. Telecommunications Entrance Pathways and Spaces

a. Telephone and data network services for the project will be extended from the existing campus network backbone cabling pathway. A minimum of eight 4-inch conduits shall be provided between the project and the existing steam utilities utilidor for connection to the campus infrastructure. An additional four 4-inch spare conduits shall be provided to service future campus work. All conduit facilities shall be run below grade. Detailed design, routing and locations of conduits and any new maintenance utility vaults shall be coordinated with the Project’s Civil and Electrical Engineers.

b. Service provider conduits into the building shall also be provided. A minimum of two 4-inch conduits reserved for Qwest and two 4-inch conduits for Comcast will be installed. Additional coordination with the local service providers will be required to ensure conduits are installed to the nearest service provider point of connection.

2. Telecommunications outside Plant Cabling

a. Telephone and data network connectivity to the Campus network will be provided by outside plant cabling consisting of a minimum of 1200-pair copper UTP cables, 288-strands 50μm laser enhanced multimode optical fiber and 288-strands singlemode optical fiber.

3. Main Telecommunications Room (MTR or MDF)

a. A main telecommunications room shall be provided on Floor B. Depending on the final determination of equip- ment to be housed within the room, the room shall be sized at minimum 650 square feet. A room with minimal dimensions of 20’ x 30’ is recommended. The MTR or MDF will serve as the central networking, communications

[126] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign and computing center for the building and shall support network operations functions. The space shall also serve as the entrance facility (EF) for the building with area dedicated for termination of incoming outside plant cabling. The room does not account for space for individual workstation areas, printers and paper storage.

b. The MTR or MDF shall be fully protected from water infiltration by ensuring that all water, glycol and drainage piping serving air conditioners, lavatories, roof drains, etc. shall be run outside the MTR or MDF walls. They shall only penetrate the room where necessary to serve equipment.

c. The MTR or MDF walls shall be of slab-to-slab construction to facilitate the outfitting of the room for environmen- tal conditioning and fire protection / isolation of slab-to-slab construction. All penetrations of rated wall shall be fire-stopped in an approved manner to prevent the passage of flames, smoke and gases. A minimum 2-hour fire rated wall construction is recommended for the MTR or MDF.

d. Walls and doors shall be configured and located to provide secured access. The number of entrances shall be minimized and provide for smooth operation and safety egress for personnel working within the space. At a minimum all doors should be provided with card key activated locks.

e. The MTR or MDF should be constructed without a suspended, lay-in ceiling so as to avoid the constraints of a fixed grid structure and its limitations on locating and installing overhead cable trays and light fixtures.

f. Air conditioning shall be provided with units specifically designed to serve the heat loads and humidity control requirements of the MTR or MDF. Units shall be sized to maintain a temperature of 65-72 degrees (F) at 20-55 percent relative humidity. Environmental conditions shall be maintained on a 24 hour-a-day, 7 days-a-week basis. The MTR or MDF shall also be equipped with hi-temperature alarms that report to the security and/or building management systems panels. Sensors shall be placed 60” AFF.

g. Power requirements for the MTR or MDF shall be based on equipment lists provided by DIS; however load density shall be based on an average of 40-50 watts per square foot. This number is based on a low density of file servers. Loads may escalate significantly should a larger concentration of high density file servers be located within the MTR or MDF.

h. Lighting requirements shall be a minimum of 50 foot-candles maintained at 36” AFF. Lighting fixtures, motors, air condition, etc. shall not be powered from the same electrical distribution panel as the telecommunications equipment in the room.

i. The MTR or MDF shall be protected in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances. A pre-action fire suppression system shall be provided. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided at strategic locations within the MTR or MDF and shall be rated for all types of fires. A fire alarm annunciator panel shall be located at the main entrance to the room. At the first activation of any sensor, both audible and visual alarms shall be sent to multiple areas within the MTR or MDF, positioned so that they can be installed noticed from anywhere, as well as to strategic locations outside the MTR or MDF. A manual override shall be provided at the entrance to the room enabling an operator to delay charging of the sprinkler pipes by a fixed time interval in order to attempt to extinguish the fire manually.

j. A solid copper ground busbars shall be provided for signal ground connections. The ground busbar shall be bonded to the appropriate ground conductor as described herein.

4. 4. Telecommunications Room (TR or IDF)

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [127] a. Telecommunications rooms shall be provided on each floor to facilitate distribution of voice and data station cables to the work area outlet. The rooms shall be stacked vertically through the building. In addition, they shall be located in an area on the floor plate which will ensure that the length of the installed workstation cables does not exceed 90 meters per TIA/EIA standards for telecommunications cabling. If workstation cables cannot be kept to within TIA/EIA standards, a second floor serving TR shall be provided. Consideration may also be given to serve smaller floor plates, with limited telecommunications outlet locations, from a telecomm room above or below the smaller floor plate. A discussion with DIS will be needed to confirm applicability for this project.

b. Each telecommunication room shall be a minimum 100 square feet in area. A room with dimensions of 10’ x 10’ is recommended. Each TR or IDF shall be capable of supporting the horizontal distribution of station cables and the pathway requirements for intra-building backbone cabling. The dimensions indicated will provide space for up to three free standing telecommunications equipment racks with vertical wire managers.

c. The TR’s or IDF’s shall be fitted to support the following types of systems and equipment:

1) Termination and patching facilities for workstation cables.

2) Termination and patching facilities for UTP backbone cables.

3) Termination and patching facilities for optical fiber backbone cabling.

4) Hardware and racking for LAN switches.

5) Hardware for any wireless based telecommunications systems.

6) Wall space for mounting other low voltage systems such as CATV distribution components and electronic surveillance and access control systems.

d. A typical TR or IDF shall be of slab to slab construction to facilitate the outfitting of the rooms for environmental conditioning and fire protection / isolation. A suspended ceiling should not be installed in the TR or IDF. All penetrations shall be sealed to prevent the passage of fire, smoke and gas. A minimum 1-hour fire rated wall construction is recommended for each of the TR’s or IDF’s.

e. TR’s or IDF’s shall be provided with sprinkler heads mounted on the sidewalls. Sprinkler heads shall be provided with cages. Wet pipes, either run overhead or along the walls shall not traverse the rooms.

f. Telecommunication rooms shall be furnished with 3/4” plywood on all designated walls installed 6-inches AFF. Plywood shall be void free and treated on both sides with two coats of fire resistant paint. Finishes in the room shall be light in color to enhance lighting. Finishes shall be applied before room fit out. Concrete floors and walls shall be sealed and cured to eliminate dust. Floors shall be covered with anti-static vinyl tiles

g. Telecommunication rooms shall be furnished with a single lockable door of at least 36” wide by 80” high. Consideration shall be made to electronically secure the spaces.

h. Environmental conditions shall be maintained on a 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week basis. Environmental limits for the telecommunication rooms are 64-75 degrees Fahrenheit and 30-55 percent relative humidity, non-condens- ing. Telecommunication rooms shall be equipped with high-temperature alarms that report to the security and/or BMS console. Positive pressure shall be maintained within the room, with a minimum of one air change per hour.

[128] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign i. Lighting levels within the telecommunication rooms shall be a minimum of 50 foot candles maintained at 36” AFF.

j. Power circuits for all telecommunications equipment located within any given telecommunication room shall be fed from an electrical panel dedicated to these loads. The panel shall be fed from the stand-by generator power system. UPS backup, if required, shall be fed from standalone UPS units mounted within the equipment racks. Power circuit requirements for the room shall be based on equipment lists provided by DIS, however a minimum of one 20A circuit shall be provided for each equipment rack installed within the room, plus one spare. Allowing for future equipment requirements, room load density may be estimated at a minimum of 40 watts per square foot. Circuits may be brought to the equipment racks overhead and attached to overhead cable tray and then stubbing down to a location coordinated with DIS.

k. In addition to outlets dedicated to telecommunications equipment, electrical convenience outlets (120V, 20A duplex receptacles) shall be provided at 6-foot intervals within the telecommunication rooms. A maximum of four duplex outlets shall be fed from a single 20A circuit. All branch circuiting shall include a ground wire from the distribution panel’s ground busbar to all electrical outlets in the room. The outlets shall be used for testing equip- ment and power tools only, and not for network transport electronics.

l. Lighting fixtures, motors, air conditioning, etc. shall not be powered from the same electrical distribution panel as the telecommunications equipment in the telecommunication rooms. Electrical transformers shall not be located within the room. m. A solid copper ground bar shall be provided in each telecommunication room, for signal ground connections. The ground busbar shall be bonded to the appropriate ground conductor, as described herein.

5. Electronic Control Rooms

a. Individual tenant spaces will be programmed with Electronic Control Rooms. These spaces will be dedicated to house telecommunications equipment, cabling and termination hardware dedicated to that particular Tenant. Room sizes shall be determined by each Tenant. Space construction and build out shall be similar to the MDF or IDF.

6. Building Backbone and Workstation Pathway Systems

a. All pathways shall be designed to provide the capacity and capability to properly install high performance unshielded twisted pair and optical fiber cables to support the initial and subsequent requirements of the occupants.

b. All pathway routes shall be coordinated with other building services (electrical, mechanical, plumbing, etc. to assure proper clearances and accessibility.

c. The workstation cable distribution pathways shall be designed to accommodate cable changes as well as minimize building occupant disruption when such pathways and spaces are accessed.

d. The pathway system shall be coordinated with the electrical distribution system in order to maintain a minimum 48” separation from motors or transformers, 12” separation between parallel runs of telecommunication and electrical cabling and 5” separation from fluorescent lights. Where 12” separation is not possible; the telecommu- nication cabling shall be separated from electrical cables by a ferrous material to minimize potential interference. Where electrical and telecommunication cabling cross, it shall be at right angles only.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [129] e. General building pathway system shall consist of a cable tray, open cable supports and conduit as indicated on the plans. System shall be designed to support installation of UTP and optical fiber cabling into and out of each telecommunications space. Cable tray shall be installed under raised floor areas and overhead in accessible ceiling spaces.

f. 12” and 24” ladder type cable trays shall be provided in the ceiling areas of the MTR (MDF) and TR’s (IDF) to support the distribution of cables within the room.

g. Wall mounted telecommunications outlets (for voice/data) shall be provided with a 4” by 4” electrical box at the bottom of the minimum sized 1” conduit stub-up. Where stub up extend horizontally more than 60”, 1-1/4” conduit stub ups shall be substituted. Wall mounted telephone outlets, located at +48” AFF shall be provided with a 2” by 4” electrical box. A 3/4” conduit stub-up may be substituted for wall mounted telephones. Flexible cable supports shall be provided from the stub up locations to the nearest section of cable tray.

h. Telecommunications outlets installed at raised floor areas shall be terminated in floor boxes. Routing of cables from underfloor cable tray to floor boxes shall be via open cable supports and conduit pathways. No cable shall be left unsupported on the concrete deck.

i. Due to conduit fill ratios and stressing of the cables during installation, conduits shall be limited to a total of 180 degrees of bends or 100” between pulling points.

7. Uniform Telecommunications Grounding System

a. A uniform telecommunications grounding and bonding system shall be provided in accordance with J-STD-607A, Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications in Commercial Buildings. This system shall be designed in conjunction with the electrical power grounding system. The following guidelines are provided for the design of the system.

b. The telecommunications grounding backbone shall consist of solid copper busbar and copper conductors interconnected in the following manner:

1) Main electrical ground to the telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) located in the MTR.

2) The TMGB to individual telecommunications grounding busbars (TGB) in each TR.

3) The telecommunications grounding busbar in each of these rooms to the nearest point of grounding build- ing steel, if available.

4) Where an electrical power panel board is located within the MTR or TR, the TGB shall be bonded to the panel board’s alternating current equipment ground (ACEG).

5) All bonding conductors shall be a minimum #3 AWG copper conductors. The conductor jacket shall be green in color or marked appropriately, and installed in continuous lengths. A grounding riser shall be provided up the telecommunication room riser path.

6) The TMGB shall be pre-drilled, a minimum of 1/2” thick x 4” wide solid copper bar, electro-tin-plated, and insulated from their supports by a 2” separation. The TGBs shall be pre-drilled, a minimum of 1/4” thick x 2” wide solid copper bar, electro-tin-plated and insulated from their supports by a 2” separation.

[130] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 7) All metallic raceways, racks and cabinets entering or located with a room with a TGB shall be bonded to the TGB via a minimum #6 AWG bare copper conductor.

8. Telecommunications Cabling System

a. The telecommunications cabling system shall be designed to conform to the requirements of TIA/EIA-568B, The Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard.

b. Building backbone cabling shall consist of the following:

1) A 200-pair Category 3 UTP cable from the MTR to each TR. Each end of the cable shall be terminated onto wall mounted 110-style termination blocks.

2) At a minimum, a 48-strand multi-mode optical fiber cable and a 24-strand single mode optical fiber cable shall be provided from the MTR to each TR. Optical fibers shall be terminated with connectors mounted in optical fiber patch panels at each end. Connector type will need to be determined in conjunction with DIS.

c. Workstation cabling shall consist of the following:

1) Workstation outlet locations shall be provided with a standard cable set consisting of TIA/EIA 568B, 4-pair, UTP Category 5e cables. All cables shall be terminated at the workstation utilizing Category 5e, 8-pin, modular connectors with either T568A or T568B pinning at the workstation faceplate as determined by DIS. Cables for voice network applications shall be terminated onto 110 termination blocks at the telecommunica- tion rooms. Cables for data network applications shall be terminated onto equipment rack mounted, 8-pin, modular patch panels in the telecommunication rooms. In order to establish an applications independent cabling system, all cables may be terminated onto rack mounted, 8-pin, modular patch panels. Standard cable set to be determined in conjunction with DIS.

2) All wall phone locations shall be provided with one Category 6 cable.

3) Cable set for all other locations shall be coordinated with the building’s programming requirements.

4) Patching and cross connects between cable terminations and transport electronics shall be accommodated with the least amount of termination and cross connect hardware that is practical. When feasible, connec- tions between horizontal cable terminations and transport electronics will be made directly, through the use of an appropriate patch cord. Where necessary, connections between UTP cables terminated on rack mounted hardware and remote rack or wall-mounted equipment shall be made via the use of an intermediate “tie” field adjacent to the rack mounted cabling terminations.

d. Connection between horizontal termination fields and tie fields, and from patch panels to equipment ports, shall be made through the use of pre-manufactured patch cords or punch down cross connect wire.

9. Pathways, Spaces and Media Identification

a. An identification system shall be developed to uniquely identify each equipment rack, pathway segment, telecom- munications room, rack, patch panel, and cable installed in the building.

b. All horizontal and backbone cables shall be assigned a unique alphanumeric designation for identification purposes. Appropriately marked labels shall be provided at each end of each cable.

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [131] c. Labels having the appropriate cable designation shall be provided in the following locations for each cable:

1) On the outlet faceplate in the work area.

2) On the termination block or patch panels in the MTR or TR.

d. Cable designations shall be designed for easy identification of serving closet and termination location.

e. Cable termination information shall form the basis for the development of a telecommunications / facilities administration system database.

10. Other Low Voltage Telecommunications Systems

a. Several other low voltage systems related to the telecommunications system will be installed as part of this project. These systems include:

11. Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN)

a. Provisions for a wireless local area network system will be provided as part of the telecommunications infrastruc- ture. Provisions shall include Cat6 cabling to be provided at regular intervals throughout a given floor plate to facilitate the placement of DIS provided wireless access points. Cabling shall be installed from the floor serving TR out to the floor and left coiled up in the ceiling space. Access points will be located approximately 60 feet on center throughout any given floor. Coverage requirements for the WLAN will be determined by DIS.

12. Community Access Television (CATV)

a. Raceway infrastructure shall be provided for cable television signal outlets. Amplifiers, cabling, channel selector device, and receptacle devices will be provided by the Contractor and include coaxial cabling installed from the TR locations to each CATV outlet location. Locations for CATV will be determined by DIS.

8.6.9 Electronic Access Controls & Video Surveillance A. Design Criteria:

1. Electronic Access Controls Introduction

a. All Fire codes and emergency egress requirements shall take precedence over the determination of which doors shall be secured by the electronic access control (EAC) system. The basic components of an EAC system include master computer, control panels, peripheral devices such as card readers, door position switches, magnetic locks, electronic strikes, Request-To-Exit devices. A discussion will need to occur with the Owner to determine the extent of and locations for electronically secured doors.

b. Depending on the option chosen, it should be considered that a single structure would have its own independent security suite to house equipment associated with EAC system. The master computer shall be capable of com- municating with the Campus wide network located at the Legislative Building.

[132] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign c. Further discussion with the State will need to occur should the most feasible option be determined to be a single combined Washington State Archives and Library to be located on the Washington State Capitol Campus in Olympia, WA or at a site in Tumwater, WA or Lacey, WA. Protocols will need to be outlines that will integrate the unique electronic access control needs for the individual building programs.

B. Electronic Access Controls and Video Surveillance Systems

1. Master Computer

a. A master computer shall run the proprietary EAC software, manage the overall system parameters, maintain the system database and control all communications with the control panels. The master computer shall be capable of tying back to the local area network for remote monitoring and integration with any existing Campus wide deployed EAC system.

2. Control Panels

a. Located in telecomm rooms, controls panels will manage the activation of peripheral devices by turning the devices on or off in order to control people access into secured areas. Media for communications between control panels and peripheral devices shall be via copper unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cables. Communications protocol between the control panels and peripheral devices shall be determined by the EAC system manufac- turer requirements.

3. Card Readers (CR)

a. Card reader devices shall be located at all secured doors in the building. Additionally, all elevators shall be provided with card readers to secure elevator usage as required by the Owner. Devices shall be based on “Smart Card” technology utilizing the 13.56 MHz frequency range for wireless transmission.

4. Door Position Switches (DS)

a. Door position switch devices shall be recessed mounted and provide a standard gap no greater than ½”. Devices shall be specified as Form A (SPST) Reed type.

5. Magnetic Locks (ML)

a. Magnetic locks shall be direct-hold type, mounted to the doorframe opposite the metal plate or armature. When energized, the lock bonds to the armature and locks the door. All ML holding force shall be a minimum 1200 lb.

6. Electronic Strikes (ES)

a. Electronic strikes shall replace the strike where the lock latches to the frame of the door. Upon application (fail secure) or removal (fail safe) of power, a solenoid electrically activates the keeper, allowing the lock’s latch bolt to pass. All ES devices shall be UL 1034 listed and provide programmable unlock times between 8 and 11 seconds.

7. Request-To-Exit (REX)

a. Request-To-Exist devices shall be located on the unsecured side of doors to allow for free passage from the secured space into the unsecured space without hindering passage or causing an alarm. REX devices shall utilize passive infrared technology to detect motion in their coverage area.

8. Motion Detectors

Project Drawings, Diagrams & Narratives [133] a. Motion detectors shall be dual technology (microwave and PIR) and be surfaced mounted at galleries and museum support spaces as identified by Owner.

9. Video Surveillance Introduction

a. The primary application for a surveillance or closed-circuit-television (CCTV) system shall be for recording activi- ties for later local or remove reviews at a later date. The CCTV system components shall consist of image capture devices (cameras), recording equipment (digital video recorders or DVR), and monitoring or viewing stations. A discussion will need to occur with the Owner to determine the extent of and locations for CCTV cameras.

10. Image Capture Devices

a. Color and night/day CCD cameras shall be provided as required. The baseline criteria shall be night/day technol- ogy shall be deployed in low light environments or when lighting levels are expected to vary significantly and regularly. Color cameras shall only be located where sufficient and consistent lighting levels exist so that camera performance is maximized. Lens technologies for cameras shall be dependent on the application and required field of view. Fixed cameras shall be provided at locations where a single, unchanging, viewing area is present. Pan-Tilt-Zoom (PTZ) cameras shall be provided at locations where a 360° view of a given area is required. Remote viewing and control of the camera shall utilize Internet-Protocol (IP) based technology. All cameras shall be pro- vided with specific housings designed to prevent issues with moisture, dust, heat and vandalism. Transmission media for camera signals shall be via balanced unshielded twisted-pair copper cables suitable for transmission of IP based video signals. Cameras shall also utilize power-over-the-Ethernet (POE) technology.

11. Recording Media

a. All camera recordings shall be saved to digital format for the purposes of storage for later review. Digital record- ing storage shall be via storage-area-networks (SAN) and redundant array of independent disks (RAID) technology at the MTR. All recordings shall be accessible for remote viewing over the LAN.

12. Monitoring

a. Monitors or viewing stations for reviewing surveillance footage shall be provided at locations noted by the Owner. Viewing stations shall be based on liquid crystal display (LCD) technology with dimensions determined by the Owner.

[134] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 9 Legislative Mandates THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[136] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 9.0 Legislative Mandates

In the enabling legislation for this project (2EHB 1115), need for paper storage decreasing and electronic storage the legislature specified certain measures be included in increasing. While the day is coming when the generation of the predesign including some above and beyond those paper records will decrease, the big question is when. required by the Office of Financial Management, Budget Division Predesign Manual, dated July 2014. The movement from paper to electronic records has been glacial, in fact, it has been happening for nearly 50 years. That said, the last 15-20 years has seen change at an accelerated pace. The term “digital dark age” is now in use 9.1 Programming Space by those that have seen that we are moving so quickly that even today we are unable to read electronic documents See Sections 3.0 and 9.1. from the 1980s and 1990s because they were recorded on obsolete file formats.

In 2002, The Office of the Secretary of State saw this need, 9.2 Financing of Construction and Operations and in response, created the Digital Archives for the long- term preservation of local and state government agency See Section 7.0. records. This program allows state agencies to focus on their missions, while the Digital Archives works to ensure that electronic records can be preserved and accessed in the future. The Secretary of State’s Office does, and will 9.3 Electronic Storage Efficiency Program continue to advocate for the use of electronic records when It is important to note that the state Archives and Records it makes administrative and fiscal sense. Like any business Center are two entirely separate organizations. The Records process, the transition to electronic records is being well Center provides low-cost off-site storage to state agen- planned and executed and is a major element in how the cies while the agencies retain legal custody. The State Records Center operates and functions. Records Center stores semi-active and inactive records for Washington State agencies, public universities, and community and technical colleges. These records are maintained until the retention period has expired, usually six 9.4 Site Selection Alternatives to sixty years, and are then shredded and destroyed. Some See Section 2.2. records, which have met agency retention requirements, are designated “Archival.” Legal custody of the record is trans- ferred from the agency to the State Archives for appraisal and possible historical preservation and public research. 9.5 High-Performance Measures As prescribed by the capital budget, this pre-design has See Section 6.3. considered any possible projected efficiencies resulting from electronic document storage in determining neces- sary space requirements. Electronic efficiencies mostly concern the Records Center, but some of the archives are impacted as well depending on the nature and longevity of 9.6 OFM Site Use and Collocation of Agency Operations the document. In fact, the Records Center has planned for this transition for over a decade. State agencies are, and See memorandum on the next page. have been, converting paper processes to electronic work flows. The Records Center has followed this trend with the

Legislative Mandates [137]

STATE OF WASHINGTON

OFFICE OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Insurance Building, PO Box 43113  Olympia, Washington 98504-3113  (360) 902-0555

July 19, 2016

TO: Mark Neary, Deputy Secretary of State Office of the Secretary of State

FROM: Amy McMahan, Senior Facilities Oversight Manager

SUBJECT: Library – Archives Building – General Administration Building Site

The Laws of 2015, chapter 3 section 1002 directs the Secretary of State (SEC) to determine options for the state library and additional archive space, using a predesign. Within this authority, the legislature directed the Office of Financial Management (OFM) to determine the maximum use of the general administration building site and consider consolidation with other state agencies, including separately elected officials.

The predesign states the maximum size of a newly constructed facility on the existing General Administration building site to be 282,700 gross square feet, including below grade parking. To support the state’s policy that encourages the colocation and consolidation of state agencies (RCW 43.82.010(6)), OFM recommends that SEC colocate and consolidate its Thurston County functions, with the exception of records retention, into the new facility. We understand that SEC’s facility needs, including these functions, will require 131,000 usable square feet based on the draft predesign. This would leave approximately 27,000 square feet of usable space.

OFM has reviewed the facility inventory of all Thurston County agencies to determine potential additional tenants. Attached is a list of agencies that could occupy the remaining space based on the agency’s current square footage. However, upon analysis of these agencies’ business needs, it does not appear that the functions performed by most of these agencies fit with west campus functions as outlined in the Capitol Master Plan. Other agencies would be split into multiple Thurston County locations if they occupied this space. Also, the makeup of the space would most likely be a collection of various small offices from multiple agencies causing inefficient space use.

Therefore, OFM recommends that if this site were to be selected, the building should be right-sized to accommodate the needs of solely SEC.

cc: Patrick McDonald, Facility Manager, SEC Bill Frare, Program Director for Engineering and Architectural Services, DES Scott Perkins, Facilities Analyst, OFM

[138] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign

Mark Neary July 18, 2016 Page 2

STATE OF WASHINGTON There is 27,000 usable square feet remaining in the GA Building after programming the space to be used OFFICE OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT by the Secretary of State.

Insurance Building, PO Box 43113  Olympia, Washington 98504-3113  (360) 902-0555 The following agency offices located within Thurston County could fit within the available space.

July 19, 2016 Agency Address City Square Feet

Board of Tax Appeals 910 E 5TH AVE SE OLYMPIA 4,427 County Road Administration Board 2404 CHANDLER CT SW OLYMPIA 7,349 TO: Mark Neary, Deputy Secretary of State Department of Corrections 4522 PACIFIC AVE SE LACEY 18,816 Office of the Secretary of State Department of Corrections 637 WOODLAND SQUARE LP SE LACEY 18,104

Department of Corrections 4317 6TH AVE SE LACEY 7,815 FROM: Amy McMahan, Senior Facilities Oversight Manager Department of Early Learning 1110 S JEFFERSON ST SE OLYMPIA 24,878 SUBJECT: Library – Archives Building – General Administration Building Site Department of Early Learning 505 E. UNION AVE OLYMPIA 11,071 Department of Services for the Blind 4565 7TH AVE SE LACEY 5,495 The Laws of 2015, chapter 3 section 1002 directs the Secretary of State (SEC) to determine options for Department of Veterans' Affairs 1102 SE QUINCE ST OLYMPIA 24,024 the state library and additional archive space, using a predesign. Within this authority, the legislature Human Rights Commission 711 CAPITOL WAY S OLYMPIA 6,719 directed the Office of Financial Management (OFM) to determine the maximum use of the general Law Enforcement Officers’ and Fire Fighters’ Plan administration building site and consider consolidation with other state agencies, including separately 2 Retirement Board 2100 EVERGREEN PARK DR SW OLYMPIA 1,998 elected officials. Office of Administrative Hearings 2420 BRISTOL CT SW OLYMPIA 17,836

Office of Financial Management 128 10TH AVE SW OLYMPIA 21,665 The predesign states the maximum size of a newly constructed facility on the existing General Administration building site to be 282,700 gross square feet, including below grade parking. To support Office of the Attorney General 818 79TH AVE SE OLYMPIA 12,494 the state’s policy that encourages the colocation and consolidation of state agencies (RCW Public Disclosure Commission 711 CAPITOL WAY S OLYMPIA 7,682 43.82.010(6)), OFM recommends that SEC colocate and consolidate its Thurston County functions, with Public Employment Relations Commission 112 NE HENRY ST OLYMPIA 9,025 the exception of records retention, into the new facility. We understand that SEC’s facility needs, State Board for Community and Technical including these functions, will require 131,000 usable square feet based on the draft predesign. This Colleges 1300 QUINCE ST SE OLYMPIA 27,641 would leave approximately 27,000 square feet of usable space. State Board of Accountancy 711 CAPITOL WAY S OLYMPIA 4,129 State Lottery Commission 814 4TH AVE E OLYMPIA 26,102 OFM has reviewed the facility inventory of all Thurston County agencies to determine potential Student Achievement Council 917 LAKERIDGE WAY SW OLYMPIA 15,300 additional tenants. Attached is a list of agencies that could occupy the remaining space based on the agency’s current square footage. However, upon analysis of these agencies’ business needs, it does not Student Achievement Council 919 LAKERIDGE WAY SW OLYMPIA 12,376 appear that the functions performed by most of these agencies fit with west campus functions as outlined Superintendent of Public Instruction 234 E 8TH AVE OLYMPIA 9,067 in the Capitol Master Plan. Other agencies would be split into multiple Thurston County locations if Transportation Commission 2404 CHANDLER CT SW OLYMPIA 1,939 they occupied this space. Also, the makeup of the space would most likely be a collection of various Transportation Improvement Board 505 UNION AVE SE OLYMPIA 4,632 small offices from multiple agencies causing inefficient space use. Washington Health Care Facilities Authority 410 11TH AVE SE OLYMPIA 2,780

Washington Horse Racing Commission 6326 MARTIN WAY E LACEY 2,093 Therefore, OFM recommends that if this site were to be selected, the building should be right-sized to accommodate the needs of solely SEC. Washington State Arts Commission 711 CAPITOL WAY S OLYMPIA 5,971 Washington State Institute for Public Policy 110 5TH AVE SE OLYMPIA 4,710 Washington Traffic Safety Commission 621 8TH AVE SE OLYMPIA 8,113 cc: Patrick McDonald, Facility Manager, SEC Work Force Training and Education Coordinating Bill Frare, Program Director for Engineering and Architectural Services, DES Board 128 10TH AVE SW OLYMPIA 8,168 Scott Perkins, Facilities Analyst, OFM

Legislative Mandates [139] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[140] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10 Appendix THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[142] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.0 Appendix

10.1 Predesign Checklist

APPENDIX A: PREDESIGN CHECKLIST

A predesign should include the content detailed here. OFM will approve limited scope predesigns on a case-by-case basis.

 Executive Summary  Problem Statement, Opportunity or Program Requirement ☐ Identify the problem, opportunity or program requirement that the project addresses and how it will be accomplished. ☐ Identify and explain the statutory or other requirements that drive the project’s operational programs and how these affect the need for space, location or physical accommodations. Include anticipated population projections (growth or decline) and assumptions. ☐ Explain the connection between the agency’s mission, goals and objectives; statutory requirements; and the problem, opportunity, or program requirements. ☐ Describe in general terms what is needed to solve the problem. ☐ Include any relevant history of the project, including previous predesigns that did not go forward to design or construction.  Analysis of Alternatives (including the preferred alternative) ☐ Describe all alternatives that were considered, including the preferred alternative. Include: ☐ A no action alternative. ☐ Advantages and disadvantages of each alternative. Please include a high-level summary table with your analysis. ☐ Cost estimates for each alternative. ☐ Provide enough information so decision makers have a general understanding of the costs. ☐ Complete OFM’s Life Cycle Cost Model (RCW 39.35B.050). ☐ Schedule estimates for each alternative. Estimate the start, midpoint, and completion dates.  Detailed Analysis of Preferred Alternative ☐ Nature of space – how much of the proposed space will be used for what purpose (i.e., office, lab, conference, classroom, etc.) ☐ Occupancy numbers. ☐ Basic configuration of the building, including square footage and the number of floors. ☐ Space needs assessment. Identify the guidelines used. ☐ Site Analysis ☐ Identify site studies that are completed or under way. ☐ Location.

8

Appendix [143] ☐ Building footprint and its relationship to adjacent facilities and site features. Provide an aerial view, sketches of the building site, and basic floorplans. ☐ Stormwater requirements. ☐ Ownership of the site and any acquisition issues. ☐ Easements and setback requirements. ☐ Potential issues with the surrounding neighborhood, during construction and ongoing. ☐ Utility extension or relocation issues. ☐ Potential environmental impacts. ☐ Parking and access issues, including improvements required by local ordinances, local road impacts, and parking demand. ☐ Impact on surroundings and existing development with construction lay-down areas and construction phasing. ☐ Consistency with applicable long-term plans (such as the Thurston County and Capitol Campus master plans and agency or area master plans) as required by RCW 43.88.110. ☐ Consistency with other laws and regulations ☐ High-performance public buildings (Chapter 39.35D RCW). ☐ Greenhouse gas emissions reduction policy (RCW 70.235.070). ☐ Archeological and cultural resources (Executive Order 05-05 and Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966). ☐ Americans with Disabilities Act implementation (Executive Order 96-04). ☐ Compliance with planning under Chapter 36.70A RCW, as required by RCW 43.88.0301. ☐ Information required by RCW 43.88.0301(1). ☐ Other codes or regulations. ☐ Identify problems that require further study. Evaluate identified problems to establish probable costs and risk. ☐ Identify significant or distinguishable components, including major equipment and ADA requirements in excess of existing code. ☐ Identify planned IT systems that affect the building plans. ☐ Describe planned commissioning to ensure systems function as designed. ☐ Describe any future phases or other facilities that will affect this project. ☐ Identify and justify the proposed project delivery method. For GC/CM, link to the requirements in RCW 39.10.340. ☐ Describe how the project will be managed within the agency.

9

[144] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign ☐ Schedule ☐ Provide a high-level milestone schedule for the project, including key dates for budget approval, design, bid, acquisition, construction, equipment installation, testing, occupancy, and full operation. ☐ Incorporate value-engineering analysis and constructability review into the project schedule, as required by RCW 43.88.110(5)(c). ☐ Describe factors that may delay the project schedule. ☐ Describe the permitting or local government ordinances or neighborhood issues (such as location or parking compatibility) that could affect the schedule. ☐ Identify when the local jurisdiction will be contacted and whether community stakeholder meetings are a part of the process.  Project Budget Analysis for the Preferred Alternative ☐ Cost estimate ☐ Major assumptions used in preparing the cost estimate. ☐ Summary table of Uniformat Level II cost estimates. ☐ The C-100. If project costs are outside the C-100 cost control range, explain. ☐ Proposed funding ☐ Identify the fund sources and expected receipt of the funds. ☐ If alternatively financed, provide the projected debt service and fund source. Include the assumptions used for calculating finance terms and interest rates. ☐ Facility operations and maintenance requirements ☐ Define the anticipated impact of the proposed project on the operating budget for the agency or institution. Include maintenance and operating assumptions (including FTEs). ☐ Show five biennia of capital and operating costs from the time of occupancy, including an estimate of building repair, replacement, and maintenance. ☐ Clarify whether furniture, fixtures, and equipment are included in the project budget. If not included, explain.

 Predesign Appendix ☐ Completed Life Cycle Cost Model. ☐ A letter from the Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation.

10

Appendix [145] 10.2 Enabling Legislation

2EHB 1115 Proviso Language For the Secretary of State Library - Archives Building (30000033)23 The appropriation in this section is subject to the following conditions and limitations: (1) The appropriation is provided solely for a predesign to determine: (a) Necessary program space for the state library currently located in Tumwater, and additional archive space; (b) capital budget requirements, including the use of fees collected by the secretary of state that will support a certificate of participation for the financing of the construction of the facility, and future operating costs; and (c) projected efficiencies of electronic document storage in determining necessary space. (2) The study must consider the use of the general administration building site as a possible location; and any benefits or consequences may be identified at this site or other sites considered; and lease options. (3) The office of financial management shall determine the maximum use of the site and consider the consolidation of other state agencies, including separately elected officials. (4) The building must be a high performance building as described in section 7008 of this act and the construction must be procured using a performance based method including design-build or design- build-operate-maintain. Appropriation: State Building Construction Account—State $400,000 Prior Biennia (Expenditures) $0 Future Biennia (Projected Costs) $55,428,000 TOTAL $55,828,000

[146] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.3 Agency Compliance with Greenhouse Gases and Emissions Limits

RCW 70.235.020 Greenhouse gas emissions reductions — reporting requirements. (1)(a) The state shall limit emissions of greenhouse gases to achieve the following emission reductions for Washington State: (i) By 2020, reduce overall emissions of greenhouse gases in the state to 1990 levels; (ii) By 2035, reduce overall emissions of greenhouse gases in the state to twenty-five percent below 1990 levels; (iii) By 2050, the state will do its part to reach global climate stabilization levels by reducing overall emissions to fifty percent below 1990 levels, or seventy percent below the state’s expected emissions that year.

The primary sources of greenhouse gas emissions in the United States are (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2015):

• Electricity production (31% of 2013 greenhouse gas emissions) - Electricity production generates the largest share of greenhouse gas emissions. Approximately 67% of our electricity comes from burning fossil fuels, mostly coal and natural gas. • Transportation (27% of 2013 greenhouse gas emissions) - Greenhouse gas emissions from transportation primarily come from burning fossil fuel for our cars, trucks, ships, trains, and planes. Over 90% of the fuel used for transportation is petroleum based, which includes gasoline and diesel. • Industry (21% of 2013 greenhouse gas emissions) - Greenhouse gas emissions from industry primarily come from burning fossil fuels for energy and greenhouse gas emissions from certain chemical reactions necessary to produce goods from raw materials. • Commercial and Residential (12% of 2013 greenhouse gas emissions) - Greenhouse gas emissions from businesses and homes arise primarily from fossil fuels burned for heat, the use of certain products that contain greenhouse gases, and the handling of waste. • Agriculture (9% of 2013 greenhouse gas emissions) - Greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture come from livestock such as cows, agricultural soils, and rice production. • Land Use and Forestry (offset of 13% of 2013 greenhouse gas emissions) - Land areas can act as a sink (absorbing CO2 from the atmosphere) or a source of greenhouse gas emissions. In the United States, since 1990, managed forests and other lands have absorbed more CO2 from the atmosphere than they emit.

The Secretary of State’s office takes seriously the need to curb greenhouse gases and fossil fuel use. Points:

• Archives: 1960-era building, old environmental systems, poor insulation. • Long distance between Library and Archives • We encourage alternate transportation – electric car hookups, ride sharing. • Building designed to meet LEED® Silver Certification to include using solar power, recycling rainwater, and installing energy efficient fixtures and equipment • Agency has robust recycling program

Appendix [147] 10.4 Letters From DAHP Regarding The Impact Of Potential Sites On Cultural Resources

March 9, 2016

Mr. Patrick McDonald, Ph.D. Facility Manager Office of the Secretary of the State P.O. Box 40220 Olympia, Washington 98504-0220

Project Tracking Code: 111015-25-DES Property: Department of Ecology Campus, Lacey RE: Proposed State Library-Archives Building

Dear Mr. McDonald:

Thank you for contacting the Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP) in regard to the Secretary of State’s evaluation of potential sites for a new State Library-Archives facility. This letter is in follow-up to our DAHP’s letter to you of November 10, 2015 providing comments and recommendations to you on proposed sites of the facility at the existing GA Building on the Capitol Campus and a site near the present Records Center in Tumwater. From your communication of January 22, 2016, we understand that another site is being considered near the Department of Ecology complex in Lacey. In response, we are providing the following comments:

1) There is no concern about affecting archaeological resources at this location. 2) Please contact interested and affected tribes to obtain any comments they might have concerning development at this site as you proceed with project planning under the auspices of Governor’s Executive Order 0505.

Thank you for the opportunity to review and comment. Should you have any questions please feel free to contact me.

Sincerely,

Robert G. Whitlam, Ph.D. State Archaeologist (360) 890-2615 email: [email protected]

Please note that in order to streamline responses DAHP requires that all documents related to project reviews be submitted electronically. Correspondence, reports, notices, photos, etc. must now be submitted in PDF or JPG format.

State of Washington • Department of Archaeology & Historic Preservation P.O. Box 48343 • Olympia, Washington 98504-8343 • (360) 586-3065 www.dahp.wa.gov

[148] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign

November 10, 2015

Mr. Patrick McDonald, Ph.D. Facility Manager Office of the Secretary of the State P.O. Box 40220 Olympia, Washington 98504-0220

In future correspondence please refer to: Log: 111015-25-DES Re: Proposed New Library-Archives

Dear Mr. McDonald:

Thank you for your letter of October 12, 2015 to State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) Allyson Brooks regarding the above reference proposal. From your letter, we understand that the Secretary of State is working through a predesign for a new State Library-Archives facility. Two sites are being considered for the new building: the legislatively directed site at the General Administration Building or the preferred site on Tumwater Boulevard near New Market where the State Printer is currently located (State Modular Building). In response and on behalf of the SHPO we are providing the following comments and recommendations:

1) The General Administration (GA) Building was listed in the National Register of Historic Places on 3/8/2007. Also, as you are aware, the GA Building adjoins the boundary of the Capitol Campus Historic District, listed in the National Register in 1979. 2) The Tumwater location site is not listed in, nor eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places. DAHP’s Statewide Predictive Model for archaeological resources indicates that a survey for archaeological resources is recommended with a moderate risk of encountering such resources with ground-disturbing activities. 3) In view of the National Register listing of the GA Building, demolition of the building to accommodate excavation for a new State Library-Archives facility would have an adverse effect. We recommend exploring alternatives that would retain the building while accommodating the new Library and Archives. 4) Should the GA Building site be selected and demolition cannot be avoided, we recommend identifying and implementing specific measures serving to mitigate the loss of this historic property. In addition, given adjacency to the Capitol Campus, a new structure on the site of the GA Building should be thoughtfully and carefully designed to be compatible with the historic character of the Capitol Campus Historic District. 5) In view of the above findings and comments, we recommend selection of the Tumwater site for the new Library-Archives in order to avoid adverse effects resulting from demolition of the GA Building.

State of Washington • Department of Archaeology & Historic Preservation P.O. Box 48343 • Olympia, Washington 98504-8343 • (360) 586-3065 www.dahp.wa.gov

Appendix [149] 10.5 C-100 Back-up Information

Cost Estimate Details

Acquisition Costs Escalation Item Base Amount Escalated Cost Notes Factor Purchase/Lease Appraisal and Closing Right of Way Demolition Pre‐Site Development Other Insert Row Here ACQUISITION TOTAL $0 NA $0

Green cells must be filled in by user

[150] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign

Cost Details ‐ Acquisition Page 1 of 1 8/16/2016 Cost Estimate Details

Consultant Services Escalation Item Base Amount Escalated Cost Notes Factor 1) Pre‐Schematic Design Services Programming/Site Analysis Environmental Analysis Predesign Study Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $0 1.0280 $0 Escalated to Design Start

2) Construction Documents A/E Basic Design Services $2,095,306 69% of A/E Basic Services Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $2,095,306 1.0568 $2,214,320 Escalated to Mid‐Design

3) Extra Services Civil Design (Above Basic Svcs) $65,000 Geotechnical Investigation $25,500 Commissioning $75,000 Site Survey $21,000 Testing $18,000 LEED Services $75,000 Voice/Data Consultant $0 Value Engineering $22,000 Constructability Review $32,500 Environmental Mitigation (EIS) $65,000 Landscape Consultant $22,500 Other $40,000 Insert Row Here $3,628,629 Sub TOTAL $4,090,129 1.0568 $4,322,449 Escalated to Mid‐Design

4) Other Services Bid/Construction/Closeout $941,369 31% of A/E Basic Services HVAC Balancing Staffing Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $941,369 1.0790 $1,015,738 Escalated to Mid‐Const.

5) Design Services Contingency Design Services Contingency $356,340 Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $356,340 1.0790 $384,492 Escalated to Mid‐Const.

CONSULTANT SERVICES TOTAL $7,483,144 $7,936,999

Green cells must be filled in by user

Cost Details ‐ Consultant Services Page 1 of 1 Appendix8/16/2016 [151] Cost Estimate Details

Construction Contracts Escalation Item Base Amount Escalated Cost Notes Factor 1) Site Work G10 ‐ Site Preparation $663,778 G20 ‐ Site Improvements $916,334 G30 ‐ Site Mechanical Utilities $61,680 G40 ‐ Site Electrical Utilities $28,500 G60 ‐ Other Site Construction Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $1,670,292 1.0568 $1,765,165

2) Related Project Costs Offsite Improvements City Utilities Relocation Parking Mitigation Stormwater Retention/Detention $855,000 Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $855,000 1.0568 $903,564

3) Facility Construction A10 ‐ Foundations $1,551,727 A20 ‐ Basement Construction $0 B10 ‐ Superstructure $10,120,048 B20 ‐ Exterior Closure $3,038,281 B30 ‐ Roofing $2,172,606 C10 ‐ Interior Construction $6,152,902 C20 ‐ Stairs $50,000 C30 ‐ Interior Finishes $3,228,204 D10 ‐ Conveying $400,000 D20 ‐ Plumbing Systems $2,032,144 D30 ‐ HVAC Systems $6,590,841 D40 ‐ Fire Protection Systems $727,678 D50 ‐ Electrical Systems $7,509,256 F10 ‐ Special Construction $100,000 F20 ‐ Selective Demolition $372,220 General Conditions Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $44,045,907 1.0790 $47,525,534

4) Maximum Allowable Construction Cost MACC Sub TOTAL $46,571,199 $50,194,263

Cost Details ‐ Construction Contracts[152] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Page 1 of 2 8/16/2016 5) GCCM Risk Contingency GCCM Risk Contingency Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $0 1.0790 $0

6) GCCM or Design Build Costs GCCM Fee $1,962,633 Bid General Conditions $2,000,000 GCCM Preconstruction Services $711,303 Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $4,673,936 1.0790 $5,043,177

7) Construction Contingency Allowance for Change Orders $2,328,560 Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $2,328,560 1.0790 $2,512,517

8) Non‐Taxable Items Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $0 1.0790 $0

Sales Tax Sub TOTAL $4,768,059 $5,139,747

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS TOTAL $58,341,754 $62,889,704

Green cells must be filled in by user

Cost Details ‐ Construction Contracts Page 2 of 2 Appendix8/16/2016 [153] Cost Estimate Details

Equipment Escalation Item Base Amount Escalated Cost Notes Factor E10 ‐ Equipment $4,000,000 E20 ‐ Furnishings $353,365 F10 ‐ Special Construction $0 Additional Furniture and Cubicles $886,000 Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $5,239,365 1.0790 $5,653,275

1) Non Taxable Items Other Insert Row Here Sub TOTAL $0 1.0790 $0

Sales Tax Sub TOTAL $466,303 $503,142

EQUIPMENT TOTAL $5,705,668 $6,156,417

Green cells must be filled in by user

Cost Details ‐ Equipment[154] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Page 1 of 1 8/16/2016 Cost Estimate Details

Artwork Escalation Item Base Amount Escalated Cost Notes Factor 0.5% of Escalated MACC for Project Artwork $250,971 new construction 0.5% of Escalated MACC for Higher Ed Artwork $0 new and renewal construction Other Insert Row Here ARTWORK TOTAL $250,971 NA $250,971

Green cells must be filled in by user

Cost Details ‐ Artwork Page 1 of 1 Appendix8/16/2016 [155] Cost Estimate Details

Project Management Escalation Item Base Amount Escalated Cost Notes Factor Agency Project Management $1,250,482 Additional Services Other Insert Row Here PROJECT MANAGEMENT TOTAL $1,250,482 1.0790 $1,349,271

Green cells must be filled in by user

Cost Details ‐ Project Management[156] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Page 1 of 1 8/16/2016 Cost Estimate Details

Other Costs Escalation Item Base Amount Escalated Cost Notes Factor Mitigation Costs Hazardous Material $200,000 Remediation/Removal Historic and Archeological Mitigation Other Insert Row Here OTHER COSTS TOTAL $200,000 1.0568 $211,360

Green cells must be filled in by user

Cost Details ‐ Other Costs Page 1 of 1 Appendix8/16/2016 [157] C‐100(2016) Additional Notes

Tab A. Acquisition

Insert Row Here

Tab B. Consultant Services

Insert Row Here

Tab C. Construction Contracts

Insert Row Here

Tab D. Equipment

Insert Row Here

Tab E. Artwork

Insert Row Here

Tab F. Project Management

Insert Row Here

Tab G. Other Costs

Insert Row Here

C‐100(2016) Page 1 of 1 8/16/2016 [158] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.6 Consultant Cost Estimate - Tumwater Site Items Specifically Included

MAJOR ASSUMPTIONS 1.00% - Sub Bonding The estimate is based upon assumptions prepared from 15.00% - Design Contingency the floor plans and program breakdown included in this 5.00% - MACC Contingency document. Note that escalation is currently excluded from 10.00% - Specified General Conditions the estimates as schedule deliberations continue. 3.00% - Fee 1.50% - Bond & GLI Unit pricing is based on April 2016 costs. 4.00% - Negotiated Support Services 1.00% - Preconstruction A reasonable allowance of estimating contingency has been included to account for the level of the design and the Items Specifically Excluded complexity of the project. Escalation has been excluded but should be calculated based on an allowance of 4.5% to 6% Escalation per annum. Utility tap fees and charges Owner’s Insurances It is assumed that the contractor will have access to the Special testing & inspections work areas as outlined in the specifications. The costs Permit & plan review fees used in this estimate are based on the assumption that Owner contingency competitive bids for all trades will be received, unless noted Work outside the site boundaries unless noted otherwise otherwise, and that the contractor will be required to pay Land and legal costs state prevailing wages for the areas including travel and Architectural, Engineering and other professional fees associated fringe benefits. Geotechnical, traffic and other studies Items marked as “Excl.” in the estimate Unit rates include: Materials, goods, and all costs in con- Owner Management Fees nection therewith including material required for lapping, jointing and the like and all connections therewith such as conveyance, delivery, unloading, storing, returning, pack- ings, handling, hoisting and lowering, square and raking straight cutting, circular cutting and splay cutting, waste of materials, protection, progressive and final cleaning, samples, guarantees and warranties, labor and all costs in connection therewith, shop fabrication work, shop draw- ings, as-built drawings, manuals, testing, establishment costs, overhead costs and profit, plant and equipment, and site allowances.

Appendix [159] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[160] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update TUGFA: Tumwater building GFA Tumwater Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location TUGFA SF Cost/SF Total Cost

TU TUMWATER BUILDING 222,347.0 217.20 48,292,678 TUS TUMWATER SITE 3,047,362 ESTIMATED NET COST 222,347 $230.90 $51,340,040

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $513,401 Design Contingency 15.0 % $7,778,016 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $2,981,573 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $6,261,303 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $2,066,230 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $1,064,109 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $2,880,187 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $748,849

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST 222,347 $340.16 $75,633,708

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 31 of 44

Appendix [161] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update TUGFA: Tumwater building GFA Tumwater Building Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location TUGFA SF Cost/SF Total Cost

TU TUMWATER BUILDING 222,347.0 217.20 48,292,678 ESTIMATED NET COST 222,347 $217.20 $48,292,678

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $482,927 Design Contingency 15.0 % $7,316,341 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $2,804,597 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $5,889,654 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $1,943,586 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $1,000,947 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $2,709,229 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $704,400

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST 222,347 $319.97 $71,144,359

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 32 of 44

[162] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

A1010 Standard Foundations 1 Allowance for standard strip and pad foundations SF 37,222 10.00 372,220 3 Perimeter drainage LF 1,132 22.00 24,904 4 Elevator pits EA 2 25,000.00 50,000 215 Extra over regular foundations for mats at shear elements and CY 802 550.00 440,880 elevator/stair cores Standard Foundations $3.99/SF $888,004

A1020 Special Foundations 5 Excavate for and import 3' of structural fill under conventional CY 4,136 75.00 310,200 foundations Special Foundations $1.40/SF $310,200

A1030 Slab on Grade 6 Slab on grade SF 37,222 9.00 334,998 8 Seismic joint between new and existing slabs on grade LF 247 75.00 18,525 Slab on Grade $1.59/SF $353,523

B1010 Floor Construction 14 Steel framing to upper floors - 20lbs per sf including columns & T 285.00 4,500.00 1,282,500 shear bracing 15 Steel decking to upper floors SF 40,900 3.75 153,375 16 Concrete topping on steel deck SF 40,900 4.25 173,825 17 Concrete framed upper floors - unit rateDraftincludes columns SF 49,000 75.00 3,675,000 18 Allow for curbs, steps, pads etc SF 166,847 1.50 250,271 19 Allow for miscellaneous metals SF 166,847 2.50 417,118 22 Sprayed fireproofing to floor steel T 285.00 300.00 85,500 25 Seismic joint between new and existing roof structures LF 247 200.00 49,400 72 Extra over for providing high tolerance flatness in storage SF 99,457 2.50 248,641 space slabs Floor Construction $28.49/SF $6,335,630

B1020 Roof Construction 20 Steel framing to roofs - allow 17lbs per sf including columns T 651.78 4,500.00 2,933,019 and shear bracing 21 Steel decking to roof SF 108,630 3.75 407,364 23 Sprayed fireproofing to roof steel T 651.78 300.00 195,535 216 Concrete shear walls at vertical circulation tower SF 2,880 75.00 216,000 Roof Construction $16.87/SF $3,751,918

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 33 of 44

Appendix [163] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

B2010 Exterior Walls 26 Seismic joint cover between new and existing exterior walls LF 72 150.00 10,800 27 Exterior cladding - aluminum plate rainscreen system including SF 22,594 60.00 1,355,628 mineral wool insulation, thermal clips/Knightwall system, zees/hat channels, copings, misc flashings, trim and accessories 28 Exterior wall backup system - studs, moisture barrier, SF 22,594 15.00 338,907 insulation, sheathing and drywall 29 Soffit finish - linear metal panel SF 21,408 30.00 642,249 242 Repaint existing record storage cladding SF 12,906 2.50 32,265 Exterior Walls $10.70/SF $2,379,849

B2020 Exterior Windows 30 Glazing SF 6,265 90.00 563,832 Exterior Windows $2.54/SF $563,832

B2030 Exterior Doors 31 Exterior doors - HM per leaf EA 12 2,000.00 24,000 32 Exterior glazed aluminum doors - per leaf EA 8 3,000.00 24,000 33 Door operators - per leaf EA 10 2,500.00 25,000 35 Insulated overhead coiling loading dock doors SF 288 75.00 21,600 Exterior Doors $0.43/SF $94,600

B3010 Roof Coverings 36 Insulated flat roofing DraftSF 108,630 20.00 2,172,606 Roof Coverings $9.77/SF $2,172,606

C1010 Partitions 38 Interior GWB partitions - allow .15lf per sf of GFA to non SF 151,629 10.00 1,516,293 storage areas 39 Interior GWB partitions - allow .05lf per sf of storage areas SF 90,649 15.00 1,359,741 40 CMU partitions - allow 15% of GWB partition totals SF 43,664 25.00 1,091,587 41 Glazed partitions - allow 5% of GWB partition totals SF 14,555 35.00 509,414 42 Allow for railings and handrails LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 244 Interior dividing walls - chainlink SF 48,812 5.00 244,057 Partitions $21.46/SF $4,771,092

C1020 Interior Doors 43 Interior glazed aluminum doors - per leaf EA 8 3,000.00 24,000 44 Interior doors - allow 1 per 25 lf of partitions in non storage EA 405 2,000.00 809,200 areas

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 34 of 44

[164] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

45 Interior doors - allow 1 per 100 lf of partitions in storage areas EA 101 2,000.00 202,600 Interior Doors $4.66/SF $1,035,800

C1030 Fittings 46 Signage - code & wayfinding SF 222,347 0.75 166,760 47 Exterior building signage LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 48 Employee lockers EA 20 150.00 3,000 49 Toilet accessories - per cubicle EA 18 1,000.00 18,000 50 Toilet accessories - per restroom EA 6 1,000.00 6,000 51 Break room, janitorial room and other accessories LS 1 2,500.00 2,500 53 Toilet cubicles EA 18 1,000.00 18,000 76 Public lockers EA 20 75.00 1,500 Fittings $1.20/SF $265,760

C2010 Stair Construction 54 Stairs per flight including railings and finishes EA 2 25,000.00 50,000 Stair Construction $0.22/SF $50,000

C3010 Wall Finishes 55 Wall finishes - non storage - majority paint with tile and acoustic SF 324,141 3.50 1,134,492 material in limited locations 56 Wall finishes - storage - paint to drywall SF 202,181 0.90 181,963 DraftWall Finishes $5.92/SF $1,316,455 C3020 Floor Finishes 59 Floor finishes - non storage - majority carpet/vinyl with tile in SF 67,391 6.50 438,041 limited locations 60 Floor finishes storage - shake on hardener SF 99,457 3.50 348,098 243 Floor finish existing storage - stripping, sanding and buffing SF 55,500 5.00 277,500 Floor Finishes $4.78/SF $1,063,639

C3030 Ceiling Finishes 61 Ceiling finishes non storage - majority ACT with drywall and SF 67,391 7.50 505,432 special finishes in limited spaces 62 Ceiling finishes storage - exposed painted structure SF 154,957 2.00 309,913 Ceiling Finishes $3.67/SF $815,345

D1010 Elevators & Lifts 65 Passenger elevators - per stop EA 4 50,000.00 200,000 66 Freight elevators per stop EA 2 100,000.00 200,000 Elevators & Lifts $1.80/SF $400,000

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 35 of 44

Appendix [165] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

D2020 Domestic Water Distribution 116 Plumbing Equipment-- Allowance SF 119,416 0.75 89,562

117 Plumbing Fixtures-- Allowance SF 119,416 2.25 268,686

118 Allowance for Domestic Water Pipework, includes hangers, SF 119,416 2.80 334,365 insulation, valves and accessories

Domestic Water Distribution $3.12/SF $692,613

D2030 Sanitary Waste 119 Allowance for SWV Pipe work--(CINH) with standard flexible SF 222,347 1.85 411,342 band couplings); Includes fittings, hangers

Sanitary Waste $1.85/SF $411,342

D2040 Rain Water Drainage 120 Rainwater leaders/Storm Pipework SF 222,347 1.64 364,649

127 Plumbing Equipment--Pump/filter system, duplex, based on LS 1 137,000.00 137,000 Flowtherm FTSS-RW-CL; Rainwater reclamation storage tank, 540 Gallon, Based on Polyprocessing; Rainwater Hypo- Treatment, based on Water Control Corp. Disinfection System

128 20000 gallons storage tank, purchase and deliver EA 1 57,808.00 57,808

129 20000 gallons storage tank excavation, Draftdeadman, manholes EA 1 32,000.00 32,000 and accessories

130 Graywater Pipework 1 "-- includes fittings and hangers LS 1 43,200.00 43,200

131 Rainwater Pipework (1 1/2" and smaller non potable water from LS 1 14,000.00 14,000 cisterns), includes fittings and hangers

132 2" SWV Pipe work--UG (PVC Sch. 40 DWV); Includes fittings, LS 1 12,000.00 12,000 tracer cable and excavation/backfill

Rain Water Drainage $2.97/SF $660,657

D2090 Other Plumbing Systems 122 Plumbing permit, documentation, commissioning, testing and SF 222,347 1.10 244,582 supervision

Other Plumbing Systems $1.10/SF $244,582

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 36 of 44

[166] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

D3010 Energy Supply 121 Energy Supply to HVAC Equipment--fuel gas supply allowance- SF 222,347 0.80 177,877 -Includes fuel gas to RTU's

123 2" FOS/R Fuel Oil supply and return--150LB Blk, TE, with LF 200 98.00 19,600 limited seal welded screwed fittings. Hangers included

124 Fuel Oil tank vent system, includes installation (Assume 100 lf EA 1 4,564.00 4,564 or less tank to vent outlet )

125 Fuel Oil tank fill system, includes installation (Assume 100lf or EA 1 14,334.00 14,334 less fill conn. To tank)

126 Fuel Oil tank monitoring system, includes installation EA 1 9,822.00 9,822

Energy Supply $1.02/SF $226,197

D3020 Heat Generating Systems 136 Allowance for Heat Generating Equipment SF 166,847 1.65 275,298

137 HVAC HHW Piping Distribution, Central Plant Valves, SF 166,847 0.35 58,396 Distribution Isolation Valves, Insulation and Specialties

138 HVAC HHW Pipework, includes hangers, fittings and insulation- SF 166,847 3.50 583,965 -Allowance

HeatDraft Generating Systems $4.13/SF $917,659

D3030 Cooling Generating Systems 139 HVAC CHW Pipework, includes hangers, fittings and insulation- SF 166,847 4.20 700,757 -Allowance

237 Allowance for cooling generating equipment SF 166,847 4.00 667,388 Cooling Generating Systems $6.15/SF $1,368,145

D3040 Distribution Systems 142 Allowance for HVAC Distribution SF 166,847 8.55 1,426,542

143 Exhaust fans/ductwork/grilles/flues--allowance SF 166,847 0.80 133,478

Distribution Systems $7.02/SF $1,560,020

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 37 of 44

Appendix [167] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

D3050 Terminal & Package Units 141 Allowance for HVAC Equipment SF 166,847 8.25 1,376,487 Terminal & Package Units $6.19/SF $1,376,487

D3060 Controls & Instrumentations 144 DDC Controls - General SF 166,847 3.56 593,975

Controls & Instrumentations $2.67/SF $593,975

D3070 Systems Testing & Balancing 146 Balancing Testing and Commissioning-- Includes coordination SF 166,847 0.65 108,451 with the subcontractor

Systems Testing & Balancing $0.49/SF $108,451

D3090 Other HVAC Systems & Equipment 134 HVAC Permit, As Builts and O&Ms--Allowance SF 166,847 0.20 33,369

135 HVAC BIM/Autocad/Revit SF 166,847 0.45 75,081

145 Allowance for vibration isolation of piping and equipment SF 166,847 0.50 83,424

196 Allowance for steam humidification and monitoring in storage SF 71,450 0.85 60,733 areas Other HVACDraft Systems & Equipment $1.14/SF $252,607 D4010 Sprinklers 109 Allowance for Fire Suppression Systems including heads, SF 140,816 2.60 366,121 pipework and specialties

110 Sprinklers--Supervision, drawings and permit - Allowance SF 222,347 0.45 100,057

112 FP Specialties--RPBP 6" in vault--Relocated, with two support EA 1 18,000.00 18,000 stands and certification--allowance

113 Non-Aqueous Fire Protection--FM-200 used in allowance SF 50,500 4.50 227,250

114 FP Specialties--Riser Valves On Stairs EA 16 650.00 10,400

115 FP Specialties--FDC and Test Header-allowance LS 2 1,800.00 3,600

Sprinklers $3.26/SF $725,428

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 38 of 44

[168] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

D5010 Electrical Service & Distribution 147 Electrical Panels, Switchboards--Allowance SF 222,347 3.50 778,215

149 Feeders, cable trays, conduit, etc--Allowance SF 222,347 1.80 400,224

150 Conduit and wire to light fixtures and controls--Allowance SF 222,347 1.80 400,224

151 Outlets and other low voltage devices--Allowance SF 222,347 2.00 444,694

152 Conduit and wire to outlets and low voltage devices--Allowance SF 222,347 1.50 333,521

158 Grounding--Allowance SF 222,347 0.15 33,352

159 Misc. Testing/Permits/Comm--allowance SF 222,347 1.85 411,342

160 Temporary Lighting SF 222,347 0.85 188,995

Electrical Service & Distribution $13.45/SF $2,990,567

D5020 Lighting and Branch Wiring 153 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for office and staff areas SF 58,822 8.50 499,987

154 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for circulation areas SF 60,749 6.00 364,494

155 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for mechnical, storage and BOH SF 110,940 4.00 443,760 areas Draft 157 Lighting controls--Allowance for all areas SF 222,347 1.25 277,933

Lighting and Branch Wiring $7.13/SF $1,586,174

D5030 Communications & Security 161 Audio visual systems--Allowance for limited video conferencing SF 119,416 3.00 358,248 and basic audio-visual scoping

162 Telecommunications--Public Address, Intercom and clock SF 119,416 7.25 865,766 systems--Includes conduit infrastructure 163 Security system--Includes CCTV and access control to exterior SF 222,347 1.80 400,225 doors and major paths of egress only--Includes backbone

164 Distributed antenna system - allowance SF 222,347 0.70 155,643

165 Fire alarm system SF 222,347 3.00 667,041

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 39 of 44

Appendix [169] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

239 Communications and security--Network electronics SF 222,347 1.85 411,342 Communications & Security $12.85/SF $2,858,265

E1010 Commercial Equipment 67 Vault equipment - doors to secure storage EA 2 5,000.00 10,000 68 Vault SF 400 250.00 100,000 69 Transaction windows/counters EA 6 4,500.00 27,000 Commercial Equipment $0.62/SF $137,000

E1020 Institutional Equipment 71 Projectors & screens in medium & large conference rooms EA 4 3,500.00 14,000 73 Decontamination freezer EA 1 5,000.00 5,000 74 Walk in freezer SF 100 400.00 40,000 Institutional Equipment $0.27/SF $59,000

E1030 Vehicular Equipment 70 Dock levellers EA 1 5,000.00 5,000 Vehicular Equipment $0.02/SF $5,000

E1090 Other Equipment 77 Break room residential kitchen equipment LS 1 5,000.00 5,000 245 Storage systems LS 1 4,496,891.00 4,496,891 DraftOther Equipment $20.25/SF $4,501,891 E2010 Fixed Furnishings 80 Window blinds SF 6,265 8.00 50,118 81 Fixed floor grilles SF 120 45.00 5,400 84 Classroom millwork allowance LS 1 1,500.00 1,500 85 Large conference room millwork allowance LS 1 3,500.00 3,500 86 Printer/copier room millwork allowance - 5 each LS 1 7,500.00 7,500 87 Library reading room reception millwork allowance LS 1 15,000.00 15,000 88 Kitchen millwork allowance LS 1 5,000.00 5,000 89 Mailroom millwork allowance LS 1 7,500.00 7,500 90 Entry foyer millwork allowance LS 1 25,000.00 25,000 91 First aid millwork allowance LS 1 2,500.00 2,500 92 Public restroom millwork allowance - three sets LS 1 3,000.00 3,000 93 Miscellaneous millwork allowance SF 222,347 1.00 222,347 Fixed Furnishings $1.57/SF $348,365

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 40 of 44

[170] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Tumwater building GFA: 222,347 SF Tumwater Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

F1020 Integrated Construction 79 Soundproof studio SF 400 250.00 100,000 Integrated Construction $0.45/SF $100,000

ESTIMATED NET COST $217.20/SF $48,292,678

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 41 of 44

Appendix [171] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

Tumwater Site Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location Total Cost

TUS TUMWATER SITE 3,047,362 ESTIMATED NET COST $3,047,362

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $30,474 Design Contingency 15.0 % $461,675 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $176,976 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $371,649 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $122,644 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $63,162 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $170,958 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $44,449

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST $4,489,349

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 42 of 44

[172] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

Tumwater Site Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

F2010 Building Elements Demolition 83 Building demolition SF 37,222 10.00 372,220 Building Elements Demolition $372,220

G1010 Site Clearing 95 Hardscape removal SF 109,021 5.00 545,107 96 Tree protection SF 116,523 1.00 116,523 197 Tree removal SF 2,148 1.00 2,148 Site Clearing $663,778

G2010 Roadways 98 Roadways - repair at new ROW hard & softscape SF 14,052 15.00 210,780 99 New curb & gutter LF 5,101 25.00 127,525 100 Painted parking stalls EA 328 25.00 8,200 101 Site signage LS 1 25,000.00 25,000 Roadways $371,505

G2040 Site Development 103 Retaining, terrace and perimeter walls LS 1 100,000.00 100,000 104 Site furnishings - benches, bike racks, bollards, etc. LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 Site Development $150,000

G2050 Landscaping 105 New trees Draft EA 60 1,500.00 90,000 106 Planting at ROW SF 19,556 5.00 97,780 108 Irrigation SF 57,854 2.50 144,635 204 Type 2 setback landscape SF 18,743 3.50 65,601 206 Type 4 landscape SF 19,555 7.50 146,663 Landscaping $544,679

G3010 Water Supply 186 8" DI Fire/Water Service Line in street including excavation and LF 200 125.00 25,000 backfill

189 2" RPBP--Irrigation system, [Used Wilkins 975XL2], includes EA 1 680.00 680 installation

Water Supply $25,680

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 43 of 44

Appendix [173] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

Tumwater Site Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

G3020 Sanitary Water 183 Provide main building sanitary service in roadway LF 200 180.00 36,000 Sanitary Water $36,000

G3030 Storm Sewer 220 Storm water - infiltration pond CF 50,000 2.50 125,000 221 Storm water - chambers CF 28,000 10.00 280,000 222 Storm water - water quality treatment - bioretention swales LS 1 150,000.00 150,000 224 Storm water - rain water harvesting LS 1 300,000.00 300,000 Storm Sewer $855,000

G4090 Other Site Electrical Utilities 175 Add electrical vehicle charging stations to [E] Parking--Includes EA 3 9,500.00 28,500 connection to available power 228 Diesel Fired Generator--Allowance is for 500 KW--Excluded from Item Excl. this site, assume that [E] will be available 229 Generator remote annuciator panel mtd. on building Item Excl. 230 2500 Gallon above ground skid mounted FO Tank with pump and Item Excl. fueling pipework and accessories (72 Hours) 231 Generator Fuel Allowance for first fill Item Excl. 232 Generator Pad Item Excl. Other Site Electrical Utilities $28,500 DraftESTIMATED NET COST $3,047,362

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 44 of 44

[174] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.7 Secretary of State 10-Year Capital Plan, 2017-2027

10.7.1 Agency Strategic Plan

MISSION The Office of the Secretary of State promotes public trust by:

• Safeguarding vital government records, documents, publications and process • Preserving the integrity of elections in Washington State • Providing the business community and public with easy access to information about corporations and charities • Performing public outreach to improve civic knowledge and participation • Leveraging technology to improve efficiency and enhance customer service

GOAL #1 Consolidate the Washington State Library, Washington State Archives Olympia facility, the Records Center, Corporations and Charities, Elections, and Operations Divisions into a single Secretary of State-owned facility.

GOAL #2 Continue to make non-confidential government records and archival documents held by the agency easily retrievable by the general public.

GOAL #3 Maintain and update archives facilities on state university campuses through 2063 in order to maintain their collections and public access.

Appendix [175] 10.7.2 Organizational Structure The Office of the Secretary of State is organized into six major divisions:

• The Executive/Operations Division includes the functions of public information, legislative affairs, policy and planning, human resources, financial and support services, information technology, facility management, and safety. • The Archives and Records Management Division is responsible for legal and historical records preservation and public records management. • The Corporations and Charities Division is responsible for forming and maintaining active registrations for businesses and charitable organizations, trademarks, limited partnerships, and apostilles. • The Elections Division is responsible for ensuring comprehensive, timely, and accurate election-related information and supporting the conduct of elections at the county level. • The State Library Division collects, preserves, and makes accessible to Washingtonians materials on Washington State government, Pacific Northwest history, culture, and natural resources of the state, and provides leadership and coordination of services to all libraries in the state of Washington. The Library also provides statewide library services to the blind, visually impaired, physically or learning disabled, and those who cannot read regular print and services to state prison and mental health institutions. The library is also the regional depository for federal publications. • Special Programs include the following: • Address Confidentiality Program (ACP) assists crime victims (specifically victims of domestic violence, sexual assault, trafficking and stalking, and certain criminal justice employees who have been targets of felony harassment on the job or due to the job) who have relocated to avoid further abuse by providing a substitute address they can use. • Combined Fund Drive (CFD) is Washington State’s workplace giving program for active and retired public employees. State and higher education employees may give to the charity of their choice through payroll contribution and CFD fundraising events. • Legacy Washington is an educational program that shares Washington history with schools, universities, and the public at large. The project relies on unique collections held by the Washington State Library and the Washington State Archives. Legacy Washington books, profiles, and exhibits are currently in use in many classrooms around the state and accessible though libraries across the country. All work published by the project is available and free online. • TVW funding is appropriated in the Secretary of State’s budget as pass through via contract to TVW for television coverage of state government and to Humanities Washington for providing community conversation programs statewide.

10.7.3 Current Facilities and Their Condition

10.7.3.1 Administration and Operations The Administration and Operations of the Secretary of State’s Office is currently located in two different facilities:

• Legislative Building (416 Sid Snyder Avenue, Suite 250, Olympia, WA) • Point Plaza East Facility (6880 Capitol Boulevard, Tumwater, WA)

The Legislative Building houses the Executive Offices including the Secretary of State, Executive Team, facility manager, the Combined Fund Drive, and Heritage Washington staff. The Legislative Building is part of the Capitol Group constructed between 1923 and 1927. It went through an extensive renovation after the 2001 Nisqually Earthquake. The office is perpetu- ally leased through the Department of Enterprise Services (DES). DES adjusts the rate through central service charges in the operating budget and manages the long-term capital facilities and maintenance needs of the offices.

[176] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign The Point Plaza East facility houses the Operations Division. This includes financial support services, human resources, mail services, and a major portion of the office’s information technology sections. This facility also serves as the Washington State Library (see Library for facility details). The facility, built in 1999, is owned by Vine Street Investors of Bellingham, WA. The lease for this facility is negotiated in five-year increments with the current lease expiring December 31, 2016. The lease renewal process was recently completed by DES.

10.7.3.2 Archives and Records Management Division

STATE ARCHIVES

• Archives Building (1129 Washington Street, Olympia, Washington)

The main Archives building was constructed in 1962 as an archives and records center. This facility is leased through DES and the rent (including capital facilities surcharge) is adjusted through central service charges in the state operating budget. The current use agreement with DES ends on June 30, 2017. The Archives employs 29 personnel in the east Capitol Campus facility (which includes six temporary interns).

The State Archives preserves important long-term legal and historical records of state government. The records date back to 1853 and include the original territorial and state laws, the 1889 State Constitution, territorial tribal and local census docu- ments, Supreme Court case files, executive-level policy files from state agencies, and legislative records to name a few. These constitute approximately 3% of all records created by state government.

Archival documents are currently stored in a substandard facility. The infrastructure of the Archives building is unable to meet modern conservation and storage standards. The facility is over 50 years old and is in need of extensive updating to the plumb- ing, HVAC, electrical, and fire systems. Currently the facility’s roof is covered with topsoil and trees, a condition not optimal for archival storage. With 49,500 square feet of usable space, the Archives Building reached its maximum capacity for housing important legal and historical state archival documents in 2005, resulting in the need for expensive leased facilities that do not meet environmental and storage standards.

The Archives facility also does not meet modern archives construction standards. Due to concrete flooring throughout the building, water and sewer pipes hang exposed above the collections throughout the secure storage areas. Constant leaks in the plumbing have created an additional risk to personnel and electrical fixtures. Since 1997, three major flood events have occurred inside the Archives building. On an annual basis, water and sewage comes in contact with collections. Fixed metal shelving and eight-foot ceilings contribute substantially to inefficient space use. The current facility design and structure does not allow for substantial upgrades and redesigns.

The Archives contains fire and smoke monitoring equipment but has no fire suppression system for most of the collection. The potential of losing a majority of the state’s archival collection to fire has reached a critical stage.

The Secretary of State’s office recently completed a predesign of a new combined Washington State Library and Archives Building, which the Legislature authorized in the 2015-17 capital budget. However, since construction and completion is scheduled for 2020, continued use of the facility as an archives will continue until a new facility is completed. At that time the current facility will revert to DES.

Appendix [177] STATE RECORDS CENTER

• Isabella Bush State Records Center (7590 New Market Street S.W., Tumwater, Washington) • Records Center Annex (8009 River Drive, Tumwater, Washington)

The Records Center provides off-site storage to state agencies, with the agencies retaining legal custody. The Records Center stores semi-active and inactive records for Washington State agencies, public universities, and community and technical col- leges. These records are maintained until the retention period has expired, usually six to sixty years. Some records, which have met agency retention requirements and are designated “Archival,” are transferred from agency ownership to the State Archives for appraisal and possible long-term preservation.

In the 1980’s the lack of a centralized records storage facility proved to be a logistical challenge to managing the state’s docu- ment resources. To alleviate the ongoing need for records storage, the 1991 Legislature approved funding for construction of a stand-alone Records Center warehouse building in Tumwater.

The Isabella Bush Records Center, opened in August 1992, contains 34-foot “high bay” shelving accommodating over 200,000 cubic feet of boxed records. A 15,000-square-foot addition to the Records Center was approved and funded in the Department of General Administration’s 2001-2003 capital budget, increasing the Records Center’s capacity by 50%. During the 2009-11 biennium, the legislature appropriated funds to temporarily lease 20,956 square feet of privately owned warehouse space at 7821 Arab Drive in Tumwater. During the 2013-15 session, the legislature appropriated funds to further expand the Records Center’s storage capacity. A facility on River Drive in Tumwater was renovated and records from the inefficient Arab Drive loca- tion were moved to the new 25,000 SF facility.

To this day, paper remains a common records medium. While many paper-intensive processes have been transferred to electronic media, the volume of paper records coming to the Records Center continues unabated. All of this has occurred while the State Records Committee has worked to reduce the legal retention periods for many state agency records.

Through the process of a sped-up agency retention schedule, the River Drive facility should be sufficient to house an expanded Records Center until a new facility is built adjacent to the current Records Center facility and incorporated into the proposed Library-Archives building project. The overflow Records Center space in the new facility will be taken up in the future by the Archives, allowing the Archives to store records without the need for new space for at least 50 years.

REGIONAL ARCHIVES BRANCHES The Archives Division has five regional Archives branch facilities. The branches provide records management services, legal and historical records preservation and access, and research activities that are set up on a geographic basis to better serve local government agencies, regional state agencies, and the general public.

Puget Sound Branch (Pritchard Fleming Building, 3000 Landerholm Circle S.E., Bellevue, Washington) The facility, owned by the Secretary of State’s office, is maintained through a 50-year lease with Bellevue College. When the lease expires in 2044, the college will assume ownership of the building but will lease the main floor to the Secretary of State’s office through 2143.

Built in 1998, this branch serves King, Pierce and Kitsap counties. The two-story structure houses Bellevue College classrooms and offices on the top floor and the Puget Sound Branch on the bottom floor. The ongoing problems with the mechanical system has been addressed by the HVAC vendor extending the life of the Kathabar unit for another 40 years.

[178] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Southwest Washington Branch (1129 Washington Street, Olympia, Washington) The branch, co-located with the State Archives, is leased from the state on a two-year lease agreement with the current lease expiring on June 30, 2017.

A section of the second floor has been converted to accommodate historical records for nine southwestern Washington counties. It has been over capacity for several years and its collections have encroached significantly into other areas of the building. The Southwest Branch currently stores overflow records at the State Records Annex in Tumwater. Construction of a new Library-Archives facility will provide long-term space for the collection to be housed.

Northwest Washington Branch (Goltz-Murray Archives Building, 808 25th Street, Bellingham, Washington) The facility, owned by the Secretary of State’s office, is managed through a 99-year lease with Western Washington University. When the lease expires in 2092, the University will assume ownership but can continue to lease the facility to the Secretary of State’s office in 99-year increments.

Opened in 1993, this branch serves seven counties in the northwestern part of the state. The facility is 23 years old and has ongoing problems with the building’s HVAC system. The 2007-2009 operating budget funded the replacement of one chiller and refurbishment of an existing chiller at this facility. Replacement of the remaining two original chiller units was completed in 2015. Western Washington University’s Facilities Management Department is planning to repair an HVAC unit that helps regulate the office environment and to rebalance the air flow throughout the office areas.

A proposal to replace the roof and upgrade ADA access, lighting, and emergency fire and security systems was part of the 2015-17 capital budget. The lighting upgrade was completed in the spring of 2016. The roof replacement is scheduled to take place during August and September 2016. The fire alarm upgrade is scheduled to begin in the fall of 2016 as the roof replace- ment is being completed. Western Washington University Facilities has also been asked to provide estimates for repairs that, in conjunction with the roof replacement, will prevent building leaks. Planning is underway for ADA access and security system upgrades.

Central Washington Branch (Bledsoe-Washington Archives Building, 215 East 14th Street, Ellensburg, Washington) The facility, owned by the Secretary of State’s office, is managed through a 99-year lease with Central Washington University. When the lease expires in 2093, the University will assume ownership but can continue to lease the facility to the Secretary of State’s office in 99-year increments.

This branch opened in October 1994 and serves nine central Washington counties. Funds were received in the 2003-2005 capital budget to address problems with the HVAC system’s distribution of cooled and heated air. The cold-water chiller replacement is completed. A proposal to replace the roof was part of the 2015-17 capital budget and planning is underway.

Eastern Washington Branch (960 Washington Street, Cheney, Washington) Opened in June 2004, this branch serves eleven eastern Washington counties and is co-located with the Digital Archives (see below).

Digital Archives The facility, owned by the Secretary of State’s office, is managed through a 99-year lease with Eastern Washington University. When the lease expires in 2101, the University will assume ownership but can continue to lease the facility to the Secretary of State’s office in 99-year increments.

Appendix [179] Co-located with the Eastern Washington Branch, this facility serves the digital archiving needs of all local governments and state agencies in Washington State. The building was completed in June 2004. During the 2009-11 biennium, a major roof repair was undertaken. A redundant cooling system in the data center was recently installed.

10.7.3.3 Corporations and Charities Division

• Dolliver Building (801 Capitol Way, Olympia, Washington)

The Dolliver Building is leased from DES through June 30, 2021. The payments include rent, debt service, capital reserve expenses, utilities, maintenance, insurance, DES management and administrative costs. The division is located in a facility built in 1915 as a Post Office and federal office building. It was acquired by the state and extensively renovated in 2000.

The Corporations and Charities Division employs 57 personnel and is responsible for the following programs: business formation, maintenance, and registration; charitable solicitations, charitable trusts, and commercial fundraisers; apostilles and international certificates; trademarks; domestic partnerships; service of process; business and charities education and outreach, digital signatures/ electronic authentication.

The 17,000 SF building covers four floors but only 9,500 is usable for office and public space. The rest is used for building infrastructure and structural support. Staff is split between all four floors which is not conducive to working in a collaborative and efficient manner. There are significant issues with the building, including inefficient space use, HVAC problems, lack of parking, and exterior sandstone deterioration.

The Corporations and Charities Division will vacate the Dolliver Building at the end of its lease for a more efficient facility, prefer- ably in the new Library-Archives Building.

10.7.3.4 Elections Division

• 520 Union Avenue, Olympia, Washington

The Elections Division is housed in a privately owned 1960s-era former bank. The division moved into the facility after the 2001 earthquake.

The Elections Division employs 20 full time personnel with an additional 30 non-permanent initiative verification personnel. The division is responsible for the oversight of elections by the counties and provides a clearinghouse for election information. Other duties include: supervising state and local elections, certifying the results of state primaries and general elections, filing and verifying initiatives and referendums, producing and distributing the state’s Voters’ Pamphlet, and election-based legal advertising.

The 520 Building was built in 1966 as a bank facility. It has inadequate parking for visitors and staff. Most of the mechanical services and facility infrastructure are 50 years old and at the end of their useful lives. The building is substandard and lacks a modern fire suppression system. Approximately 4,000 square feet of space is used twice a year for processing initiatives and referendums. During the other 10 months the area is mostly empty and unused. Co-location with the new Library-Archives Building will help minimize movement of initiatives for scanning by the Archives and provide a more efficient work environment.

[180] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.7.3.5 State Library The State Library utilizes three facilities, two in Tumwater and one in Seattle, Washington.

• Main Library Facility (6880 Capitol Boulevard, Tumwater, Washington) • Federal Pubications Annex (7510 New Market Street S.W., Tumwater, Washington) • Washington Talking Book and Braille Library (2021 9th Avenue, Seattle, Washington)

The main library is located in a privately-owned 49,900 SF four-story office building. The current lease expires in December 2016 and a new five year lease has been completed and signed. The Federal Publications are stored in a state-owned 6,400 SF warehouse facility built in 1970. The Washington Talking Book and Braille Library (WTBBL) is housed in a renovated 55,180 SF 1940s era former car dealership in the Belltown district of Seattle.

The State Library (chapters 27.04 and 40.06 RCW), the oldest cultural institution in state government, employs 39 personnel (including 4 interns) at its Tumwater location. The Library coordinates services to all libraries in the state, including public librar- ies, community college libraries, higher education academic libraries, and libraries in state correctional facilities. Many services and subscriptions that are made available to the public at regional and community college libraries are coordinated and funded by the State Library.

The State Library also collects, preserves, and makes accessible to Washingtonians a research collection focused on Washington State and Pacific Northwest history, culture, natural resources, and government, as well as published information from the federal government, which it receives in its role as a regional repository library. The library provides leadership and coordination of services to all libraries in the state of Washington; supports the informational needs of state residents who are unable to read standard print; and provides materials and library services to residents of state institutions.

The main Library is housed in an office building that was not designed or built as a library. The current facility was intended as a temporary solution to house the Library while the Capitol Campus was repaired following the 2001 Nisqually earthquake. The Library is utilized by individuals who also tend to perform research at the State Archives. The Archives and Library are located seven miles apart, forcing researchers and the public to travel between the buildings.

The current structure barely meets gravity loads needed for a functional library. While the first floor allows for the required 300 pounds per square foot (PSF) floor load for compact shelving, the upper floors do not. As a result, much of the collection is sep- arated from the library user on the ground floor, not directly accessible to the public. The public must access the main reading room using a single elevator. Due to security concerns, they cannot use the stairs to enter or leave the Library’s public areas. The library is also the home to the Governor Steven’s collection. This rare group of books is the foundation for the library when it was founded in 1853 and is currently stored in a secure room with environmental controls that meet the minimum requirements for such a rare collection. Continued storage in this type of environment risk severe damage to this rare collection.

The Federal Publications annex is a single-story 6,382-square-foot storage room located at 7510 New Market Street S.W. in Tumwater. This space houses library books, documents, maps, and other materials for which there is no room at the main library. No staff members are located at that facility. The storage room is leased through DES (including capital facilities surcharge) and DES adjusts the rate through central service charges in the operating budget. The current lease runs through October 1, 2017.

The facility is inadequate for the management of federal publications and library materials. Under federal law, federal publica- tions must be retrievable when requested by the public and are not in their current location without a great deal of extra staff time and effort. The publications stored at this location require staff resources to manage two separate locations. The facility

Appendix [181] has substandard HVAC and lighting. Both the distance and inefficient facility infrastructure lead to greater reliance on fossil fuels to support movement between the main facility and the storage building, as well as power an inefficient mechanical and electrical system.

Locating the State Library and Federal Publications storage in a state-owned combined Library-Archives facility, designed to national library standards, greatly benefits both employees and customers of the facility by lowering greenhouse gases, provid- ing a more efficient use of workspace and storage, and co-locating two major research and historical institutions of the state in the same facility.

The Washington Talking Book & Braille Library (WTBBL) program is located in Seattle at 2021 9th Avenue. The facility, a commercial condominium, is four stories with the basement and top floor owned by the City of Seattle and the main and second floors owned by the Secretary of State’s office. The current configuration contains 27,590 square feet of office space and stacks on the main floor. The second floor contains 9,677 square feet of office space and stacks and 18,350 square feet of parking area and loading dock. Currently the Mobile Services Division has a lease for the second-floor office space and 12 parking spaces. The facility had significant HVAC issues that were mitigated by a $600,000 ESCO project upgrade of the facility which was recently completed. Lighting was also upgraded as part of the ESCO process. Replacement of carpeting and painting of the interior will need to be done within the next three to five years.

[182] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.7.4 Changes from Previous Capital Plans The 2015 Capital Budget, (2EHB 1115, section 1002) directed the Secretary of State’s office to undertake a predesign for a new Library-Archives facility. The Secretary of State’s office, working with SRG Partnership consultants, Department of Enterprise Services, and the Office of Financial Management, completed the study and called for a new facility to house not only the Library and Archives, but following RCW 43.82.10(6), to also consolidate the Corporations and Charities, Elections, and Operations divisions into the new facility.

This study, while reflecting previous capital plans for the Washington State Heritage Center project, is a departure from those plans in both overall layout and siting of the proposed facility. While previous predesigns focused on a Capitol Campus-based Library-Archives-Museum facility as well as an Executive Office Building for the Washington State Insurance Commissioner and State Treasurer, this predesign focuses only on replacing the Washington State Library and Archives and co-locating elements of the Secretary of State’s office that are currently in seven facilities. This predesign is also a departure from previous studies in its recommendation of a site in Tumwater, Washington, rather than the General Administration (GA) Building on the Capitol Campus. Tumwater offers several advantages over the GA site, including lower development costs, a potential for future growth, and none of the issues that had become obstacles to constructing the proposed facility on the Capitol Campus.

10.7.5 Results Washington The Secretary of State’s capital plan supports Results Washington Goals #1 “World Class Education” and #5: “Efficient, Effective, and Accountable Government.” The targeted programs maintain multiple facilities to ensure access to the state’s important legal and historical records for review, inspection, and education, including access to the electoral and initiative process, by individuals spanning many walks of life.

These individuals include legislative staff, historians, educators, students, local and state employees, Washington State resi- dents, and visitors. Easy access to these public records promotes transparency in the governmental decision-making process, opportunity for education, transparency, and better access to, and facilitates the delivery of government services.

10.7.6 Deferred Maintenance Backlog Reduction Plan All identified deferred maintenance has been completed and it is anticipated no future backlog of maintenance will occur if those are approved in allotment or operating budget requests.

Appendix [183] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[184] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.8 Project Diagrams, Drawings & Narratives - Lacey Site

10.8.1 Site Plans, Building Plans, Building Volumes

LEGEND Existing Overall Tree Canopy - 23 acres Tree Removal - 208,333 sf Tree Protection Proposed Tree Tract Designation - 2 Acres New Trees - 115 Type II (setback) Landscape - 24,164 sf Type III Landscape - 6,378 sf Type IV (doubles as Bioretention) - 35,845 sf Other Landscape - 49,848 sf Pedestrian Paving - 16,395 sf Vehicular Paving - 59,476 sf Parking Spaces - 142

Rear Buffer 15' FIRE ACCESS LANE

Type II Landscape Tree Protection zone Desmond Dr SE 1 tree/ 300 sf. 50% Evergreen 1 shrub/ 20 sf. Other Landscaping

LIBRARY 11,000 SF

Type III Landscape; MECH / ELEC 8,600 SF OFFICE 6' planting strip 23,900 SF Area of tree removal. PUBLIC AREAS Turf grass, ground 10,000 SF cover or low shrubs Tree inventory required. Tree Tract Street Trees LOADING SUPPORT DOCK Designation? 3,600 SF SUPPORT 1,800 SF 4,100 SF Front Yard Setback 0' or OFFICE LOBBY APPROXIMATE 15' 5,300 SF 4,000 SF AREA OF NEW STORM WATER Total 142 parking stalls INFILTRATION (no minimum req.) POND OF 57,000 CUBIC FEET

SECURE STORAGE

89,000 SF SERVICE DRIVE SERVICE Max Bioretention @ 34,000 SF NEW PARKING AREA

Tree Protection New curb and gutter street Zone edge with 6' landscape buffer and 8' sidewalk. Possible street lights

NEW ROAD CONNECTION TO ABBEY WAY SE

Level - 2 LACEY SITE DIAGRAM 26,700 GSF

Level - 1 141,624 GSF

TOTAL AREA WA State Library & Archives Predesign 168,324 GSF 19 Feb 2016 Appendix [185] LACEY Site Diagrams Washington State Library-Archives Building LACEY Plan Diagrams

WA State Library & Archives Pre-Design Studies 5 Apr 2016 5 April 2016 (POST-MEETING REVISIONS) LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN

PUBLIC AREAS LIBRARY-ARCHIVES MECH / ELEC 9,000 SF 12,000 SF 8,400 SF

SUPPORT 5,000 SF OFFICE 25,700 SF

CORE CORE 1,800 SF SUPPORT LOADING 1,800 SF OFFICE 6,000 SF DOCK 5,300 SF 1,800 SF LOBBY 4,000 SF

SECURE STORAGE 83,000 SF

Level - 1 Level - 2 137,854 GSF 28,500 GSF

TOTAL AREA 166,384 GSF

LACEY - Plan Diagrams Washington State Library-Archives Building [186] Washington14 June State 2016 Archives & Library Predesign LEVEL 2 FLOOR PLAN

PUBLIC AREAS LIBRARY-ARCHIVES MECH / ELEC 9,000 SF 12,000 SF 8,400 SF

SUPPORT 5,000 SF OFFICE 25,700 SF

CORE CORE 1,800 SF SUPPORT LOADING 1,800 SF OFFICE 6,000 SF DOCK 5,300 SF 1,800 SF LOBBY 4,000 SF

SECURE STORAGE 83,000 SF

Level - 1 Level - 2 137,854 GSF 28,500 GSF

TOTAL AREA 166,384 GSF

LACEY - Plan Diagrams Washington State Library-Archives Building 14 June 2016 Appendix [187] Lacey/DOE, from NE

Lacey/DOE, from SW

[188] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Library/Archives Program Areas 6/23/16 2:40 PM Lacey Site ‐ Total Desired Program Primary Use Lacey + or ‐ Lacey Notes Total NSF Total Conference Rooms 4,900 0 4,900 Same as Tumwater Offices 29,542 ‐5,958 23,584 No Corporations & Charities Space Public Areas 7,850 0 7,850 Same as Tumwater Larger than Tumwater due to no expansion into records Storage. 12,500 Secured Storage 55,900 68,400 Archives‐Main+ 5,000 NSF Archives SW +5,000 NSF Staff Areas 1,800 0 1,800 Same as Tumwater Work Areas 5,150 0 5,150 Same as Tumwater Infrastructure 3,200 0 3,200 Same as Tumwater Total NSF From Above 108,342 6,542 114,884 Total NSF Lacey Non NSF Calculation 30.94% 51,470 Used Non NSF % of total GSF from above NSF+Non‐NSF=GSF Total GSF= 166,354 No Records Center Storage at this Site

Page 1 of 1 Appendix [189] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[190] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.8.2 Civil Narrative

SITE DESCRIPTION The Lacey Site is a parcel of vacant land owned by the State of Washington. The parcel has a roadway, Desmond Drive, that bisects it, and the southeast portion of the parcel is being considered for development. The ground cover is primarily forested with a portion of meadow.

The site is generally flat, with a slight slope from south to north.

SOILS Mapped soils are primarily Everett gravelly sandy loam and Indianola loamy sand, both Type A soils, in the vicinity of the site improvements. Norma silt loam associated with the wetland is present in the area of the parcel not intended for development. The site is generally flat, with a minor slope and no visible evidence of ponding.

There are no visible signs of geotechnical problems with this site. The soils will likely be suitable for infiltration and no stability issues are apparent from the information available.

STORMWATER MANAGEMENT The project site contains no onsite or adjacent storm drainage systems. The natural point of discharge from the site is the existing wetland on the same parcel, located across Desmond Drive, northwest of the site, or a downstream area located east of the site.

Storm drainage for the site is regulated by the City of Lacey Storm Water Manual dated 2010. Core Requirements 1 through 10 apply to this project, given its addition of over 5,000 square feet of impervious surfaces.

Core Requirement 7 requires that quantity control be provided for new and redeveloped impervious surfaces. Based on soils information from USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) and from a 2014 Geotechnical Report prepared for the Washington State Department of Ecology for an adjacent parcel, this site exhibits excellent potential to manage stormwater through infiltration. The 2014 Geotechnical Report prepared for the adjacent parcel identified no groundwater within 25 feet of the surface and a long-term design infiltration rate of 20 inches per hour. Conservatively assuming that the site of the new Library and Archives facility has an infiltration of half that at the Department of Ecology site of 10 inches per hour, an infiltra- tion pond with a total volume of 57,000 cubic feet will be needed. This could be configured as a 5.5-foot deep pond with a top dimension of 101 feet by 130 feet.

Core Requirement 6 requires that runoff from pollution-generating surfaces be treated before being discharged from the proj- ect site. The site contains approximately 140,000 square feet of pollution-generating impervious surface. Treatment for paved areas subject to vehicular traffic will be treated with the use of bioretention planters along the sidewalks and curbs to provide treatment and to demonstrate onsite management of stormwater. Roof runoff is considered “clean” and does not require treat- ment before discharge to the infiltration and detention system.

SENSITIVE AREAS The parcel contains a wetland west of Desmond Drive, and the buffer extends to the east side of Desmond Drive. Soils data from USDA NRCS and the contour elevation data from Thurston County are consistent with the wetland location as mapped by Thurston County.

Appendix [191] FIRE LANE A fire lane is needed around the back (east and north) side of the building. Approximately 1,500 linear feet of 20 foot wide paved fire lane is assumed.

WATER MAIN A 12-inch water main, including several fire hydrants, is already provided along Desmond Drive. A water main loop should be provided around the back side of the building. A water main loop of approximately 1,500 linear feet is expected. In the event that minimum available flows are not adequate for fire protection, upgrading of existing water mains may be necessary. It is expected that adequate fire flow is available at the Department of Ecology Building to the north, so a maximum amount of upgraded water main in addition to new water main is 1,300 linear feet. (Minimum 1,500 feet, maximum 2,800 feet). Diameter of water main is dependent on availability of water flows, but is expected to be in the range of 8 to 12 inches.

HYDRANTS Three to four fire hydrants with 6-inch service lines and valves are expected.

WATER SERVICE A 200 linear foot domestic water service, a 200 linear foot fire service, and a 50 foot fire department connection line are expected, although the lengths could be shorter. The diameter of each is expected to be 4 inches or less.

SANITARY SEWER A 27-inch PVC sewer main is located in Desmond Drive with a number of sanitary sewer manholes along the property. A 200 linear foot sanitary sewer service line is expected. Because of the flat slopes on the site, the diameter could be as large as 8 inches. At least one manhole is expected to be required upstream of the connection to the large sewer main.

POWER AND TELECOM No evidence of power or telecommunications lines was noted along Desmond Drive. Evidence of some utility work in the form of open trenches covered with plywood and traffic cones was noted in the grass field east of the site. While no evidence of power or telecommunication utilities was noted along Desmond Drive, it is possible that a buried line may exist and that no vaults exist along the alignment since there are no businesses or homes to serve along this stretch. In the event that no service is available directly in front of the building site, power and telecommunications are expected to be available either to the south at the US Fish & Wildlife Service, or to the north at the Department of Ecology. The maximum distance that service would need to be extended is 1,300 linear feet, north to the Department of Ecology. In the event that power and telecommunications service is available onsite, a 200 linear foot service line for each would be expected.

FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS Desmond Drive is currently fully improved from Martin Way East to the Department of Ecology parking lot entrance, with walkways on both sides of the road. The existing roadway is two lanes, paved, with no shoulders and intermittent speed humps. Pedestrians using the road to walk to work and/or for exercise were abundant during the site visit. It is possible that frontage improvements may be required for the remainder of Desmond Drive for a total of 1,300 linear feet. While it is possible that walkways may only be required on one side of the road, we believe that it would be prudent to plan for walkways on both sides of the road, given the precedent set on the Department of Ecology site, the presence of pedestrian traffic in the area, and the number of connecting trails.

[192] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign A discussion with Tom Stiles at the City of Lacey informed us that a secondary roadway connection to the street grid will likely be required for this project. If a secondary access is necessary, it would require the applicant to acquire right-of-way and build full street improvements to Bowker Drive, located south of the site, requiring close coordination with adjacent property owners, the City of Lacey, and St. Martin’s University. The applicant is encouraged to arrange a Presubmission Conference with the City of Lacey prior to selecting this site in order to determine what improvements will be required.

10.8.3 Landscape Narrative

SITE CONTEXT The Lacey Site is a 34 acre forested parcel just east of downtown Lacey. The state of Washington purchased the parcel from Saint Martin’s Abbey in 1992. With the exception of a small farm that operated on the site from 1895 – 1992, the site has never been developed. It borders on St. Martins Park and University to the West, Martin Way E to the north, and the EPA and US Fish and Wildlife Services campuses to the east and south.

There is access from this site to major streets, highways, mass transit, and a park and ride lot, and it is less than a mile from access to I-5. The site is situated on four major bus routes, including an express route to Tacoma. There are also bike lanes that run on either side of Martin Way E.

ADJACENT PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY Desmond Dr SE has approximately 700’ of improved street and sidewalk infrastructure from the Martin Way intersection to the EPA campus, but those improvements stop at our site property line, and Desmond Dr. turns into a 20’ wide asphalt street with no curb and gutter or sidewalks. Development of the archives building on this site would likely require street improvements such as a wider curb and gutter street, lighting, buffer landscaping, street trees and sidewalk.

TREE PROTECTION The significant tree canopy on site is a potential development cost. Within our site, the majority of trees fall within the “signifi- cant tree” category, being over 60’ in height and 16” in diameter, and forming a continuous canopy. These trees also contribute to the character of the pedestrian trail running along the eastern property boundary.

The project will need to complete and submit a tree inventory as part of the land use application, performed by a city tree protection professional. The tree inventory and evaluation will need to influence the design and layout of the site. Existing trees and protection opportunities must play an important role in site design;

The City of Lacey’s Urban Forest Management Plan strives for a no net loss of tree canopy within the city, and governs the way that trees are removed and replaced. Every commercial project over 1 acre is required to designate a tree tract, which must cover 5% or more of the site. The current preliminary plan calls for the removal of 4.8 acres of forest, leaving the overall parcel with approximately 54% tree cover. While this likely meets lacey code requirements, we have indicated a 1.7 acre (or 5%) Tree Tract designated area just to the north of the proposed building on the east side of Desmond Dr.

PARKING The site needs to provide enough existing surface parking for staff and patrons with space left over for additional landscap- ing. Parking spaces would be set aside to accommodate electric vehicles, handicapped parking, busses, and motor pools/ shared commute. The current preliminary design can accommodate 142 standard parking stalls. There is an optional minimum number of stalls defined in the Lacy Municipal Code, but a project can provide fewer spaces if desired. The code requires 20-24 bike parking spaces.

Appendix [193] LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS

NEW LANDSCAPED AREAS

• Sub-grades for all landscape areas shall be prepared by decompacting 12” minimum depth prior to incorporation of import or amended topsoils. • All landscaped area shall be designed with an under drainage system to allow planter areas to drain. Underdrains may be eliminated at areas with a demonstrated high rate of sub-grade infiltration. • Import topsoil depths shall be 12” minimum • All landscape areas shall be irrigated through establishment with an automatic irrigation system. • All landscape areas shall receive 2” organic mulch layer at planter surface. • All trees shall be field staked to prevent damage from wind during establishment. • Trees and shrubs shall meet ANSI standard for nursery stock.

LANDSCAPING BETWEEN CURB LINES AND NEW PUBLIC SIDEWALK

• Type III landscape per Lacey municipal code. This would be a 6’ landscape strip with large street trees and continuous low groundcover.

LANDSCAPING IN PROPERTY SETBACKS

• Type II landscaping per Lacey municipal code includes 1 tree for every 300 sf.

PARKING LOT LANDSCAPING

• Type IV landscape per Lacey municipal code requires the maximum number of trees possible given recommended spacing for species type.

IRRIGATION SYSTEMS

• Irrigation systems shall be designed using low flow, water efficient irrigation heads and or drip irrigation systems. • Irrigation controllers shall provide automatic seasonal and weather adjustment controls to minimize overuse of potable water. • Irrigation systems shall be used to establish plant materials and shall only be used during times of prolonged drought after plant establishment (first 2- 3 seasons) • Stormwater runoff from parking areas must be retained and disposed of on site. This can be accommodated within the type IV landscape in the parking area, with an additional retention area to the south of the building. The total bioretention proposed for the preliminary plan is approximately 36,000 sf.

CIRCULATION The site itself has several established pedestrian trails that run through the existing forest patches and connect with adjacent government campuses and Saint Martin University. Some of these trails may be disturbed by construction, and would need to be renovated or re-routed as necessary.

[194] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Other pedestrian circulation must be provided to create a safe and convenient circulation linkage system. This will include a new sidewalk up to 8’ wide along Desmond Dr., pedestrian access paths through the parking areas, and along the building façade. The circulation system may include raised crosswalks with color and texture where pedestrians cross vehicular access lanes. The city of Lacey prefers brick-like accents at crossings. Planters should provide buffers between pedestrians and vehicles. Lighting will also be required along designated pedestrian routes and in parking areas.

10.8.4 Structural Narrative The proposed new building for the Lacey Site is a two-story, 166,354 GSF steel framed structure housing secure storage, and office, library and public spaces.

The Secure Storage portion of the building is a one story (18-20 foot tall), steel framed structure of approximately 83,000 square feet.

The main floor level, Level 1, consists of a concrete slab cast on compacted structural fill. The slab on grade at the Secure Storage portion of the building will be 6 to 8 inches thick to support 12 foot tall compact shelving which result in a uniform load of 300 pounds per square foot (psf).

The slab on grade at the office / library portion of the building will be 4 to 6 inches thick.

The upper level, Level 2, of the office building will be steel framed with a composite concrete slab on metal deck floor.

The lateral force resisting system for the building will consist of steel braced frames; one bay at each perimeter wall and concrete shear walls at the stair/elevator core of the two story office portion of the building and 10 bays of braced frames distributed along the perimeter walls and interior of the one-story storage portion of the building.

The foundations are assumed to be conventional, reinforced concrete, continuous and spread footings and a mat footing under the stair/elevator core bearing on medium dense, cohesionless, granular material with an allowable bearing capacity of between 2,000 and 4,000psf (depending on the footing width).

The assumptions above regarding the foundation system are based on a March 2013 Geotechnical investigation performed by Shannon & Wilson, Inc. This study was prepared for a small generator building and bypass road; not specific to a building as large as the proposed Library and Archives. Consequently, the geotechnical study will have to be updated to reflect the currently proposed scope of development.

10.8.5 Architectural Narrative

PROGRAM ORGANIZATION As a greenfield site anticipating new construction, the project area in Lacey comes with the fewest site constraints. As a result, the program area can spread out horizontally to optimize the construction type and an efficient distribution of building systems. The ground floor of the northern wing of the building is appropriate for the program’s public spaces, including the main entry and Lobby, the Library Reading Room, Archives Research Room, Conference Rooms and Training Rooms, and a portion of the office space. The Library, Conference Rooms, and Training Rooms face north, providing ample daylight without glare from the direct sun, and to take advantage of views toward the existing forest. Above the public spaces, on the building’s second floor, is the majority of the office program – about 24,000 GSF. The office area includes open cubicles and private offices, conference

Appendix [195] rooms, and support spaces in sizes and configurations consistent with DES standards and tailored to individual departmental needs. The second floor could be configured as a long, thin floor plate to optimize day-lighting and views, reducing the build- ing’s energy use and provide an office environment consistent with high-performance buildings.

The east wing of the building would accommodate the total secure storage program for the library and archives collections – approximately 83,000 GSF – on a single floor. This configuration provides storage efficiency and flexibility over time, with climate and humidity control specific to its archival storage function. The roof construction could be relatively light-weight, but careful consideration must be given to the concrete slab-on-grade to accommodate heavy live loads from storage on high- density shelving.

Universal accessibility, high-performance envelope design, energy efficient building systems, and daylighting (where appropri- ate) would be incorporated throughout the new facility.

EXTERIOR MATERIALS The design will be required to meet the current Washington State Energy Code building envelope standards, including continu- ous exterior insulation, minimal thermal bridging, and exceptional air barrier performance. To assist the cost estimating for this Predesign, it is assumed that an aluminum plate rainscreen system would be used for the opaque exterior walls, and a high-performance thermally broken curtainwall glazing system is used for the transparent portions of the exterior envelope. Although the Lacey site is not part of the central Capitol Campus, the design of the exterior should acknowledge the scale, proportions, and quality of the Capitol’s historic structures and the nearby-by Department of Ecology building, while reflecting the architectural thinking of our time. The choice of materials and detailing should be consistent with expectations for a 75-year building.

INTERIOR MATERIALS For general use office, conference room, and support spaces, the interior finishes should be consistent in quality with other recently purpose-built State Government facilities, such as the 1063 Building, the DES Building at 1500 Jefferson, and the Edna Goodrich Building. To support the cost estimating for this Predesign, the interior is assumed to include the following materials and finishes. Interior partitions are primarily metal stud construction with painted drywall finish. Interior doors are solid-core wood veneer, set in wood or hollow metal frames with glazed re-lites where appropriate. Ceilings are suspended acoustic panels and floors are carpet tile.

Throughout the public areas of the interior, the finishes should be of a higher quality to reflect the importance of the Library and Archives as distinguished State Institutions preserving Washington’s heritage.

The secure storage areas of the building require fewer “finish” materials, utilizing a sealed concrete slab, limited interior parti- tions, and exposing the building systems and the underside of the structure overhead.

10.8.6 Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing Narrative I. Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing Utilities

A. Natural Gas

1. Lacey: Natural gas will be required for Heating Boilers and Domestic How Water heaters. A new gas service will be provided from the utility distribution.

[196] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign B. Sanitary Sewer

1. General: The sanitary connections serving the building will be made to the sewer mains that exit the building. Most drainage will be by gravity with the exception of below grade spaces which will be routed to a lift station to be pumped from the building to the sanitary sewer.

C. Domestic Water and Fire Protection

1. General: The domestic water service will be served off of the existing water main. The fire protection service to the build- ing will be provided by a 6-inch fire service routed to the building. The domestic and fire services will each be protected by a Washington State Approved reduced pressure backflow preventer assembly and a double check valve assembly respectively. The domestic water service will include a 3-inch water meter to monitor water consumption within the building.

D. Storm Water Drainage System

1. General: The building storm drainage system will include roof drains, terrace drains, area drains and an interior rainwater leader system. The roof drains will be routed to a storm water harvesting/retention tank system. The retained water will be filtered and pumped to be used for toilet and urinal flushing. All other drains will be routed to city storm water drainage system.

E. Steam

1. Lacey: Campus Steam will not be required.

F. Chilled Water

1. Lacey: Campus Chilled Water will not be required.

G. Recycled Water

1. Lacey: Campus Recycled Water will not be required.

H. Electrical Service

1. Lacey: The facility will be served from an existing Medium Voltage primary electrical distribution system from PSE for normal power. Pad mounted MV switches and Transformers on concrete pads.

II. HEATING, VENTILATION, & AIR CONDITIONING

A. Design Criteria

1. Outdoor Design Conditions:

Summer: 87°F dry bulb (ASHRAE 0.4%). 67°F wet bulb (ASHRAE 0.4%).

Winter: 18°F dry bulb (ASHRAE 99.8%)

2. Indoor Design Conditions

Appendix [197] a. Refer to Table 1 for the HVAC Design Conditions for the different spaces in the building.

3. Codes and Standards: a. The following codes and standards are applicable, in addition to any other local code requirements.

1) 2012 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments

2) 2012 International Mechanical Code with Washington State Amendments

3) 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code with Washington State Amendments

4) 2012 Washington State Energy Code

5) 2012 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

6) Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

8) American Society of Heating, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

9) American Association of Balancing Contractors (AABC)

10) Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA)

11) Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

12) Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI)

B. HVAC Systems

1. Chilled Water Systems

Lacey: a. There will be two chilled water systems in the building:

1) High temperature chilled water at 58℉ to be used for the chilled beams. Sub loops will be created for each exposure on each floor for zone temperature control. Each sub loop will be provided with an inline circulating pump and mixing valve.

2) Low temperature chilled water at 35 degrees to be used for the 24/7 systems and systems requiring lower temperature supply air. b. The high temperature chilled water systems will be provided with separate thermal storage tanks to store cooling energy at night for use during the day. This will reduce the impact on the peak capacity requirement of the Campus chilled water plant. The thermal storage tanks will utilize Eutectic material.

[198] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign c. The low temperature chilled water system will include closed circuit cooling towers, chillers, pumps and distribution system. All the components of this system will be connected to the emergency power system for continuous operation. d. The high temperature chilled water system will include closed circuit cooling towers, electric driven chillers, pumps and distribution system. e. When outdoor temperatures permit, the condensing water system will be interconnected with the high temperature chilled water system to provide hydronic free cooling that can be stored during the nighttime hours.

2. Heating Hot Water Systems:

Lacey: a. Gas fired condensing boilers will be used to generate 150℉ hot water as the heating source in the building. Heating hot water will be distributed throughout the building at 150℉ by three circulation pumps (each sized at 50% of total capacity) with variable speed drives. Hot water sub loops will be provided for the radiant heating panels in the floor. Each sub loop will be provided with circulating pumps and mixing valves to maintain the lower sub loop temperature.

3. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Systems:

General: a. Refer to Table 1 for the system type for each space in the office. b. System descriptions are as follows:

1) Chilled Beam – Overhead cooling source using chilled water in a passive element located either above a grille in the hung ceiling or exposed in spaces without ceilings. Room thermostats control chilled water flow through the elements for local temperature control. This system is planned for use in office spaces and used in conjunction with Floor Air system.

2) Floor Air – Constant volume supply air system using the raised floor for air distribution. The air system uses 100% outside air to provide ventilation air to the space. The system will also provide heating the perimeter spaces using zone heating coils during the winter season. This system is planned for use in office spaces and used in conjunction with the Chilled Beam system.

3) Radiant Floor – Hot water radiant heating system in the floor for space heating. The water temperature is modulated to maintain room temperature set point. This system is planned for use in lobbies.

4) CAV – Constant air volume system use for large single zone spaces that require special temperature and humidity conditions or fixed air quantities. This system is planned for use in archives and collection spaces. The floor air system also uses a CAV system to provide the fixed ventilation supply to the offices and auditorium.

5) VAV – Variable air volume system that provides for cooling and ventilation for areas requiring multiple temperature zones. This system is planned for use in the library, maintenance area and miscellaneous office areas.

4. Frozen Photo System:

General:

Appendix [199] a. Dedicated water-cooled split system will provide cooling for the frozen photo space that requires to be maintained at 14℉. Redundant systems will be provided and be connected to the emergency power system.

5. Toilet Ventilation Systems:

General: a. Each toilet room will be ventilated through a toilet exhaust system ducted to exhaust fan located at the high roof. The system shall be capable of exhausting a minimum of 2 cfm/sf or 10 air changes per hour, whichever is greater.

6. Electric Closet Ventilation System:

General: a. The electrical closet on each floor will be ventilated using a transfer air fan. Each electrical closet will be provided with a return air/make up air opening with fire damper above the finished ceiling of the adjoining space.

7. Elevator Machine Rooms, IDF and MDF Rooms:

General: a. The elevator machine rooms and IDF and MDF rooms will be air-conditioned using fan coil units connected to the 24/7 chilled water system. Elevator machine rooms shall be constructed with smoke-proof enclosures for smoke management purposes.

8. Automatic Temperature and Building Control Systems:

General: a. Requirements: Provide a BACNet based BMS computer based system capable of controlling central plant equipment, fans, HVAC units, and designed for expandability by using plug-in modules.

1) Locate central BMS components in the building Engineer’s office.

2) Provide local stand-alone field control modules in each major mechanical room. b. The BMS Subcontractor is responsible for all power wiring from designated circuits identified in the electrical panel schedules. c. System Overview: Provide a Direct Digital Control (DDC) system with full control of mechanical equipment. Provide BMS to monitor environmental data and control the function of the following equipment installed in the facility:

1) Boilers

2) Shell & Tube heat exchangers

3) Pumps

[200] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 4) Air handling units

5) Exhaust fans

6) Lighting system (interior and exterior) time clocks

7) Ventilation systems

8) Domestic hot water systems

9) Security system interface

10) Fire alarm system interface

11) Energy meters

12) Other designated functions/systems d. The BMS system will be set up to easily trend logs and sequentially download them for long-term data storage. e. Provide complete system of electronic PID control technology to automatically maintain and regulate environmental conditions. f. Use system architecture with intelligent field distributed control modules to communicate in both LAN/WAN and WEB configuration communications.

9. Electric Motors:

General: a. All electric motors will be premium efficiency type and suitable for use on inverter drive systems where applicable. TEFC motors will be required when located within the air stream.

10. Acoustics:

General: a. As part of the design development phase, all of the mechanical systems will need to be reviewed by the acoustical consul- tant to ensure the desired noise and vibration levels throughout the building meet project requirements. Recommendations will be incorporated into the construction documents. b. Critical items requiring acoustical evaluation include, but are not limited to, the following areas or systems: cooling tower, chillers, Auditorium, conference rooms, and other special rooms

III. PLUMBING

A. Design Criteria

Appendix [201] 1. Codes and Standards a. The following codes and standards are applicable, in addition to any other local code requirements:

1) 2012 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments

2) 2012 International Mechanical Code with Washington State Amendments

3) 2012 International Fuel Gas Code with Washington State Amendments

4) 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code with Washington State Amendments

5) 2012 Washington State Energy Code

6) 2012 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

8) American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

B. Plumbing Systems

1. Water Supply

General: a. The building water supply will connect to the existing domestic water mains. The domestic service will be protected by Washington State Approved reduced pressure principle backflow preventer assemblies. A duplex assembly will be provided for the service. b. Water pressure at the fixtures will be limited to a maximum pressure of 80 PSI through the use of pressure reducing valve assemblies as required. c. Size domestic water systems using a maximum of 5-PSI pressure drop per 100 feet of pipe and a maximum velocity of 8.0 feet per second. d. Civil Engineer will take the water lines from a point 5 feet from the building to the main water line.

2. Domestic Hot and Cold Water

General: a. The buildings’ service main size is anticipated to be 4-inches in diameter. b. The water service entrance and domestic water piping 3-inches and larger will be either copper, type L with roll grooved joints or stainless steel schedule 10, type 304 with roll grooved joints depending on market conditions. Piping 2-1/2-inches and smaller will be type L copper joined with lead-free, 95-5 type solder.

[202] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign c. As an augmentation to the conventional domestic water heating system, a solar assisted water pre-heating system will be given consideration.

Lacey: a. Where require, a triplex variable speed water pressure booster pump system will be provided for the project. The booster pump system will be configured such that the system will be capable of 100% of the total design flow with the loss of the larg- est pump. b. Domestic hot water will be supplied from centrally located, natural gas-fired, tank type water heaters. The system will be circulated throughout the facility to maintain the hot water temperature and to assure that water and time are not wasted by occupants while waiting for hot water. Water will be stored within the water heaters at 140 degrees F and reduced at the fixture through the use of thermostatic mixing valves.

3. Natural Gas System

General: a. A 2 PSI natural gas service with meter and pressure regulator will be provided by the natural gas purveyor at a location acceptable to the Owner. Gas pressure at appliances will provided at 7 inch to 14 inch WC in the building through the use of gas regulators placed near equipment. b. The buildings’ service main size is anticipated to be 3 inches diameter. c. Gas will be distributed in schedule 40 black steel piping with threaded malleable iron fittings. The gas lines will be routed throughout the facility to gas-fired equipment and appliances, including gas-fired cooking equipment within the kitchen service areas.

4. Sanitary Sewer and Waste System

General: a. The building’s service main size is anticipated to be 8 inches in diameter and will connect to the existing municipal sewer system. A complete sanitary waste and vent system will be provided in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code (as adopted by Washington State) throughout the building, arranged for gravity flow. Sewage ejectors will be provided where required when gravity drainage cannot occur. Soil, waste and vent lines will be sized per UPC using good engineering practice. The Civil Engineer will take the sewer lines from 5 feet outside the building footprint to the street sewer. b. Sanitary waste and vent piping above and below ground will be service weight hub-less cast iron pipe. Couplings for below ground installation shall be bolted and gasketed cast-iron and above ground shall be FM approved stainless steel couplings. c. Where indoor parking structures are planned, garage drains will remove surface water and be routed to an oil/water separa- tor prior to connecting to the sanitary sewer.

5. Storm Drainage System

General:

Appendix [203] a. Complete roof drainage systems with independent overflow drains and risers through the building will be provided. System design based on 1 inch per hour rainfall intensity and on local code requirements. The maximum velocity in the storm drainage system will be limited to 3 feet per second. b. The roof drainage will be routed to a filter prior to entering a storm water retention tank for future reuse as needed for toilet and urinal flushing. c. Additional deck, area and terrace drains will be provided for areas located at building setbacks and routed directly to the street storm water system in lieu of the storm retention tank (as required by code). d. The building storm drain system will be routed from the building additional drains and retention tank overflow to 5 feet from the building footprint where the Civil Engineer will take the storm drain to the street storm sewer.

6. Non-potable Treated Water System

General: a. The filtered roof drainage in the water retention tank will be brought to a day tank to undergo treatment then pumped for daily use as needed for toilet and urinal flushing. This pressure system will be piped in “purple pipe” for distinction from the potable water system.

7. Hose Bibs

General: a. Hose bibs with vacuum breakers will be provided at a minimum in accordance with the following:

1) Mechanical equipment rooms a) Non-freeze hose bibs in boxes will be provided as one minimum on each exterior face. Maximum spacing will not exceed 100 feet. b) Each toilet room.

8. Plumbing Fixtures

General: a. (Level of quality Similar to American Standard) b. All fixtures will be selected for ultra-low flow water consumption. c. Water Closets: Wall hung, low consumption flush valve and bowl with open front seat less cover. d. Lavatories: Vitreous china counter top, with single handle mixing faucets. All lavatories will have an insulated offset waste below where piping is exposed. e. Urinals: low consumption, 1/8 gallon per flush, Wall hung, with flush valve.

[204] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign f. Drinking Fountains. g. Each water supply will be roughed in with an isolation valve at the fixture.

9. Floor Drains

General: a. Drain will be provided at a minimum for the following, or as specified by Code or local building authority.

1) Mechanical equipment rooms.

2) Each toilet room.

3) Each janitor’s closet

IV. FIRE PROTECTION

A. Design Criteria

1. Codes and Standards a. This installation will comply with the Washington State Codes and Washington State Facilities Standards. b. All Fire Protection design, products, and installation shall comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following jurisdictional codes, authorities and guidelines:

1) International Building Code, 2012 Edition

2) International Fire Code, 2012 Edition

3) State of Washington, Code Amendments

4) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

5) NFPA Standard 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems

6) NFPA Standard 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems

7) NFPA Standard 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection

8) NFPA Standard 70, National Electrical Code

9) NFPA Standard 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code

10) NFPA 75, Standard on Information Technology equipment Protection

11) NFPA 110, Standard for emergency and Standby Power Systems

Appendix [205] 12) NFPA 232, Standard for the Protection of Records and Storage

13) NFPA 909, Code for the Protection of Cultural Resources

14) NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems

15) Applicable FM GLOBAL Loss Prevention Data Sheets a) FM GLOBAL Data Sheet 2-8 “Earthquake Protection for Water-Based Fire Protection Systems” b) FM GLOBAL Data Sheet 2-8N “Installation of Sprinklers (NFPA)” c) FM P7825a, Approval Guide Fire Protection d) FM P7825b, Approval Guide Electrical Equipment

16) UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) a) UL 668, Hose Valves for Fire Protection Service b) UL Building Materials Directory c) UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory

17) Local Codes, Code Amendments and Requirements c. Provide fire protection products including valves, fittings and couplings, supports, anchors, fire stops, sprinklers, fire hose stations, hose valves, etc., that are Underwriters Laboratories listed/FM Global Approved, and acceptable to the local Authority Having Jurisdiction.

B. Fire Protection Systems

1. Water Supply

General: a. The fire main will be connected, with a 6” line, to the city water distribution system as indicated at the beginning of this report. b. A double check valve assembly will be installed to protect the water service from contamination.

Lacey: a. A fire pump is not anticipated to be required to meet the sprinkler demand for the buildings.

2. Building Fire Protection

General:

[206] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. The buildings will be protected by a hydraulically calculated automatic wet sprinkler system. Each floor will be considered as a separate sprinkler zone with its own sprinkler control valve assembly consisting of a supervised valve, flow switch, and drain valve. Floor sprinklers will be served by at least two risers.

1) All equipment and devices shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed, Factory Mutual Approved and acceptable to the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. Fire Protection Contractor shall sign and seal with a Washington State Fire Protection Designer Certificate of Competency all shop Drawings and hydraulic calculations prior to issuance to Building and Fire Departments for approval. No work shall be installed without approved shop Drawings.

2) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the location of all sprinkler heads with final reflected ceiling Drawings.

3) Fire sprinkler mains shall not interfere with the HVAC contractor’s ability to place HVAC main ducts tight to bottom of fire proofed structural elements.

4) The Contractor shall provide all offsets, drains and drain plugs for trapped piping, and drainage piping. The Contractor shall notify the Architect, in writing, of all discrepancies in sprinkler head locations where local codes are violated (i.e., allowable distance from walls or exterior glass, small room spacing, stairs, etc.).

5) Fire sprinkler mains shall not interfere with the HVAC contractor’s ability to place HVAC main ducts tight to bottom of fire proofed structural elements.

6) System piping shall be hydraulically designed throughout all areas in accordance with the rules and regulations of the applicable standards. Hydraulic calculations shall be in accordance with the Area/Density Method or other method approved for the application used, per NFPA 13 and FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets 2-8 and 2-8N. The Owner’s Insurance Carrier shall be contacted to verify any additional requirements.

7) System piping shall be hydraulically designed throughout all areas in accordance with the rules and regulations of the applicable standards using the design densities indicated herein: b. Fire Sprinklers: The fire sprinkler hydraulic calculations shall include hose allowances as defined for the hazard for inside and outside hose streams as required to meet applicable standards.

1) Hydraulically designed sprinkler systems should be designed for a supply pressure of at least 10 percent, but not less than 10 psi, below the supply curve.

2) The velocity of water through the fire protection piping system shall not exceed maximum allowable velocities allowed by applicable standards.

3) The hydraulic calculations shall be based on current flow data obtained from local water authority. Confirm flow data prior to design and layout of fire protection systems. c. Wet Pipe Sprinkler Protection. All sprinkler systems shall be hydraulically calculated. Sprinkler design area adjustment for quick response heads based upon ceiling height, per NFPA 13 Section 11.2.3.2.3 shall be permitted. In the event design criteria information from the project fire insurance underwriter is unavailable at the time of initial design, the following minimum criteria shall be used:

Appendix [207] 1) Light Hazard: Offices, data processing, restaurant seating area, library – exclusive of book stacks, non-exhibition assembly areas, and corridor – piping systems shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.10GPM/sq. ft. over an area of 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location and 250 GPM for hose stream. The protection area per sprinkler head shall be 225 square feet.

2) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Restaurant service area, exhibition assembly areas, shops, maintenance areas, mechanical rooms, and archival restoration areas - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet.

3) Ordinary Hazard – Group 2: Retail areas, truck dock, storage areas and library book stacks, archives - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.20 GPM/sq. ft. over an area of 1500 sq. ft. at most remote location. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 sq. ft. d. Pre-action System Density Requirements:

1) Quick response sprinkler heads shall be permitted. a) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Museum, Archives, Library, Archival Restoration, Information Technology Rooms (based upon fire hazards assessment for risk management purposes) - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location for single interlock systems and 1950 sq ft for double interlock arrangements. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet. b) The maximum area coverage per smoke detector shall not exceed: 120 sq. ft. c) Group pre-action systems into single zones per floor to achieve a net savings in installation costs, reduction in maintenance, reduction in the footprint occupied by multiple sprinkler system risers on each floor, and maintenance of the same level of reliability overall. d) Where pendent heads are required dry pendent heads shall be used to permit more thorough drainage of water subsequent to a system trip. This represents an installation cost increase, but significant reduction in potential for plug- ging of sprinkler heads caused by cycling of pre-action arrangement (dry/wet) from system trips, also reduction in damage from contaminated water residue otherwise trapped in pendent sprinkler drops and return bends. No change in aesthetics of heads within the ceiling area. e) Use corrosion resistant piping (galvanized or stainless steel) for pre-action systems – This incremental increase in material cost would be off-set by the reduction in potential contaminant damage from corrosion products developing within the pre- action system piping. f) Use an approved multi-cycling (Fire Cycle) system arrangement for the pre-action arrangement to archive, book stack, museum, and library areas to provide a reliable on-off system operating capability during a fire event to limit discharge. The installation of a Fire Cycle Arrangement for preaction systems may be slightly more expensive in design, but combines features to reduce potential for inadvertent discharge of water, with reduced water discharge during a credible fire to mitigate damage without compromising reliability and code compliance. g) All pre-action piping shall be sloped back to drains and caps shall be strategically provided to facilitate water removal. e. Dry Pipe System Protection:

1) Dry pipe system should only be installed where pipe is subject to freezing.

2) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Parking Garage, and Canopies or Overhangs over 4 ft wide - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over the most remote 1950 sq ft. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet.

[208] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 3) The maximum area coverage per smoke detector shall not exceed: 120 sq. ft.

4) All dry system piping shall be sloped back to drains and caps shall be strategically provided to facilitate water removal. f. Zoning of the Fire Protection System:

1) Wet Sprinkler System: Water flow detection zoning shall be per floor basis with areas not exceeding maximum allowable per NFPA.

2) Elevator Machine Room Requirements: a) The sprinkler supply line to each elevator machine room shall be provided with an accessible shutoff valve with tamper switch, flow switch and test point located outside of machine room. b) Fire sprinklers installed in the elevator machine rooms shall be intermediate temperature rating.

3) Elevator Pit Requirements: a) Install automatic sprinkler heads in elevator pits such that the water spray pattern shall not spray higher than 2 feet above the pit floor, with a spray pattern directed level and down. b) An accessible sprinkler shut-off valve shall be provided outside of and near the pit. The valve shall be normally open, with no provision to shut off elevator power. c) Do not locate automatic sprinkler heads on a car entrance side or interfere with pit access. d) Provide drain valve and plug at the lowest point of the automatic sprinkler piping in the pit and installed to avoid mechanical damage. Piping shall enter the shaft at the floor level of the bottom landing and be wall mounted, fit tight against the wall, and maintain proper clearance to the car and counterweights. In walk-in pits, sprinkler piping may enter the pit in an approved manner other than the floor level of the car’s lowest landing.

4) Piping Arrangement a) No pipes or other apparatus shall be installed so as to interfere in any way with the full swing of doors, building access doors, and access doors in ductwork. The arrangement, positions, and connections of pipes, drains, valves, etc., shown on the Drawings shall be taken as a close approximation and while they shall be followed as closely as possible, the right is reserved by the Project Representative to change the locations to accommodate any conditions which may arise during the progress of the work without additional compensation to this Contractor for such changes, provided that the changes are requested prior to the installation of this Contractor’s work. b) Piping typically shall be installed concealed in or above building construction; i.e.; hung ceilings, and shall be so arranged that relocation of lighting fixtures, or plumbing and mechanical systems, will not cause any interference. c) Coordinate with the fire sprinkler and alarm trades to ensure full awareness of the location of all control valves, flow switches, tamper switches, and alarm and signal switches.

Appendix [209] d) Hangers: Design shall be per NFPA 13, for pressures in excess of 100 psi, NFPA 13, 2-6 and 4-5.2. e) Earthquake Sway Bracing: Design will be per NFPA 13 using UL listed or FM Approved components. The location of sway bracing and flexible couplings shall be shown on all shop drawings submitted for approval in sufficient detail to verify their location, preferred arrangement, and conformance to this standard. f) Flushing Connections: Flushing connections shall be per NFPA 13. g) Sleeves and Penetrations: All pipes penetrating concrete or masonry walls or floors shall be sleeved. All pipe penetrations shall have minimum clearance as per NFPA 13. Sleeves shall be caulked to retain the proper fire-wall rating with an approved sealant. h) Sprinkler heads in finished area will be quick response type, chrome finish with white escutcheon. i) For all archival storage areas and the like, double interlock pre-action fire suppression systems will be provided. g. Clean Agent Fire Protection

1) The selection of an appropriate clean agent (e.g., FM 200, Inergen, Novec 1230, etc.) shall be based upon a fire hazards assessment by a qualified fire protection specialist.

2) Potential program areas that are candidates for clean agent protection include: state hi toric documents, archives, map and plan collection, rare books and manuscripts stacks, security microfilm storage, automated mobile shelving units, and selected information technology equipment rooms.

3) Clean agent systems shall be installed in conjunction with an approved automatic sprinkler system throughout, rather than as a substitute.

V. ELECTRICAL

A. Design Criteria

1. Codes and Standards a. Electrical Systems will be designed in accordance with all applicable codes, standards and Authorities Having Jurisdiction, the Underwriters’ Laboratory and in accordance with current engineering practices.

1) General Administration (GA) Facilities Standards.

2) National Electrical Code (NEC).

3) Washington Cities Electrical Code Amendments.

4) Title 296, Washington Administrative Code, Chapter 296-46B, “Electrical safety standards, administration and installation.”

5) International Building Code (IBC)

6) International Fire Code (IFC).

[210] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 7) Fire Safety Standards for Elevators.

8) Washington State Fire Marshal Requirements.

9) Washington State Energy Code.

10) American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

11) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

12) Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES).

13) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

14) National Electrical Manufactures Association (NEMA).

15) Underwriters Laboratories (UL).

B. Electrical Systems

1. Primary Distribution – Medium Voltage

Lacey: a. The Lacey site will be served from utility owned medium voltage distribution lines in proximity to the buildings and in accord with the serving utility’s requirements. Portions of the existing service at the Tumwater site may be able to be reused. Although the power demands of the new facility will exceed the capacity of the existing service transformers,

2. Main Electrical Service - Low Voltage

General: a. Normal Power System

1) The two (2) LV main switchboards will be main-tie-main configuration with power circuit breakers individually mounted. Main- tie-Main breakers and bus shall be rated at 4000A, interrupt current rated at 100,000 AIC. Digital meters will be provided at both ends of main-tie-main configuration switchgear and branch circuits to monitor energy usage.

Drawout Type LV Switchgear

2) 480V and 208V branch panel boards and associated step-down transformers will be distributed throughout in dedicated electrical rooms.

3) Mechanical power distribution will be provided with dedicated distribution panels located in the mechanical rooms or electrical rooms throughout the facility.

Appendix [211] 4) Acceptable Manufacturers: Cutler Hammer, General Electric, or Square D/Group Schneider. b. Emergency Power System – Lacey

1) One radiator cooled, diesel fuel fired standby engine generator set rated 900kW/1125kVA, 480Y/277V, 3-phase, 4-wire, 60 Hz, 1800 rpm will be provided to supply power supporting all life/safety loads (egress and emergency exit lighting, fire alarm systems, smoke removal fans, all elevators) and Ownerspecified optional loads (e.g. computers, UPS, HVAC, Refrigeration units, etc.).

2) Two (2) automatic transfer switches will be provided to feed Life Safety loads and legally standby and optional standby (Archive) loads.

3) Generator(s) is (are) located outdoors with a 2-hour day tank adjacent, an underground fuel storage tank to be provided and sized to support the Owner required 72 hours of full-load operation. A signal from any automatic transfer switch will start the engine and supply power to the emergency distribution system in the event of failure of the normal power source. a) Generator will be exercised per the requirements of NPFA 110. Permanently installed load banks will be installed to meet these requirements.

4) Acceptable Manufacturer: Cummins/Onan, Caterpillar or approved equal

3. Grounding System

General: a. A complete grounding system complying with National Electrical Code will be provided. Grounding system shall consist of the following:

1) Main Grounding System. The main building grounding system will consist of the following: a) Bonding to structural steel. b) Bonding to incoming water main. c) Bonding to grounding rod for lightning protection system if provided. d) Ground rods shall located in main electrical room or at building exterior below grade or unexcavated area and connected to main electrical room service grounding bus. e) All the above will be terminated to a ground bus bar in the main electrical room. In addition, the service entrance neutral conductor will be bonded to the switchboard ground bus, the electrical room ground bus bar and the ground rod.

2) Ground Riser. A ground riser will be provided in each electrical room with transformers and telecommunications room. Each will consist of the following: a) Bare copper conductor from the main building ground bus to a ground bus on each level. Each ground bus will be bonded to the nearest building steel.

[212] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign b) Each transformer neutral ground bar will be bonded to the ground bus in addition to the nearest building steel.

3) Branch circuit grounding. The continuous metallic conduit raceway will serve as the ground path for feeders. Branch circuits shall be provided with an insulated grounding conductor run with the circuit conductors. This grounding conductor shall be in addition to the ground path provided by the continuously grounded metallic raceway system that encloses the phase and neutral conductors.

4. Equipment Connections

General: a. HVAC equipment. b. Plumbing equipment. c. Fire protection equipment. d. Elevators. e. Owner furnished equipment. f. Motorized doors and gates. g. 120V power connections and empty conduit for irrigation control system. h. Convenience and special purpose receptacles. i. Food Service equipment j. Load Summary: *(We need to insert the program (abbreviated & combined?) here and agree on loads.

5. Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Power Generation a. Consideration to apply on-site renewable source to this project, such as a solar PV array, has been analyzed based on utiliz- ing the requirements to obtain LEED points. The following chart identifies the minimum square footage to install a PV array for the associated LEED point. b. The current rooftop square footage for this project can accommodate the 1 point requirement, however, achieving additional points may prove more challenging based on the minimum area required. Additional solar arrays may be introduced into the shading overhangs on the south side of the building. c. The design will provide the pathway infrastructure to support the potential solar PV array installation. The infrastructure required to meet the minimum 2.5% LEED requirement is (1) 4” conduit stubbed from the rooftop, into the stacked electrical rooms in the office floors and down to the main electrical room. Considerations for room requirements to house the distribution required for a solar PV array will be analyzed at a later date.

VI. FIRE ALARM

Appendix [213] A. Design Criteria

1. The Lacey site does not have office occupancies that would be classified as High-Rise and would therefor would not have the high rise requirements of the GA site. They would have a fire detection and alarm system to notify the occupants and the Fire Department of a Fire related emergency as outlined below.

2. The fire alarm system at all sites shall be fully supervised and include both manually and automatically actuated alarms consisting of: a. Manual pull stations in each elevator lobby, entries to stairwells, main exit doors and intermediate locations to provide 200 feet maximum spacing between manual pull stations. b. Connections to fire sprinkler system water flow, tamper switches and pre-action system. c. Area smoke detectors in each mechanical, electrical, telephone, and elevator machine room, at each stair and elevator lobby door fitted with magnetic hold open devices, and in each elevator lobby for elevator recall. Fire detectors in elevator shafts. d. Duct type smoke detectors at the inlet of all return air duct stub outs, at main return air plenums, at the discharge of each supply air fan and where required to operate a fire/smoke damper. e. Speakers and strobes per the IFC and the ADA. f. Emergency voice/alarm communication. g. Fire department communication. h. Data gathering panels for Executive Offices F/A devices. i. Annunciator and remote annunciators.

3. The fire alarm LED annunciator shall provide indication of the floor of an alarm and the type of alarm, i.e., manual, sprinkler flow, or smoke. The fire alarm system shall be connected to an approved central monitoring service.

4. FACP to be located in FCC room beside the main entrance at floor A, DGP panel for Executive Offices to be located in electri- cal room at floor 3. Remote annunciator to be located in Security Control room at floor 1.

5. Acceptable Manufacturers to be confirmed.

VII. LIGHTING

A. Design Criteria

1. Refer to combined architectural and electrical lighting design narrative

B. Lighting Systems

General Description

[214] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 1. Lighting will be designed and documented to comply with the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) recommended light levels and the Washington State Energy Code.

2. Site Lighting will be designed with

3. Interior Lighting will be designed to highlight the architecture and task areas while providing a highly energy efficient lighting system. A task/ambient approach will provide lower ambient light levels with higher light levels at tasks provided by task lights or directional light fixtures.

4. Light fixtures will be carefully placed to integrate with the daylight zones and the daylight control system.

5. LED Light sources will achieve energy efficiency with a high lumen per watt ratio, have long lamp life to reduce replacement and maintenance costs and aid visibility by having a Color Rendering Index of at least 80 CRI.

6. Light fixtures shall utilize high efficiency photometrics and provide low glare illumination.

Major Project Area Descriptions

Site Lighting a. Parking - Lighting at parking areas will be provided by full-cut-off light fixtures equipped with high performance optics. Careful selection and spacing of light fixtures will ensure parking areas are evenly illuminated while reducing light trespass. b. Entries- Building entries will be highlighted to create a destination when viewing the building from a distance. Planting areas and trees will be highlighted to add another layer of lighting. Other building mounted lighting will be incorporated into building overhangs and canopies to highlight the architecture and create a safe and inviting experience. c. Pathways - Main pedestrian pathways leading to the main entry will be illuminated by low level light fixtures. d. Landscape - Landscape areas will have minimal lighting with a few key trees, sculptures or memorials illuminated to provide a view from a distance while retaining darks skies.

Interior Lighting a. Reception and public circulation – Even ambient levels of light will be provided with additional task light at work surfaces. Architectural elements and artwork will be highlighted to create focus and whimsy. b. Offices – Offices will be illuminated with a layered and flexible lighting system. A combination of light fixture types and distributions will be used to provide user flexibility and to light all tasks. Standalone preset lighting control systems will be used in the private offices to provide preset light levels for high and low light level functions. Indirect lighting will be used whenever appropriate to reduce contrast and increase reflected light from the ceiling. c. Conference Rooms – Conference rooms will have flexible light levels provided by a series of light fixtures that will provide for all meeting room uses. Centrally located indirect linear up lights or decorative pendants will light the central meeting table. Recessed dimmable down lights will provide ambient light levels and provide for low light level presentations. Presentation and display walls in medium and large meeting rooms will be washed with light by pendant or recessed linear fluorescent wall wash fixtures.

Appendix [215] d. Support spaces – Support spaces such as storage, data centers, and telecommunication, mechanical and electrical rooms shall be illuminated by lensed pendant mount fluorescent light fixtures. Fixtures will be spaced, 8’ to 10’ on center, to provide bright and even light levels. e. Public Areas – These spaces will be highlighted with a layer of light that will reveal the architecture. An additional level of light will be provided at people height to provide task light and highlighted low level features. Stacks, shelves and desks will be lighted via side mount grazing wall wash fixtures and desk mount task lights. Vertical surfaces at the interior of the space will be illuminated to help reduce contrast between daylight and non-daylight spaces. f. Locker Rooms/Restrooms – These spaces will be designed to provide even illumination. Light fixtures will be recessed in the ceiling or integrated into architectural elements for an integrated approach. g. Staff Areas – A flexible lighting system will be provided to allow users the ability to change light levels and create areas of low and high light within the larger space. Architectural features will be illuminated to help identify the boundaries of the space. Individual desk and tables will be provided via desk mount task lights.

Daylighting a. Project Daylight Studies will be reviewed and coordinated with the Architects to maximize connection to nature and time of day changes while reducing electric lighting loads during daylight hours. Light fixtures in the delighted Public, Offices and Meeting room areas will be equipped with dimming controls to allow for automatic electric light load shedding via photocell control with no noticeable change in light levels. Photocells will be carefully placed to read daylight levels accurately, making the daylight control system automatic and user-friendly.

Lighting Controls a. A series of networked light panels will provide automatic control of the lighting system. The lighting control panels will be connected to the Building Management System to allow lighting system energy use and outage monitoring. Automatic sweep off of light fixtures will be utilized with local override switches for after-hours use. Occupancy sensors will be used in all private offices, meeting rooms, storage and support spaces to ensure light fixtures are not on when the room is not is use. Exterior light fixtures will be controlled via one central photocell and by the building time clock for further fine tuning of hours of operation.

Exit signs shall be edge-lit and utilize high efficiency LED sources. Emergency egress lighting will be provided to achieve a minimum of 1 fc along path of egress via an emergency power inverter system as described in the electrical section of this narrative.

The lighting systems are being designed in accordance with the recommendations of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America.

[216] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign The Lighting system will be designed to meet the following goals and guidelines for each program area:

Area Target IL Design IntentK Light Source W / SF

Building Entries Main 10 fc; Secondary 5fc Light fixtures integrated LED 0.25 into building overhangs and canopies to light the ground and architectural features.

Pedestrian Pathways General 1 fc Pedestrian scale LED poles LED 0.7 used at open areas and paths. Wall recessed step light at stairs.

Landscape General .5 fc Low level area light fixtures LED 0.15 will light key landscape features. LED up lights to light minimal key trees

Parking General 1 fc Full cut off light fixtures on LED 0.06 20’ poles. Pedestrian scale poles at path areas

Public Areas General 20 fc; Task 40 fc The architectural volume will LED .93 Reading area be highlighted and task light 1.71 Stacks will be provided at all stacks .72 Cataloguing and desks.

Offices General 30 fc; Task 50 fc Pendant mount direct/ LED 0.98 indirect light fixtures will provide ambient light levels. Task lights will be mounted at desks.

Meeting Rooms General 20 fc; Accent 50 fc A combination of direct/ LED 1.23 indirect and directional lighting will provide a flexible system with multiple light levels possible.

Archives & Records General 20 fc; Task 40 fc Lighting will be bright and LED 0.8 even when needed. Controls will be used to turn lights off when rooms are not in use. Fixtures will be located between stacks for maximum vertical brightness.

Corridors General 10 fc Indirect lighting will CFL FL 0.66 used. Intersections and destinations will be highlighted.

Restrooms General 20 fc Even bright light levels will FL 0.98 be provided. Vanities will be lighted to a higher light level.

Mechanical & Electrical General 30 fc Strip light fixtures will be FL 0.95 rooms evenly spaced around mechanical and electrical equipment

Appendix [217] VIII. TELECOMMUNICATIONS

A. Design Criteria

1. Introduction a. This section is intended to define the standards, criteria and assumptions used for the design, documentation and specifica- tion of a telecommunications system to support the Washington State Archives and Library to be located on the Washington State Capitol Campus in Olympia, WA or at a site in Tumwater, WA or Lacey, WA. This narrative will form the basis for the design for the telecommunications system. b. This basis of design shall address pathways, spaces and media designs to support various information transport systems, including an administrative telephone system to support voice and voice grade services, local area network (LAN) systems, wide area network (WAN) systems and video distribution systems. c. The specific areas covered by this section of this report are as follows:

1) Definition of a campus pathway system to connect the building to the Capital Campus Department of Information Services (DIS) network.

2) Definition of a building pathway and spaces system to house the data network and voice components and their associated telecommunications cabling system

3) Definition of a unified signal grounding system.

4) Definition of building backbone cables and their distribution and termination methods.

5) Definition of workstation cables and their distribution and termination methods.

6) Definition of pathway, spaces and media identification. d. A discussion of the following systems is currently not included in this section of this basis of design and may be covered elsewhere:

1) Communication systems (telephony PBX, VOIP, radio, cellular, dictation)

2) Local and wide area network active components (servers, switches, routers, etc.)

3) Audio/visual system

4) Rooftop antenna systems

5) In Gallery electronics

2. Telecommunications Systems Related Codes and Standards

[218] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. In addition to the previously noted codes and standards that have been adopted and/or amended by the State of Washington, the telecommunications systems will also be designed in accordance with the standards, regulations and recommendations of the following entities:

1) Telecommunications Distribution Infrastructure Standard (TDIS)

2) American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

3) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

4) Telecommunications Industry Association / Electronics Industries Association (TIA/EIA)

5) Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI)

6) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

8) American Standards Association (ASA)

9) Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

10) American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)

11) In the event of conflicts, the more stringent provisions shall be applied.

B. Telecommunications Systems

General:

1. Telecommunications Entrance Pathways and Spaces a. Telephone and data network services for the project will be extended from the existing campus network backbone cabling pathway. A minimum of eight 4-inch conduits shall be provided between the project and the existing steam utilities utilidor for connection to the campus infrastructure. An additional four 4-inch spare conduits shall be provided to service future campus work. All conduit facilities shall be run below grade. Detailed design, routing and locations of conduits and any new mainte- nance utility vaults shall be coordinated with the Project’s Civil and Electrical Engineers. b. Service provider conduits into the building shall also be provided. A minimum of two 4-inch conduits reserved for Qwest and two 4-inch conduits for Comcast will be installed. Additional coordination with the local service providers will be required to ensure conduits are installed to the nearest service provider point of connection.

2. Telecommunications outside Plant Cabling a. Telephone and data network connectivity to the Campus network will be provided by outside plant cabling consisting of a minimum of 1200-pair copper UTP cables, 288-strands 50μm laser enhanced multimode optical fiber and 288-strands single- mode optical fiber.

Appendix [219] 3. Main Telecommunications Room (MTR or MDF) a. A main telecommunications room shall be provided on Floor B. Depending on the final determination of equipment to be housed within the room, the room shall be sized at minimum 650 square feet. A room with minimal dimensions of 20’ x 30’ is recommended. The MTR or MDF will serve as the central networking, communications and computing center for the building and shall support network operations functions. The space shall also serve as the entrance facility (EF) for the building with area dedicated for termination of incoming outside plant cabling. The room does not account for space for individual worksta- tion areas, printers and paper storage. b. The MTR or MDF shall be fully protected from water infiltration by ensuring that all water, glycol and drainage piping serving air conditioners, lavatories, roof drains, etc. shall be run outside the MTR or MDF walls. They shall only penetrate the room where necessary to serve equipment. c. The MTR or MDF walls shall be of slab-to-slab construction to facilitate the outfitting of the room for environmental condition- ing and fire protection / isolation of slab-to-slab construction. All penetrations of rated wall shall be fire-stopped in an approved manner to prevent the passage of flames, smoke and gases. A minimum 2-hour fire rated wall construction is recommended for the MTR or MDF. d. Walls and doors shall be configured and located to provide secured access. The number of entrances shall be minimized and provide for smooth operation and safety egress for personnel working within the space. At a minimum all doors should be provided with card key activated locks. e. The MTR or MDF should be constructed without a suspended, lay-in ceiling so as to avoid the constraints of a fixed grid structure and its limitations on locating and installing overhead cable trays and light fixtures. f. Air conditioning shall be provided with units specifically designed to serve the heat loads and humidity control requirements of the MTR or MDF. Units shall be sized to maintain a temperature of 65-72℉ at 20-55 percent relative humidity. Environmental conditions shall be maintained on a 24 hour-a-day, 7 days-a-week basis. The MTR or MDF shall also be equipped with hi- temperature alarms that report to the security and/or building management systems panels. Sensors shall be placed 60” AFF. g. Power requirements for the MTR or MDF shall be based on equipment lists provided by DIS; however load density shall be based on an average of 40-50 watts per square foot. This number is based on a low density of file servers. Loads may escalate significantly should a larger concentration of high density file servers be located within the MTR or MDF. h. Lighting requirements shall be a minimum of 50 foot-candles maintained at 36” AFF. Lighting fixtures, motors, air condition, etc. shall not be powered from the same electrical distribution panel as the telecommunications equipment in the room. i. The MTR or MDF shall be protected in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances. A pre-action fire suppression system shall be provided. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided at strategic locations within the MTR or MDF and shall be rated for all types of fires. A fire alarm annunciator panel shall be located at the main entrance to the room. At the first activa- tion of any sensor, both audible and visual alarms shall be sent to multiple areas within the MTR or MDF, positioned so that they can be installed noticed from anywhere, as well as to strategic locations outside the MTR or MDF. A manual override shall be provided at the entrance to the room enabling an operator to delay charging of the sprinkler pipes by a fixed time interval in order to attempt to extinguish the fire manually. j. A solid copper ground busbars shall be provided for signal ground connections. The ground busbar shall be bonded to the appropriate ground conductor as described herein.

[220] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 4. Telecommunications Room (TR or IDF) a. Telecommunications rooms shall be provided on each floor to facilitate distribution of voice and data station cables to the work area outlet. The rooms shall be stacked vertically through the building. In addition, they shall be located in an area on the floor plate which will ensure that the length of the installed workstation cables does not exceed 90 meters per TIA/EIA standards for telecommunications cabling. If workstation cables cannot be kept to within TIA/EIA standards, a second floor serving TR shall be provided. Consideration may also be given to serve smaller floor plates, with limited telecommunications outlet locations, from a telecomm room above or below the smaller floor plate. A discussion with DIS will be needed to confirm applicability for this project. b. Each telecommunication room shall be a minimum 100 square feet in area. A room with dimensions of 10’ x 10’ is rec- ommended. Each TR or IDF shall be capable of supporting the horizontal distribution of station cables and the pathway requirements for intra-building backbone cabling. The dimensions indicated will provide space for up to three free standing telecommunications equipment racks with vertical wire managers. c. The TR’s or IDF’s shall be fitted to support the following types of systems and equipment:

1) Termination and patching facilities for workstation cables.

2) Termination and patching facilities for UTP backbone cables.

3) Termination and patching facilities for optical fiber backbone cabling.

4) Hardware and racking for LAN switches.

5) Hardware for any wireless based telecommunications systems.

6) Wall space for mounting other low voltage systems such as CATV distribution components and electronic surveillance and access control systems. d. A typical TR or IDF shall be of slab to slab construction to facilitate the outfitting of the rooms for environmental conditioning and fire protection / isolation. A suspended ceiling should not be installed in the TR or IDF. All penetrations shall be sealed to prevent the passage of fire, smoke and gas. A minimum 1-hour fire rated wall construction is recommended for each of the TR’s or IDF’s. e. TR’s or IDF’s shall be provided with sprinkler heads mounted on the sidewalls. Sprinkler heads shall be provided with cages. Wet pipes, either run overhead or along the walls shall not traverse the rooms. f. Telecommunication rooms shall be furnished with 3/4” plywood on all designated walls installed 6-inches AFF. Plywood shall be void free and treated on both sides with two coats of fire resistant paint. Finishes in the room shall be light in color to enhance lighting. Finishes shall be applied before room fit out. Concrete floors and walls shall be sealed and cured to eliminate dust. Floors shall be covered with anti-static vinyl tiles g. Telecommunication rooms shall be furnished with a single lockable door of at least 36” wide by 80” high. Consideration shall be made to electronically secure the spaces.

Appendix [221] h. Environmental conditions shall be maintained on a 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week basis. Environmental limits for the tele- communication rooms are 64-75 degrees Fahrenheit and 30-55 percent relative humidity, non-condensing. Telecommunication rooms shall be equipped with high-temperature alarms that report to the security and/or BMS console. Positive pressure shall be maintained within the room, with a minimum of one air change per hour. i. Lighting levels within the telecommunication rooms shall be a minimum of 50 foot candles maintained at 36” AFF. j. Power circuits for all telecommunications equipment located within any given telecommunication room shall be fed from an electrical panel dedicated to these loads. The panel shall be fed from the stand-by generator power system. UPS backup, if required, shall be fed from standalone UPS units mounted within the equipment racks. Power circuit requirements for the room shall be based on equipment lists provided by DIS, however a minimum of one 20A circuit shall be provided for each equip- ment rack installed within the room, plus one spare. Allowing for future equipment requirements, room load density may be estimated at a minimum of 40 watts per square foot. Circuits may be brought to the equipment racks overhead and attached to overhead cable tray and then stubbing down to a location coordinated with DIS. k. In addition to outlets dedicated to telecommunications equipment, electrical convenience outlets (120V, 20A duplex recep- tacles) shall be provided at 6-foot intervals within the telecommunication rooms. A maximum of four duplex outlets shall be fed from a single 20A circuit. All branch circuiting shall include a ground wire from the distribution panel’s ground busbar to all electrical outlets in the room. The outlets shall be used for testing equipment and power tools only, and not for network transport electronics. l. Lighting fixtures, motors, air conditioning, etc. shall not be powered from the same electrical distribution panel as the tele- communications equipment in the telecommunication rooms. Electrical transformers shall not be located within the room. m. A solid copper ground bar shall be provided in each telecommunication room, for signal ground connections. The ground busbar shall be bonded to the appropriate ground conductor, as described herein.

5. Electronic Control Rooms a. Individual tenant spaces will be programmed with Electronic Control Rooms. These spaces will be dedicated to house telecommunications equipment, cabling and termination hardware dedicated to that particular Tenant. Room sizes shall be determined by each Tenant. Space construction and build out shall be similar to the MDF or IDF.

6. Building Backbone and Workstation Pathway Systems a. All pathways shall be designed to provide the capacity and capability to properly install high performance unshielded twisted pair and optical fiber cables to support the initial and subsequent requirements of the occupants. b. All pathway routes shall be coordinated with other building services (electrical, mechanical, plumbing, etc. to assure proper clearances and accessibility. c. The workstation cable distribution pathways shall be designed to accommodate cable changes as well as minimize building occupant disruption when such pathways and spaces are accessed. d. The pathway system shall be coordinated with the electrical distribution system in order to maintain a minimum 48” separa- tion from motors or transformers, 12” separation between parallel runs of telecommunication and electrical cabling and 5” separation from fluorescent lights. Where 12” separation is not possible; the telecommunication cabling shall be separated from electrical cables by a ferrous material to minimize potential interference. Where electrical and telecommunication cabling cross, it shall be at right angles only.

[222] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign e. General building pathway system shall consist of a cable tray, open cable supports and conduit as indicated on the plans. System shall be designed to support installation of UTP and optical fiber cabling into and out of each telecommunications space. Cable tray shall be installed under raised floor areas and overhead in accessible ceiling spaces. f. 12” and 24” ladder type cable trays shall be provided in the ceiling areas of the MTR (MDF) and TR’s (IDF) to support the distribution of cables within the room. g. Wall mounted telecommunications outlets (for voice/data) shall be provided with a 4” by 4” electrical box at the bottom of the minimum sized 1” conduit stub-up. Where stub up extend horizontally more than 60”, 1-1/4” conduit stub ups shall be substituted. Wall mounted telephone outlets, located at +48” AFF shall be provided with a 2” by 4” electrical box. A 3/4” conduit stub-up may be substituted for wall mounted telephones. Flexible cable supports shall be provided from the stub up locations to the nearest section of cable tray. h. Telecommunications outlets installed at raised floor areas shall be terminated in floor boxes. Routing of cables from under- floor cable tray to floor boxes shall be via open cable supports and conduit pathways. No cable shall be left unsupported on the concrete deck. i. Due to conduit fill ratios and stressing of the cables during installation, conduits shall be limited to a total of 180 degrees of bends or 100” between pulling points.

7. Uniform Telecommunications Grounding System a. A uniform telecommunications grounding and bonding system shall be provided in accordance with J-STD-607A, Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications in Commercial Buildings. This system shall be designed in conjunction with the electrical power grounding system. The following guidelines are provided for the design of the system. b. The telecommunications grounding backbone shall consist of solid copper busbar and copper conductors interconnected in the following manner:

1) Main electrical ground to the telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) located in the MTR.

2) The TMGB to individual telecommunications grounding busbars (TGB) in each TR.

3) The telecommunications grounding busbar in each of these rooms to the nearest point of grounding building steel, if available.

4) Where an electrical power panel board is located within the MTR or TR, the TGB shall be bonded to the panel board’s alternating current equipment ground (ACEG).

5) All bonding conductors shall be a minimum #3 AWG copper conductors. The conductor jacket shall be green in color or marked appropriately, and installed in continuous lengths. A grounding riser shall be provided up the telecommunication room riser path.

6) The TMGB shall be pre-drilled, a minimum of 1/2” thick x 4” wide solid copper bar, electro-tin-plated, and insulated from their supports by a 2” separation. The TGBs shall be pre-drilled, a minimum of 1/4” thick x 2” wide solid copper bar, electro-tin-plated and insulated from their supports by a 2” separation.

Appendix [223] 7) All metallic raceways, racks and cabinets entering or located with a room with a TGB shall be bonded to the TGB via a minimum #6 AWG bare copper conductor.

8. Telecommunications Cabling System a. The telecommunications cabling system shall be designed to conform to the requirements of TIA/EIA-568B, The Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. b. Building backbone cabling shall consist of the following:

1) A 200-pair Category 3 UTP cable from the MTR to each TR. Each end of the cable shall be terminated onto wall mounted 110-style termination blocks.

2) At a minimum, a 48-strand multi-mode optical fiber cable and a 24-strand single mode optical fiber cable shall be provided from the MTR to each TR. Optical fibers shall be terminated with connectors mounted in optical fiber patch panels at each end. Connector type will need to be determined in conjunction with DIS. c. Workstation cabling shall consist of the following:

1) Workstation outlet locations shall be provided with a standard cable set consisting of TIA/EIA 568B, 4-pair, UTP Category 5e cables. All cables shall be terminated at the workstation utilizing Category 5e, 8-pin, modular connectors with either T568A or T568B pinning at the workstation faceplate as determined by DIS. Cables for voice network applications shall be terminated onto 110 termination blocks at the telecommunication rooms. Cables for data network applications shall be terminated onto equipment rack mounted, 8-pin, modular patch panels in the telecommunication rooms. In order to establish an applications independent cabling system, all cables may be terminated onto rack mounted, 8-pin, modular patch panels. Standard cable set to be determined in conjunction with DIS.

2) All wall phone locations shall be provided with one Category 6 cable.

3) Cable set for all other locations shall be coordinated with the building’s programming requirements.

4) Patching and cross connects between cable terminations and transport electronics shall be accommodated with the least amount of termination and cross connect hardware that is practical. When feasible, connections between horizontal cable terminations and transport electronics will be made directly, through the use of an appropriate patch cord. Where necessary, connections between UTP cables terminated on rack mounted hardware and remote rack or wall-mounted equipment shall be made via the use of an intermediate “tie” field adjacent to the rack mounted cabling terminations. d. Connection between horizontal termination fields and tie fields, and from patch panels to equipment ports, shall be made through the use of pre-manufactured patch cords or punch down cross connect wire.

9. Pathways, Spaces and Media Identification a. An identification system shall be developed to uniquely identify each equipment rack, pathway segment, telecommunications room, rack, patch panel, and cable installed in the building. b. All horizontal and backbone cables shall be assigned a unique alphanumeric designation for identification purposes. Appropriately marked labels shall be provided at each end of each cable.

[224] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign c. Labels having the appropriate cable designation shall be provided in the following locations for each cable:

1) On the outlet faceplate in the work area.

2) On the termination block or patch panels in the MTR or TR. d. Cable designations shall be designed for easy identification of serving closet and termination location. e. Cable termination information shall form the basis for the development of a telecommunications / facilities administration system database.

10. Other Low Voltage Telecommunications Systems a. Several other low voltage systems related to the telecommunications system will be installed as part of this project. These systems include:

11. Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) a. Provisions for a wireless local area network system will be provided as part of the telecommunications infrastructure. Provisions shall include Cat6 cabling to be provided at regular intervals throughout a given floor plate to facilitate the placement of DIS provided wireless access points. Cabling shall be installed from the floor serving TR out to the floor and left coiled up in the ceiling space. Access points will be located approximately 60 feet on center throughout any given floor. Coverage require- ments for the WLAN will be determined by DIS.

12. Community Access Television (CATV) a. Raceway infrastructure shall be provided for cable television signal outlets. Amplifiers, cabling, channel selector device, and receptacle devices will be provided by the Contractor and include coaxial cabling installed from the TR locations to each CATV outlet location. Locations for CATV will be determined by DIS.

IX. ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROLS & VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

A. Design Criteria:

1. Electronic Access Controls Introduction a. All Fire codes and emergency egress requirements shall take precedence over the determination of which doors shall be secured by the electronic access control (EAC) system. The basic components of an EAC system include master computer, control panels, peripheral devices such as card readers, door position switches, magnetic locks, electronic strikes, Request-To- Exit devices. A discussion will need to occur with the Owner to determine the extent of and locations for electronically secured doors. b. Depending on the option chosen, it should be considered that a single structure would have its own independent security suite to house equipment associated with EAC system. The master computer shall be capable of communicating with the Campus wide network located at the Legislative Building.

Appendix [225] c. Further discussion with the State will need to occur should the most feasible option be determined to be a single combined Washington State Archives and Library to be located on the Washington State Capitol Campus in Olympia, WA or at a site in Tumwater, WA or Lacey, WA. Protocols will need to be outlines that will integrate the unique electronic access control needs for the individual building programs.

B. Electronic Access Controls and Video Surveillance Systems

General:

1. Master Computer a. A master computer shall run the proprietary EAC software, manage the overall system parameters, maintain the system database and control all communications with the control panels. The master computer shall be capable of tying back to the local area network for remote monitoring and integration with any existing Campus wide deployed EAC system.

2. Control Panels a. Located in telecomm rooms, controls panels will manage the activation of peripheral devices by turning the devices on or off in order to control people access into secured areas. Media for communications between control panels and peripheral devices shall be via copper unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cables. Communications protocol between the control panels and peripheral devices shall be determined by the EAC system manufacturer requirements.

3. Card Readers (CR) a. Card reader devices shall be located at all secured doors in the building. Additionally, all elevators shall be provided with card readers to secure elevator usage as required by the Owner. Devices shall be based on “Smart Card” technology utilizing the 13.56 MHz frequency range for wireless transmission.

4. Door Position Switches (DS) a. Door position switch devices shall be recessed mounted and provide a standard gap no greater than ½”. Devices shall be specified as Form A (SPST) Reed type.

5. Magnetic Locks (ML) a. Magnetic locks shall be direct-hold type, mounted to the doorframe opposite the metal plate or armature. When energized, the lock bonds to the armature and locks the door. All ML holding force shall be a minimum 1200 lb.

6. Electronic Strikes (ES) a. Electronic strikes shall replace the strike where the lock latches to the frame of the door. Upon application (fail secure) or removal (fail safe) of power, a solenoid electrically activates the keeper, allowing the lock’s latch bolt to pass. All ES devices shall be UL 1034 listed and provide programmable unlock times between 8 and 11 seconds.

7. Request-To-Exit (REX)

[226] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. Request-To-Exist devices shall be located on the unsecured side of doors to allow for free passage from the secured space into the unsecured space without hindering passage or causing an alarm. REX devices shall utilize passive infrared technology to detect motion in their coverage area.

8. Motion Detectors a. Motion detectors shall be dual technology (microwave and PIR) and be surfaced mounted at galleries and museum support spaces as identified by Owner.

9. Video Surveillance Introduction a. The primary application for a surveillance or closed-circuit-television (CCTV) system shall be for recording activities for later local or remove reviews at a later date. The CCTV system components shall consist of image capture devices (cameras), recording equipment (digital video recorders or DVR), and monitoring or viewing stations. A discussion will need to occur with the Owner to determine the extent of and locations for CCTV cameras.

10. Image Capture Devices a. Color and night/day CCD cameras shall be provided as required. The baseline criteria shall be night/day technology shall be deployed in low light environments or when lighting levels are expected to vary significantly and regularly. Color cameras shall only be located where sufficient and consistent lighting levels exist so that camera performance is maximized. Lens technolo- gies for cameras shall be dependent on the application and required field of view. Fixed cameras shall be provided at locations where a single, unchanging, viewing area is present. Pan-Tilt-Zoom (PTZ) cameras shall be provided at locations where a 360° view of a given area is required. Remote viewing and control of the camera shall utilize Internet-Protocol (IP) based technol- ogy. All cameras shall be provided with specific housings designed to prevent issues with moisture, dust, heat and vandalism. Transmission media for camera signals shall be via balanced unshielded twisted-pair copper cables suitable for transmission of IP based video signals. Cameras shall also utilize power-over-the-Ethernet (POE) technology.

11. Recording Media a. All camera recordings shall be saved to digital format for the purposes of storage for later review. Digital recording storage shall be via storage-area-networks (SAN) and redundant array of independent disks (RAID) technology at the MTR. All record- ings shall be accessible for remote viewing over the LAN.

12. Monitoring a. Monitors or viewing stations for reviewing surveillance footage shall be provided at locations noted by the Owner. Viewing stations shall be based on liquid crystal display (LCD) technology with dimensions determined by the Owner.

10.8.7 Zoning Analysis

ADDRESS 300 Desmond Dr SE Lacey, WA 98503

Appendix [227] PARCEL INFORMATION • Parcel #11816130201 • CBD-7: Central Business District 7 (not part of the Urban Growth Area) • Permitted uses include: Business Services / Educational Services / Museums / Executive, Legislative, & General. Other relevant classifications would be a Conditional Use, approved through Site Plan Review.

SETBACKS Front 15’ Side 10’ Rear 15’

MINIMUM LOT AREA 10,000 sf

MINIMUM LOT DIMENSION 75’ Front

MAXIMUM LOT COVERAGE 50’

HEIGHT LIMIT 80’ per Table 16T-08

10.8.7.1 Special Site Conditions

GREENFIELD SITE

• Wetland area and Wetland Buffer Zones must be observed. • Utility services away from Martin Road are unknown at this time. • Some site area east of Desmond Dr may be assumed as Dept of Ecology expansion.

PARKING REQUIREMENT Archives 1 car per 1000sf Library .5 car per 200sf

10.8.7.2 Building Codes & Design Criteria The Lacey Building Division is responsible for administering and enforcing codes standards including International Building Code (IBC), International Residential Code, Uniform Building Code, International Fire Code, and the International Mechanical Code. These codes have been formally adopted by the City of Lacey.

[228] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign The following resource list identifies the construction codes adopted by the City of Lacey and administered by the Lacey Building Division. Check for all Washington State and Lacey Municipal Code amendments per code.

• International Building Code, 2012 Edition, (Washington Administrative Code 51-50 and Lacey Municipal Code 14.04); • International Residential Code, 2012 Edition, (WAC 51-51and LMC 14.04); • Uniform Plumbing Code, 2012 Edition, (WAC 51-57 and LMC 14.06); • International Fire Code, 2012 Edition, (WAC 51-54 and LMC 14.07); • International Mechanical Code, 2012 Edition, (WAC 51-52 and LMC 14.05); • International Fuel Gas Code, 2012 Edition, (LMC 14.05); • International Performance Code for Buildings and Facilities, 2012 Edition, (LMC 14.03); • International Existing Building Code, 2012 Edition, (LMC 14.15); • International Property Maintenance Code, 2012 Edition, (LMC 14.16); • WA State Energy Code, 2012 Edition, (WAC 51-11); • National Electrical Code, 2008* Edition, as amended by the State Department of Labor and Industries and the City of Lacey (WAC 296-46B and LMC 14.13). • ICC A117.1 - 2009.

* The NEC is on a different cycle than the International and Uniform Codes. See WAC 296-46B and LMC 14.13 for specific dates for the adoption of updated versions of the electrical code.

10.8.7.3 Climatic and Geographic Design Criteria Ground Snow Load 25 psf Roof Snow Load 25 psf Wind Speed (mph) 85 Seismic Design Category D1 Exposure B Frost Depth 12 inches

Appendix [229] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[230] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.8.8 Cost Estimate - Lacey Site

WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update LAGFA: Lacey Building GFA Lacey Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location LAGFA SF Cost/SF Total Cost

LA LACEY BUILDING 166,354.0 289.85 48,217,111 LAS LACEY SITE 7,500,714 ESTIMATED NET COST 166,354 $334.94 $55,717,825

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $557,178 Design Contingency 15.0 % $8,441,250 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $3,235,813 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $6,795,206 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $2,242,419 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $1,154,845 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $3,125,782 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $812,703

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST 166,354 $493.42 $82,083,021

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 17 of 44

Appendix [231] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update LAGFA: Lacey Building GFA Lacey Building Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location LAGFA SF Cost/SF Total Cost

LA LACEY BUILDING 166,354.0 289.85 48,217,111 ESTIMATED NET COST 166,354 $289.85 $48,217,111

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $482,171 Design Contingency 15.0 % $7,304,892 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $2,800,209 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $5,880,438 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $1,940,545 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $999,380 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $2,704,990 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $703,297

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST 166,354 $427.00 $71,033,033

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 18 of 44

[232] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Lacey Building GFA: 166,354 SF Lacey Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

A1010 Standard Foundations 1 Allowance for standard strip and pad foundations SF 141,624 10.00 1,416,240 3 Perimeter drainage LF 1,842 22.00 40,524 4 Elevator pits EA 2 25,000.00 50,000 215 Extra over regular foundations for mats at shear elements and CY 802 550.00 440,825 elevator/stair cores Standard Foundations $11.71/SF $1,947,589

A1030 Slab on Grade 6 Slab on grade SF 141,624 9.00 1,274,616 Slab on Grade $7.66/SF $1,274,616

B1010 Floor Construction 14 Steel framing to upper floors - 20lbs per sf including columns & T 247.30 4,500.00 1,112,850 shear bracing 15 Steel decking to upper floors SF 24,730 3.75 92,738 16 Concrete topping on steel deck SF 24,730 4.25 105,103 18 Allow for curbs, steps, pads etc SF 166,354 1.50 249,531 19 Allow for miscellaneous metals SF 166,354 2.50 415,885 22 Sprayed fireproofing to floor steel T 247.30 300.00 74,190 72 Extra over for providing high tolerance flatness in storage SF 106,893 2.50 267,233 space slabs DraftFloor Construction $13.93/SF $2,317,530 B1020 Roof Construction 20 Steel framing to roofs - allow 17lbs per sf including columns T 1,384.38 4,500.00 6,229,692 and shear bracing 21 Steel decking to roof SF 162,868 3.75 610,753 23 Sprayed fireproofing to roof steel T 1,384.38 300.00 415,312 216 Concrete shear walls at vertical circulation tower SF 2,880 75.00 216,000 Roof Construction $44.91/SF $7,471,757

B2010 Exterior Walls 27 Exterior cladding - aluminum plate rainscreen system including SF 42,313 60.00 2,538,780 mineral wool insulation, thermal clips/Knightwall system, zees/hat channels, copings, misc flashings, trim and accessories 28 Exterior wall backup system - studs, moisture barrier, SF 42,313 15.00 634,695 insulation, sheathing and drywall 29 Soffit finish - linear metal panel SF 21,244 30.00 637,308 Exterior Walls $22.91/SF $3,810,783

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 19 of 44

Appendix [233] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Lacey Building GFA: 166,354 SF Lacey Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

B2020 Exterior Windows 30 Glazing SF 7,467 90.00 672,048 Exterior Windows $4.04/SF $672,048

B2030 Exterior Doors 31 Exterior doors - HM per leaf EA 12 2,000.00 24,000 32 Exterior glazed aluminum doors - per leaf EA 8 3,000.00 24,000 33 Door operators - per leaf EA 10 2,500.00 25,000 35 Insulated overhead coiling loading dock doors SF 288 75.00 21,600 Exterior Doors $0.57/SF $94,600

B3010 Roof Coverings 36 Insulated flat roofing SF 162,868 20.00 3,257,352 Roof Coverings $19.58/SF $3,257,352

C1010 Partitions 38 Interior GWB partitions - allow .15lf per sf of GFA to non SF 133,787 10.00 1,337,874 storage areas 39 Interior GWB partitions - allow .05lf per sf of storage areas SF 62,533 15.00 937,987 40 CMU partitions - allow 15% of GWB partition totals SF 34,499 25.00 862,468 41 Glazed partitions - allow 5% of GWB partition totals SF 11,500 35.00 402,493 42 Allow for railings and handrails LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 244 Interior dividing walls - chainlink SF 33,672 5.00 168,358 DraftPartitions $22.60/SF $3,759,180

C1020 Interior Doors 43 Interior glazed aluminum doors - per leaf EA 8 3,000.00 24,000 44 Interior doors - allow 1 per 25 lf of partitions in non storage EA 357 2,000.00 714,200 areas 45 Interior doors - allow 1 per 100 lf of partitions in storage areas EA 90 2,000.00 179,000 Interior Doors $5.51/SF $917,200

C1030 Fittings 46 Signage - code & wayfinding SF 166,354 0.75 124,766 47 Exterior building signage LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 48 Employee lockers EA 20 150.00 3,000 49 Toilet accessories - per cubicle EA 18 1,000.00 18,000 50 Toilet accessories - per restroom EA 6 1,000.00 6,000 51 Break room, janitorial room and other accessories LS 1 2,500.00 2,500 53 Toilet cubicles EA 18 1,000.00 18,000

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 20 of 44

[234] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Lacey Building GFA: 166,354 SF Lacey Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

76 Public lockers EA 20 75.00 1,500 Fittings $1.35/SF $223,766

C2010 Stair Construction 54 Stairs per flight including railings and finishes EA 2 25,000.00 50,000 Stair Construction $0.30/SF $50,000

C3010 Wall Finishes 55 Wall finishes - non storage - majority paint with tile and SF 292,465 3.50 1,023,626 acoustic material in limited locations 56 Wall finishes - storage - paint to drywall SF 149,955 0.90 134,959 Wall Finishes $6.96/SF $1,158,585

C3020 Floor Finishes 59 Floor finishes - non storage - majority carpet/vinyl with tile in SF 59,461 6.50 386,497 limited locations 60 Floor finishes storage - shake on hardener SF 106,893 3.50 374,126 Floor Finishes $4.57/SF $760,623

C3030 Ceiling Finishes 61 Ceiling finishes non storage - majority ACT with drywall and SF 59,461 7.50 445,958 special finishes in limited spaces 62 Ceiling finishes storage - exposed painted structure SF 106,893 2.00 213,786 DraftCeiling Finishes $3.97/SF $659,744 D1010 Elevators & Lifts 65 Passenger elevators - per stop EA 4 50,000.00 200,000 66 Freight elevators per stop EA 2 100,000.00 200,000 Elevators & Lifts $2.40/SF $400,000

D2020 Domestic Water Distribution 116 Plumbing Equipment-- Allowance SF 96,874 0.75 72,656

117 Plumbing Fixtures-- Allowance SF 96,874 2.25 217,967

118 Allowance for Domestic Water Pipework, includes hangers, SF 96,874 2.80 271,247 insulation, valves and accessories

Domestic Water Distribution $3.38/SF $561,870

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 21 of 44

Appendix [235] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Lacey Building GFA: 166,354 SF Lacey Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

D2030 Sanitary Waste 119 Allowance for SWV Pipe work--(CINH) with standard flexible SF 166,354 1.85 307,755 band couplings); Includes fittings, hangers

Sanitary Waste $1.85/SF $307,755

D2040 Rain Water Drainage 120 Rainwater leaders/Storm Pipework SF 166,354 1.64 272,821

127 Plumbing Equipment--Pump/filter system, duplex, based on LS 1 137,000.00 137,000 Flowtherm FTSS-RW-CL; Rainwater reclamation storage tank, 540 Gallon, Based on Polyprocessing; Rainwater Hypo- Treatment, based on Water Control Corp. Disinfection System

128 20000 gallons storage tank, purchase and deliver EA 1 57,808.00 57,808

129 20000 gallons storage tank excavation, deadman, manholes EA 1 32,000.00 32,000 and accessories

130 Graywater Pipework 1 "-- includes fittings and hangers LS 1 43,200.00 43,200

131 Rainwater Pipework (1 1/2" and smaller non potable water LS 1 14,000.00 14,000 from cisterns), includes fittings and hangers

132 2" SWV Pipe work--UG (PVC Sch. 40 DWV); Includes fittings, LS 1 12,000.00 12,000 tracer cable and excavation/backfill Draft Rain Water Drainage $3.42/SF $568,829

D2090 Other Plumbing Systems 122 Plumbing permit, documentation, commissioning, testing and SF 166,354 1.10 182,989 supervision

Other Plumbing Systems $1.10/SF $182,989

D3010 Energy Supply 121 Energy Supply to HVAC Equipment--fuel gas supply SF 166,354 0.80 133,083 allowance--Includes fuel gas to RTU's

123 2" FOS/R Fuel Oil supply and return--150LB Blk, TE, with LF 200 98.00 19,600 limited seal welded screwed fittings. Hangers included

124 Fuel Oil tank vent system, includes installation (Assume 100 lf EA 1 4,564.00 4,564 or less tank to vent outlet )

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 22 of 44

[236] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Lacey Building GFA: 166,354 SF Lacey Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

125 Fuel Oil tank fill system, includes installation (Assume 100lf or EA 1 14,334.00 14,334 less fill conn. To tank)

126 Fuel Oil tank monitoring system, includes installation EA 1 9,822.00 9,822

Energy Supply $1.09/SF $181,403

D3020 Heat Generating Systems 136 Allowance for Heat Generating Equipment SF 166,354 1.65 274,484

137 HVAC HHW Piping Distribution, Central Plant Valves, SF 166,354 0.35 58,224 Distribution Isolation Valves, Insulation and Specialties

138 HVAC HHW Pipework, includes hangers, fittings and SF 166,354 3.50 582,239 insulation--Allowance

Heat Generating Systems $5.50/SF $914,947

D3030 Cooling Generating Systems 139 HVAC CHW Pipework, includes hangers, fittings and SF 166,354 4.20 698,687 insulation--Allowance

237 Allowance for cooling generating equipment SF 166,354 4.00 665,416 Cooling Generating Systems $8.20/SF $1,364,103 D3040 Distribution Systems Draft 142 Allowance for HVAC Distribution SF 166,354 8.55 1,422,327

143 Exhaust fans/ductwork/grilles/flues--allowance SF 166,354 0.80 133,083

Distribution Systems $9.35/SF $1,555,410

D3050 Terminal & Package Units 141 Allowance for HVAC Equipment SF 166,354 8.25 1,372,421 Terminal & Package Units $8.25/SF $1,372,421

D3060 Controls & Instrumentations 144 DDC Controls - General SF 166,354 3.56 592,220

Controls & Instrumentations $3.56/SF $592,220

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 23 of 44

Appendix [237] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Lacey Building GFA: 166,354 SF Lacey Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

D3070 Systems Testing & Balancing 146 Balancing Testing and Commissioning-- Includes coordination SF 166,354 0.65 108,130 with the subcontractor

Systems Testing & Balancing $0.65/SF $108,130

D3090 Other HVAC Systems & Equipment 134 HVAC Permit, As Builts and O&Ms--Allowance SF 166,354 0.20 33,271

135 HVAC BIM/Autocad/Revit SF 166,354 0.45 74,859

145 Allowance for vibration isolation of piping and equipment SF 166,354 0.50 83,177

196 Allowance for steam humidification and monitoring in storage SF 71,450 0.85 60,733 areas Other HVAC Systems & Equipment $1.52/SF $252,040

D4010 Sprinklers 109 Allowance for Fire Suppression Systems including heads, SF 115,858 2.60 301,231 pipework and specialties

110 Sprinklers--Supervision, drawings and permit - Allowance SF 166,354 0.45 74,859

112 FP Specialties--RPBP 6" in vault--Relocated, with two support EA 1 18,000.00 18,000 stands and certification--allowance Draft 113 Non-Aqueous Fire Protection--FM-200 used in allowance SF 50,500 4.50 227,250

114 FP Specialties--Riser Valves On Stairs EA 16 650.00 10,400

115 FP Specialties--FDC and Test Header-allowance LS 2 1,800.00 3,600

Sprinklers $3.82/SF $635,340

D5010 Electrical Service & Distribution 149 Feeders, cable trays, conduit, etc--Allowance SF 166,354 1.80 299,437

150 Conduit and wire to light fixtures and controls--Allowance SF 166,354 1.80 299,437

151 Outlets and other low voltage devices--Allowance SF 166,354 2.00 332,708

152 Conduit and wire to outlets and low voltage devices-- SF 166,354 1.50 249,531 Allowance

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 24 of 44

[238] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Lacey Building GFA: 166,354 SF Lacey Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

158 Grounding--Allowance SF 166,354 0.15 24,953

159 Misc. Testing/Permits/Comm--allowance SF 166,354 1.85 307,755

160 Temporary Lighting SF 166,354 0.85 141,401

226 Electrical Panels and Switchboards--Allowance SF 166,354 3.25 540,651 Electrical Service & Distribution $13.20/SF $2,195,873

D5020 Lighting and Branch Wiring 153 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for office and staff areas SF 41,864 8.50 355,844

154 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for circulation areas SF 18,229 6.00 109,374

155 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for mechnical, storage and BOH SF 106,261 4.00 425,044 areas

157 Lighting controls--Allowance for all areas SF 166,354 1.25 207,943

Lighting and Branch Wiring $6.60/SF $1,098,205

D5030 Communications & Security 161 Audio visual systems--Allowance for limited video conferencing SF 96,874 3.00 290,622 and basic audio-visual scoping 162 Telecommunications--Public Address, IntercomDraftand clock SF 96,874 7.25 702,337 systems--Includes conduit infrastructure 163 Security system--Includes CCTV and access control to exterior SF 166,354 1.80 299,437 doors and major paths of egress only--Includes backbone

164 Distributed antenna system - allowance SF 166,354 0.70 116,448

165 Fire alarm system SF 166,354 3.00 499,062

239 Communications and security--Network electronics SF 166,354 1.85 307,755 Communications & Security $13.32/SF $2,215,661

E1010 Commercial Equipment 67 Vault equipment - doors to secure storage EA 2 5,000.00 10,000 68 Vault SF 400 250.00 100,000 69 Transaction windows/counters EA 3 4,500.00 13,500 Commercial Equipment $0.74/SF $123,500

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 25 of 44

Appendix [239] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update Lacey Building GFA: 166,354 SF Lacey Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

E1020 Institutional Equipment 71 Projectors & screens in medium & large conference rooms EA 4 3,500.00 14,000 73 Decontamination freezer EA 1 5,000.00 5,000 74 Walk in freezer SF 100 400.00 40,000 Institutional Equipment $0.35/SF $59,000

E1030 Vehicular Equipment 70 Dock levellers EA 1 5,000.00 5,000 Vehicular Equipment $0.03/SF $5,000

E1090 Other Equipment 77 Break room residential kitchen equipment LS 1 5,000.00 5,000 82 Storage systems LS 1 4,733,570.00 4,733,570 Other Equipment $28.48/SF $4,738,570

E2010 Fixed Furnishings 80 Window blinds SF 7,467 8.00 59,738 81 Fixed floor grilles SF 264 45.00 11,880 84 Classroom millwork allowance LS 1 1,500.00 1,500 85 Large conference room millwork allowance LS 1 3,500.00 3,500 86 Printer/copier room millwork allowance - 5 each LS 1 7,500.00 7,500 87 Library reading room reception millwork allowance LS 1 15,000.00 15,000 88 Kitchen millwork allowance DraftLS 1 5,000.00 5,000 89 Mailroom millwork allowance LS 1 7,500.00 7,500 90 Entry foyer millwork allowance LS 1 25,000.00 25,000 91 First aid millwork allowance LS 1 2,500.00 2,500 92 Public restroom millwork allowance - three sets LS 1 3,000.00 3,000 93 Miscellaneous millwork allowance SF 166,354 1.00 166,354 Fixed Furnishings $1.85/SF $308,472

F1020 Integrated Construction 79 Soundproof studio SF 400 250.00 100,000 Integrated Construction $0.60/SF $100,000

ESTIMATED NET COST $289.85/SF $48,217,111

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 26 of 44

[240] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

Lacey Site Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location Total Cost

LAS LACEY SITE 7,500,714 ESTIMATED NET COST $7,500,714

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $75,007 Design Contingency 15.0 % $1,136,358 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $435,604 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $914,768 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $301,874 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $155,465 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $420,792 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $109,406

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST $11,049,988

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 27 of 44

Appendix [241] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

Lacey Site Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

G1010 Site Clearing 96 Tree protection SF 119,000 1.00 119,000 197 Tree removal SF 208,333 1.00 208,333 Site Clearing $327,333

G1030 Site Earthwork 198 Grading, excavating and fill to modify site contours SF 486,375 0.75 364,781 Site Earthwork $364,781

G2010 Roadways 99 New curb & gutter LF 2,852 25.00 71,300 100 Painted parking stalls EA 142 25.00 3,550 101 Site signage LS 1 25,000.00 25,000 199 New vehicular paving on site SF 59,476 3.50 208,166 200 New vehicular paving off site - road to Abbey Way LF 1,400 1,500.00 2,100,000 201 New traffic signal at Abbey Way LS 1 350,000.00 350,000 202 Fire access lane SF 22,020 20.00 440,400 218 Road widening LF 800 750.00 600,000 Roadways $3,798,416

G2030 Pedestrian Paving 102 Pedestrian paving - scored concrete SF 16,395 8.00 131,160 203 New sidewalk along existing street Draft SF 8,200 10.00 82,000 Pedestrian Paving $213,160

G2040 Site Development 103 Retaining, terrace and perimeter walls LS 1 100,000.00 100,000 104 Site furnishings - benches, bike racks, bollards, etc. LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 Site Development $150,000

G2050 Landscaping 105 New trees EA 115 1,500.00 172,500 106 Planting at ROW SF 6,150 5.00 30,750 108 Irrigation SF 66,387 2.50 165,968 204 Type 2 setback landscape SF 24,164 3.50 84,574 205 Type 3 landscape SF 6,378 5.00 31,890 206 Type 4 landscape SF 35,845 7.50 268,837 Landscaping $754,519

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 28 of 44

[242] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

Lacey Site Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

G3010 Water Supply 185 Connect new 8" PVC Water Main to installed tapping valve in EA 1 15,000.00 15,000 center of street, cut, excavate backfill, traffic control and patch included

186 8" DI Fire/Water Service Line in street including excavation and LF 1,100 125.00 137,500 backfill

187 4" DCVA-(1EA) -in vault [Used Watts LF709-OSY] includes EA 1 6,800.00 6,800 installation

188 4" Water Meter-in vault [Used Meinecke WPDMKBT1], includes EA 1 5,400.00 5,400 installation

189 2" RPBP--Irrigation system, [Used Wilkins 975XL2], includes EA 1 680.00 680 installation

190 Fire hydrant with post indicator valve EA 4 3,220.00 12,880 191 4" Water Service Line including excavation and backfill LF 100 62.00 6,200

192 6" DI Fire Water Service Line including excavation and backfill LF 850 72.00 61,200

219 New 12" water main loop LF 1,500 200.00 300,000 Water Supply $545,660 G3020 Sanitary Water Draft 180 Provide SSMH to connect to sanitary service--Assumes occurs at EA 2 6,800.00 13,600 bend in Desmond Dr. and beside the building 183 Provide main building sanitary service in roadway LF 200 180.00 36,000 Sanitary Water $49,600

G3030 Storm Sewer 220 Storm water - infiltration pond CF 57,000 2.50 142,500 222 Storm water - water quality treatment - bioretention swales LS 1 150,000.00 150,000 224 Storm water - rain water harvesting LS 1 300,000.00 300,000 Storm Sewer $592,500

G4010 Electrical Distribution 179 Provide utility vault to tie-in to [E] Public power utility--Assumed EA 1 12,000.00 12,000 occurs at bend in Desmond Dr. 182 Primary Service Conduit--4" w/ pull rope (Conductors by utility), LF 1,100 105.00 115,500 including excavation and backfill

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 29 of 44

Appendix [243] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

Lacey Site Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

225 Allowance to provide transformer vault adjacent to building LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 Electrical Distribution $177,500

G4020 Site Lighting 176 Street light--35ft LED Luminaires-- for Desmond to Abbey Way SE EA 8 6,500.00 52,000 connecting road--Assume 200ft spread 177 Site Lighting--25ft Pole Mt. LED, Single Luminare: Includes EA 17 3,220.00 54,740 installation and conductors to handhole

178 Site Lighting--25ft Pole Mt. LED, Double Luminares: Includes EA 11 3,880.00 42,680 installation and conductors to handhole

194 Lighting Conduit and Wire, including excavation and backfill LF 2,000 13.00 26,000

195 Electrical hand-hole junction box with traffic lid EA 8 800.00 6,400

Site Lighting $181,820

G4030 Site Communications & Security 181 Provide Telecom Vault to tie-in to utilities--Assumes occurs at SF 1 6,750.00 6,750 bend in Desmond Dr. 184 Provide telecom ductbank in roadway LF 1,100 68.00 74,800 Site Communications & Security $81,550

G4090 Other Site Electrical Utilities 166 Diesel Fired Generator--Allowance is forDraft500 KW EA 1 148,400.00 148,400 167 Generator remote annuciator panel mtd. on building EA 1 1,600.00 1,600

168 2500 Gallon above ground skid mounted FO Tank with pump and LS 1 74,000.00 74,000 fueling pipework and accessories (72 Hours)

169 Generator Fuel Allowance for first fill Gal 2,500 3.79 9,475

170 Generator Pad EA 1 1,900.00 1,900

175 Add electrical vehicle charging stations to [E] Parking--Includes EA 3 9,500.00 28,500 connection to available power Other Site Electrical Utilities $263,875

ESTIMATED NET COST $7,500,714

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 30 of 44

[244] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.8.9 LEED Scorecard - LACEY Site

LEED v4 for BD+C: New Construction and Major Renovation Project Checklist - LACEY Site Project Name: Washington State Library-Archives Building - Lacey Site Date: 4/26/216 Y ? N 1 Credit Integrative Process 1

4 1 27 Location and Transportation 16 14 0 0 Materials and Resources 13 16 Credit LEED for Neighborhood Development Location 16 Y Prereq Storage and Collection of Recyclables Required 1 Credit Sensitive Land Protection 1 Y Prereq Construction and Demolition Waste Management Planning Required 2 Credit High Priority Site 2 5 Credit Building Life-Cycle Impact Reduction 5 Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Environmental Product 5 Credit Surrounding Density and Diverse Uses 5 2 Credit 2 Declarations 1 1 3 Credit Access to Quality Transit 5 2 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Sourcing of Raw Materials 2 1 Credit Bicycle Facilities 1 3 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Material Ingredients 2 1 Credit Reduced Parking Footprint 1 2 Credit Construction and Demolition Waste Management 2 1 Credit Green Vehicles 1 14 2 0 Indoor Environmental Quality 16 7 1 2 Sustainable Sites 10 Y Prereq Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Required Y Prereq Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Required Y Prereq Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control Required 1 Credit Site Assessment 1 2 Credit Enhanced Indoor Air Quality Strategies 2 2 Credit Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat 2 3 Credit Low-Emitting Materials 3 1 Credit Open Space 1 1 Credit Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan 1 3 Credit Rainwater Management 3 2 Credit Indoor Air Quality Assessment 2 1 1 Credit Heat Island Reduction 2 1 Credit Thermal Comfort 1 1 Credit Light Pollution Reduction 1 2 Credit Interior Lighting 2 1 2 Credit Daylight 3 5 3 3 Water Efficiency 11 1 Credit Quality Views 1 Y Prereq Outdoor Water Use Reduction Required 1 Credit Acoustic Performance 1 Y Prereq Indoor Water Use Reduction Required Y Prereq Building-Level Water Metering Required 3 2 1 Innovation 6 1 1 Credit Outdoor Water Use Reduction 2 2 2 1 Credit Innovation 5 2 2 2 Credit Indoor Water Use Reduction 6 1 Credit LEED Accredited Professional 1 1 1 Credit Cooling Tower Water Use 2 1 Credit Water Metering 1 0 4 0 Regional Priority 4 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 24 6 3 Energy and Atmosphere 33 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Fundamental Commissioning and Verification Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Minimum Energy Performance Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Building-Level Energy Metering Required Y Prereq Fundamental Refrigerant Management Required 72 19 36 TOTALS Possible Points: 110 6 Credit Enhanced Commissioning 6 Certified: 40 to 49 points, Silver: 50 to 59 points, Gold: 60 to 79 points, Platinum: 80 to 110 12 4 2 Credit Optimize Energy Performance 18 1 Credit Advanced Energy Metering 1 2 Credit Demand Response 2 1 1 1 Credit Renewable Energy Production 3 1 Credit Enhanced Refrigerant Management 1 2 Credit Green Power and Carbon Offsets 2

Appendix [245] LEED v4 for BD+C: New Construction and Major Renovation Project Checklist Project Name: Washington State Library-Archives Building - Lacey Site Date: 4/26/216 Y ? N 1 Credit Integrative Process 1

4 1 27 Location and Transportation 16 14 0 0 Materials and Resources 13 16 Credit LEED for Neighborhood Development Location 16 Y Prereq Storage and Collection of Recyclables Required 1 Credit Sensitive Land Protection 1 Y Prereq Construction and Demolition Waste Management Planning Required 2 Credit High Priority Site 2 5 Credit Building Life-Cycle Impact Reduction 5 Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Environmental Product 5 Credit Surrounding Density and Diverse Uses 5 2 Credit 2 Declarations 1 1 3 Credit Access to Quality Transit 5 2 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Sourcing of Raw Materials 2 1 Credit Bicycle Facilities 1 3 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Material Ingredients 2 1 Credit Reduced Parking Footprint 1 2 Credit Construction and Demolition Waste Management 2 1 Credit Green Vehicles 1 14 2 0 Indoor Environmental Quality 16 7 1 2 Sustainable Sites 10 Y Prereq Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Required Y Prereq Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Required Y Prereq Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control Required 1 Credit Site Assessment 1 2 Credit Enhanced Indoor Air Quality Strategies 2 2 Credit Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat 2 3 Credit Low-Emitting Materials 3 1 Credit Open Space 1 1 Credit Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan 1 3 Credit Rainwater Management 3 2 Credit Indoor Air Quality Assessment 2 1 1 Credit Heat Island Reduction 2 1 Credit Thermal Comfort 1 1 Credit Light Pollution Reduction 1 2 Credit Interior Lighting 2 1 2 Credit Daylight 3 5 3 3 Water Efficiency 11 1 Credit Quality Views 1 Y Prereq Outdoor Water Use Reduction Required 1 Credit Acoustic Performance 1 Y Prereq Indoor Water Use Reduction Required Y Prereq Building-Level Water Metering Required 3 2 1 Innovation 6 1 1 Credit Outdoor Water Use Reduction 2 2 2 1 Credit Innovation 5 2 2 2 Credit Indoor Water Use Reduction 6 1 Credit LEED Accredited Professional 1 1 1 Credit Cooling Tower Water Use 2 1 Credit Water Metering 1 0 4 0 Regional Priority 4 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 24 6 3 Energy and Atmosphere 33 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Fundamental Commissioning and Verification Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Minimum Energy Performance Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Building-Level Energy Metering Required Y Prereq Fundamental Refrigerant Management Required 72 19 36 TOTALS Possible Points: 110 6 Credit Enhanced Commissioning 6 Certified: 40 to 49 points, Silver: 50 to 59 points, Gold: 60 to 79 points, Platinum: 80 to 110 12 4 2 Credit Optimize Energy Performance 18 1 Credit Advanced Energy Metering 1 2 Credit Demand Response 2 1 1 1 Credit Renewable Energy Production 3 1 Credit Enhanced Refrigerant Management 1 2 Credit Green Power and Carbon Offsets 2

[246] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.8.10 Life Cycle Cost Model Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option

Construction Information Sheet * Requires a user input Green Cell = Value can be entered by user. Yellow Cell = Calculated value.

* Construction Project Description Washington Library & Archives‐Lacey Site

* Project Location Lacey Market Area = Thurston County

Statistics * Gross Sq Ft 166,354 * Usable Sq Ft 114,884 Space Efficiency 69% Estimated Acres Needed 9.00 MACC Cost per Sq Ft $427.00 Estimated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $597.80 Escalated MACC Cost per Sq Ft $463.71 Escalated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $649.19

* Move In Date 4/1/2019

Interim Lease Information Start Date Lease Start Date Length of Lease (in months) Square Feet (holdover/temp lease) Lease Rate‐ Full Serviced ($/SF/Year) One Time Costs (if double move)

Page 1 of 3

Appendix [247] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option

Construction Information Sheet * Requires a user input Green Cell = Value can be entered by user. Yellow Cell = Calculated value.

* Construction Project Description Washington Library & Archives‐Lacey Site

* Project Location Lacey Market Area = Thurston County

Statistics * Gross Sq Ft 166,354 * Usable Sq Ft 114,884 Space Efficiency 69% Estimated Acres Needed 9.00 MACC Cost per Sq Ft $427.00 Estimated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $597.80 Escalated MACC Cost per Sq Ft $463.71 Escalated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $649.19

* Move In Date 4/1/2019

Interim Lease Information Start Date Lease Start Date Length of Lease (in months) Square Feet (holdover/temp lease) Lease Rate‐ Full Serviced ($/SF/Year) One Time Costs (if double move)

Page 1 of 3

[248] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option

Construction One Time Project Costs One Time Costs Estimate Calculated Moving Vendor and Supplies $ ‐ $205 / Person in FY09 Other (not covered in construction) Total $ ‐ $ ‐

Ongoing Building Costs Added New Building Operating Costs Known Cost /GSF/ Estimated Cost Total Cost / Month Services 2019 /GSF/ 2019 Cost / Year Energy (Electricity. Natural Gas) $ ‐ $ 1.11 $ 184,806 $ 15,400 Janitorial Services $ ‐ $ 2.54 $ 421,796 $ 35,150 Utilities (Water, Sewer, & Garbage) $ ‐ $ 0.52 $ 87,106 $ 7,259 Grounds $ ‐ $ 0.23 $ 38,845 $ 3,237 Pest Control $ ‐ $ 0.12 $ 19,226 $ 1,602 Security $ ‐ $ 0.57 $ 95,542 $ 7,962 Maintenance and Repair $ ‐ $ 3.34 $ 555,398 $ 46,283 Management $ ‐ $ 3.07 $ 511,060 $ 42,588 Road Clearance $ ‐ $ 0.10 $ 16,283 $ 1,357 Telecom $ ‐ $ 1.92 $ 319,781 $ 26,648 Additional Parking $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Other $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Operating Costs $ ‐ $ 13.52 $ 2,249,842 $ 187,487

Page 3 of 3

Appendix [249] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[250] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign LOAD'G DOCK 1,800 SF

10.9 Project Diagrams, Drawings & Narratives - GA Site

SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE UNASSIGNED 18,700 SF 23,300 SF 23,300 SF

10.9.1 Site Plans, Building Plans, Building Volumes

MECH MECH MECH PARKING RAMP PARKING 5,100 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

OFFICE UNASSIGNED SUPPORT OFFICE 15,100 SF 19,000 SF 13,700 SF 4,100 SF Add green islands to existing parking

786.84 sf New sidewalk, landscape and Level - 0 (30'x30') Level - 2 (30'x30') Level - 4 (30'x30') street trees 48,400 GSF 42,500 GSF 46,700 GSF

Protect trees at Union Ave SW western edge CONNECTION TO NEW STORM WATER SYSTEM

1,600.13 sf

Slope restoration and new retaining Columbia St. SW systems 2,026.02 sf PARKING SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 43,400 SF 23,300 SF 23,300 SF

MECH MECH 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

LIBRARY OFFICE 10,600 SF 19,000 SF New curb, gutter, PUBLIC AREAS PARKING RAMP PARKING 8,000 SF 6,797.35 sf sidewalk, LOBBY landscape and 1,800 SF street trees

Level - P (30'x30') Level - 1 (30'x30') Level - 3 (30'x30') 11th Ave SW 48,400 GSF 48,300 GSF 46,700 GSF

TOTAL AREA (incl. parking) 281,000 GSF Bus drop/ pullout. New landscape new curb gutter over structure and sidewalks. LEGEND GA SITE Plan Diagrams Slope restoration and new retaining systems Washington State Library-Archives Building 5 Apr 2016 Tree Protection New Trees - 40 ROW landscape - 2,792 sf Parking area interior buffers (doubles as Bioretention) 4,768 sf Landscape Over Structure - 11,338 sf New Pedestrian Paving - 11,210 sf Parking Spaces - 100

Appendix [251]

GA Site Diagrams WA State Library & Archives Pre-Design Studies 5 April 2016 (POST-MEETING REVISIONS) LEVEL 0 FLOOR PLAN LEVEL 2 FLOOR PLAN

LOAD'G DOCK 1,800 SF

SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 18,700 SF 23,300 SF 8,000 SF PARKING RAMP PARKING 3,000 SF

OPEN CORE MECH CORE MECH CORE MECH 1,800 SF 3,600 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF LOAD'G DOCK 1,800 SF

SUPPORT OFFICE UNASSIGNED 16,000 SF 18,400 SF 34,000 SF

OPEN SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 18,700 SF 23,300 SF 8,000 SF PARKING RAMP PARKING 3,000 SF

Level - 0 Level - 2 Level - 4

OPEN CORE 46,400MECH GSF CORE 46,200 MECHGSF CORE 46,700 GSFMECH 1,800 SF 3,600 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

SUPPORT OFFICE UNASSIGNED 16,000 SF 18,400 SF 34,000 SF

OPEN

Level - 0 Level - 2 Level - 4 46,400 GSF 46,200 GSF 46,700 GSF

PARKING SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 43,400 SF LEVEL P FLOOR PLAN LEVEL 1 FLOOR PLAN22,400 SF 23,300 SF

CORE MECH MECH 1,800 SF CORE 1,800 SF CORE 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

LIBRARY- LOBBY ARCHIVES 2,700 SF PUBLIC AREAS OFFICE 11,000 SF PARKING RAMP PARKING 8,000 SF 19,000 SF

PARKING SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 43,400 SF 22,400 SF 23,300 SF

Level - P Level - 1 Level - 3

CORE 48,400 GSF 48,300 MECHGSF 46,700 GSFMECH 1,800 SF CORE 1,800 SF CORE 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

TOTAL AREA (incl. parking) LIBRARY- LOBBY ARCHIVES 2,700 SF PUBLIC AREAS OFFICE 11,000 SF PARKING RAMP PARKING 282,700 GSF 8,000 SF 19,000 SF

GA SITE - Plan Diagrams Level - P Level - 1 Level - 3 48,400 GSF 48,300Washington GSF State Library-Archives Building46,700 GSF 14 June 2016 TOTAL AREA (incl. parking) 282,700 GSF

GA SITE - Plan Diagrams [252] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Washington State Library-Archives Building 14 June 2016 LEVEL4 FLOOR PLAN

LOAD'G DOCK 1,800 SF

SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 18,700 SF 23,300 SF 8,000 SF PARKING RAMP PARKING 3,000 SF

OPEN CORE MECH CORE MECH CORE MECH 1,800 SF 3,600 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF LOAD'G DOCK 1,800 SF SUPPORT OFFICE UNASSIGNED 16,000 SF 18,400 SF 34,000 SF

OPEN

SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 18,700 SF 23,300 SF 8,000 SF PARKING RAMP PARKING 3,000 SF

Level - 0 Level - 2 Level - 4

OPEN CORE 46,400MECH GSF CORE 46,200 MECHGSF CORE 46,700 GSFMECH 1,800 SF 3,600 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

SUPPORT OFFICE UNASSIGNED 16,000 SF 18,400 SF 34,000 SF

OPEN

Level - 0 Level - 2 Level - 4 46,400 GSF 46,200 GSF 46,700 GSF

PARKING SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 43,400 SF 22,400 SF LEVEL 3 FLOOR PLAN 23,300 SF

CORE MECH MECH 1,800 SF CORE 1,800 SF CORE 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

LIBRARY- LOBBY ARCHIVES 2,700 SF PUBLIC AREAS OFFICE 11,000 SF PARKING RAMP PARKING 8,000 SF 19,000 SF

PARKING SECURE STORAGE SECURE STORAGE 43,400 SF 22,400 SF 23,300 SF

Level - P Level - 1 Level - 3

CORE 48,400 GSF 48,300 MECHGSF 46,700 GSFMECH 1,800 SF CORE 1,800 SF CORE 1,800 SF 1,800 SF 1,800 SF

TOTAL AREA (incl. parking) LIBRARY- LOBBY ARCHIVES 2,700 SF PUBLIC AREAS OFFICE 11,000 SF PARKING RAMP PARKING 282,700 GSF 8,000 SF 19,000 SF

GA SITE - Plan Diagrams Level - P Level - 1 Level - 3 48,400 GSF 48,300Washington GSF State Library-Archives Building46,700 GSF 14 June 2016 TOTAL AREA (incl. parking) 282,700 GSF

GA SITE - Plan Diagrams Appendix [253] Washington State Library-Archives Building 14 June 2016 GA Building, from NE

GA Building, from SW

[254] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Library/Archives Program Areas 6/23/16 2:41 PM GA Site ‐ Total Proviso Primary Use GA + or ‐ GA Notes Total NSF Total Conference Rooms 4,900 0 4,900 Same as Tumwater Offices 29,542 0 29,542 Same as Tumwater Public Areas 7,850 0 7,850 Same as Tumwater Larger than Tumwater due to no expansion into records Storage. Archives‐Main+ 5,000 NSF Archives SW +5,000 NSF GA added area 22,500 Secured Storage 55,900 78,400 for 9' shelves in place of 12' shelves due to stacking of storage & floor heights Staff Areas 1,800 0 1,800 Same as Tumwater Work Areas 5,150 0 5,150 Same as Tumwater Infrastructure 3,200 0 3,200 Same as Tumwater Total NSF From Above 108,342 22,500 130,842 Total NSF GA Non NSF Calculation 30.95% 58,642 Used Non NSF % of total GSF from above NSF+Non‐NSF=GSF Total GSF= 189,484 No Records Center Storage at this Site # GFS/Car GSF Total

This site requires one floor of structured parking for 100‐110 cars due to lack of availability of on grade parking. SF per car assumes below Parking GSF Combined 104 514 53,500 grade heavy loaded structure above this level also includes MEP space for parking exhaust and ramp area. Remaining parking need will be on the north& west part of the site. Total GSF Library & Archives with Parking= 242,984

This is the NSF that can be added to the site to equal the existing NSF Area Available for Other Tenants= 27,425 condition This is the GSF that can be added to the site to equal the existing GSF Area for Other Tenants= 39,716 condition

Total GA Building Area= 282,700 This is approximately the area of the existing GA Building (282,682)

Page 1 of 1 Appendix [255] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[256] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.9.2 Civil Narrative

SITE DESCRIPTION The GA Site is currently home to the Washington State General Administration Building. Demolition of the existing building, which does not meet the requirements of the Library and Archives Building, would be required. The site is confined by 11th Avenue SW to the south and Columbia Street SW to the east. Existing parking lots sit on the site to the north and west of the existing building.

A large retaining/shoring system and steep slope border the site on the west that continues down into Heritage Park and Capitol Lake. The northern half of the West Campus experiences a 30 foot elevation change that slopes down from the Winged Victory and Tivoli Fountain north to Union Street. Therefore, the project generally slopes northerly with a topographic relief of roughly 13 feet from 11th Avenue to Union Avenue.

SOILS The steep slope and retaining wall west of the project are known to exhibit symptoms of instability. The cause of this condition is known to have been due to fill soils being placed within the existing gully that crossed the campus. The fill was not placed in a dense condition, and settlement/slumping has been an ongoing problem within the sloped zone.

Golder Associates provided stabilization alternatives for the slope in their report, “Hillside Evaluation and Preliminary Design Olympia Capitol Campus, Olympia Washington (08-076),” dated March 17, 2010, submitted to Washington State Department of General Administration (GA). The alternatives were:

• No Action • Observation/Instrumentation/Maintenance • In-situ Reinforcement of Slope • MSE Wall (or Reinforced Slope) • Soldier Pile Wall (with or without Tiebacks)

GA moved forward with observation, instrumentation, and maintenance. Several piezometers, inclinometers, and survey points were established on the slope and wall area. Golder Associates provided a report on the instrumentation and monitoring titled, “Capitol Campus Slopes: Instrumentation and Monitoring Report GA# 08-076,” dated June 30, 2010.

Golder Associates conducted an inspection of the soldier pile wall west of the GA Building and documented their findings in their report, “General Administration Building Soldier Pile Wall Inspection GA# 08-076,” dated July 20, 2010. Golder Associates found voids behind the wall, which were likely present at the time of construction. Golder Associates also noted that approxi- mately 30 percent of the lagging boards were deteriorated and needed replacement.

As a result of this report, GA performed repairs on the soldier pile wall, including replacing deteriorated lagging and filling voids behind the wall. In addition to the repairs, Golder Associates recommended an inspection and maintenance program for the wall. The program included:

• Annual vegetation control on the face of the wall. • Annual visual inspection. • Annual monitoring of instruments and survey monuments. • Specialty inspection of the wall by a qualified geotechnical or civil engineer every five to ten years.

Appendix [257] Construction of a new building at this location will likely require remediation of the unstable soil conditions beyond the cur- rent program of inspection and maintenance in order to ensure that the new building foundation and new parking areas are constructed on suitable soils.

STORMWATER FLOW CONTROL AND WATER QUALITY The project site contains and is surrounded by several storm drainage systems of varying sizes and pipe types. The city sewer and storm drainage maps indicate that some roadway drainage is connected to the sanitary sewer system.

Storm drainage for the site is regulated by the City of Olympia Storm Water Manual dated October 2009; this manual is scheduled to be updated during 2016. The manual states that redevelopment projects “shall comply with all the Minimum Requirements for all impervious surfaces if…the valuation of proposed improvements – including interior improvements – exceeds 25 percent of the assessed value of the existing site improvements, minimum $500,000. The $500,000 value shall be inflation adjusted from January 2005 to today’s dollars using Engineering News Record (ENR) national 20-city construction cost index (the index value was 7297 January 2005). The square footage and improvement value thresholds shall be cumulative and include all projects permitted on or after January 1, 2000. The total cost of stormwater improvements to mitigate existing impervious surfaces shall be capped at 30 percent of the total project costs.”

The redevelopment will likely exceed this threshold; therefore, the project must comply with all requirements of the manual.

The regulation requires that quantity control be provided for new and redeveloped impervious surfaces. However, the project site is located in a drainage basin that is exempt from flow control. Therefore, detention will not be required.

The regulation requires that runoff from pollution-generating surfaces be treated before being discharged from the project site. Treatment for paved areas subject to vehicular traffic, including frontage improvements and any redevelopment of parking areas, will be treated with the use of bioretention planters along the sidewalks and curbs to provide treatment and to demon- strate onsite management of stormwater. Roof runoff is considered “clean” and does not require treatment before discharge to the city storm system.

The building and site drainage will be connected to a new storm system to be installed under the 1063 Project. This new storm main will be located in the parking lot and will run east to west.

SENSITIVE AREAS A steep slope, which is classified as a sensitive area, is located immediately west of the site.

FIRE LANE Adequate fire access exists along the south, north, and east sides of the project site

WATER SERVICE Water service is provided by a City water main circulating through the capitol campus. Portions of the water main are owned and operated by the State of Washington. According to City utility maps, a 12-inch diameter cast iron water main is located on the east side of Capitol Way. A 6-inch diameter cast iron water main is located within Union Avenue and Columbia Street. Another water main is also located within 11th Avenue and is designated as a State-owned, 10-inch diameter, ductile iron pipe. Fire and sprinkler and domestic service for the existing GA Building are provided from the 6-inch City water main in Columbia Street.

[258] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Fire hydrants are currently located at the following locations:

• 11th Avenue at the intersections of Water Street, Columbia Street, and Capitol Way. • Northeast corner of the intersection of Union Avenue and Capitol Way. • Mid-block on Columbia Street fronting the existing GA Building.

The City of Olympia requires that all portions of a building be within 150 feet of a fire hydrant. The existing hydrant locations do not meet this requirement. Two additional hydrants are needed onsite to adequately provide coverage for the GA Building.

A new fire service and domestic service should be provided as well. It is expected that approximately 360 linear feet of existing 6-inch water main located on Columbia Street between Union Avenue and 11th Avenue will be replaced with a larger size pipe, possibly 10-inch diameter, to improve fire flow conditions.

SANITARY SEWER Sanitary sewer service is provided by City of Olympia. Sewer service for the existing GA Building is provided on the east side of the building by a 4-inch diameter cast iron pipe extending to a manhole located at the intersection of Union Avenue and Columbia Street. An existing 8-inch diameter vitreous clay sewer main is located along the west and north sides of the existing GA Building. This main continues northerly and westerly through the existing parking lot, where it turns north within Columbia Street. The vitreous clay line is considered to be at high risk for failure due to pipe age and material.

Due to the age of the building, the existing side sewer should be inspected for breaks, clogs, sags, or root intrusion. Inspection may reveal localized areas of concern or damage along the length of the pipe. Due to age and poor condition of the existing sanitary sewer, we expect to construct 660 linear feet of 8-inch sanitary sewer pipe and 30 linear feet of 6-inch side sewer.

POWER AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS The existing site has access to power and telecommunications facilities. Any service to the new building would be minimal.

FRONTAGE IMPROVEMENTS We expect that new curb gutter and walk will be required along 11th Avenue. If a drop off is desired along 11th Avenue, an accessible route to the building will be required. Along Columbia Street, a new curb, sidewalk, driveways and landscaping will be required. If new storm drain and sanitary sewer mains are required to be installed in Columbia Street resurfacing of the concrete roadway will also be triggered.

10.9.3 Landscape Narrative

SITE CONTEXT Located on the North edge of the Historic West Campus, the GA site provides a celebratory location for the potential home to the state Archives and Library collection. This site falls wholly within the West Capitol Campus boundary and is therefore sub- ject to the West Capitol Campus design standards, Master Plans and the review and approval of the Capitol Campus Design Advisory Committee (CCDAC)

Appendix [259] ADJACENT PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY There is existing curb and gutter infrastructure along 11th Ave SW and Columbia St. SW that will be replaced and improved as a part of this project. These improvements include new curb, gutter, sidewalks, right of way landscaping, street trees and street lighting. The remaining building edges to the north and west will likely be developed as surface parking lots for a portion of the buildings parking demand

TREE PROTECTION There is a large Heritage Sequoia Tree at the west side of the existing GA building. Due to the necessary retaining wall and slope stabilization requirements for the new building, it may not be possible to protect this tree in place. Considerations for Salvage and re-use of the tree should be anticipated.

LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS West Slope Landscaping and Stabilization

The new building on this site will require new slope stabilization wall systems at the west side of the building site. New land- scaping and slope stabilization methods will be incorporated into the existing hillside as necessary to re-establish and enhance the native forested slope.

NEW LANDSCAPED AREAS

• Off Structure: Sub-grades for all landscape areas shall be prepared by decompacting 12” minimum depth prior to incorporation of import or amended topsoils. • All landscaped area shall be designed with an under drainage system to allow planter areas to drain. Underdrains may be eliminated at areas with a demonstrated high rate of sub-grade infiltration. • Off Structure: Import topsoil depths shall be 12” minimum • Over Structure: Minimum Planting depths shall be 30” deep for shrub and groundcover areas. • Over Structure: Minimum planting depths shall be 36” for tree planting areas with adequate soil volumes to support mature tree species. Assume 800 to 1000 cubic feet of soil for 12” diameter to 16” diameter trees. • All landscape areas shall be irrigated through establishment with an automatic irrigation system. • All landscape areas shall receive 2” organic mulch layer at planter surface. • All trees shall be field staked to prevent damage from wind during establishment. • Trees and shrubs shall meet ANSI standard for nursery stock.

HARDSCAPE AND LANDSCAPING BETWEEN CURB LINES AND NEW PUBLIC SIDEWALK

• 11th Ave SW shall contain the main public building entry plaza. This plaza will be a combination of stone paving and concrete to meet the aesthetic requirements of existing and new West Campus buildings. • The 11th Ave street frontage will include a pull out to function as a vehicle and bus drop-off area. This drop off will have flush curb conditions and vehicular protection bollards. • The building face along 11th Ave SW will be set back from the street at the current location of the GA building façade. The building below the entry plaza may extend to the right of way providing more useable building space below grade. In this case, the landscaping along this frontage will be over structure. • The landscaping shall consist of large trees, and shrub plantings that are complementary to and are informed by the West Capitol Campus Landscape Master Plan.

[260] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign • Columbia St. SW is a transition from the capitol campus to the city of Olympia. Typical Curb gutter and street right of way landscaping is proposed along this frontage.

PARKING AREA INTERIOR LANDSCAPE Parking requirements for the building program on this site will not be able to be met in full under the building or on the immedi- ate property. Surface lots along the west and north property edges shall contain landscape islands with trees, shrubs and groundcover plantings. An average of one tree per 8 parking spaces and 5’ minimum planting widths shall be maintained

IRRIGATION SYSTEMS

• Irrigation systems shall be designed using low flow, water efficient irrigation heads and or drip irrigation systems. • Irrigation controllers shall provide automatic seasonal and weather adjustment controls to minimize overuse of potable water. • Irrigation systems shall be used to establish plant materials and shall only be used during times of prolonged drought after plant establishment (first 2- 3 seasons) • Irrigation systems shall be ready to adapt to the future connection the the LOTT purple pipe system.

LIGHTING Pedestrian scale lighting consistent with the recommendations set forth in the 2009 West Campus Historic Landscape Preservation Plan shall be provided around the building perimeter to enhance the nighttime experience and provide code required minimum light levels at all pedestrian zones.

10.9.4 Structural Narrative The proposed new building on the existing GA Building site in Olympia requires demolition of the existing building and construction of a new six story, 282,700 GSF building housing library, archives, office, and public spaces, including one level of below grade parking.

Due to the sloping site, it is likely two levels will be below grade on the south side of the site and one level will be below grade on the north side of the site; requiring substantial concrete foundation and retaining walls.

Construction is anticipated to be two-way concrete flat slabs at the floor levels with a steel framed roof on a 30’ x 30’ grid.

As an option, the Archives and Library spaces could be concrete framed and office area steel framed.

Coordination of the below grade parking column grid and drive aisles will need to be coordinated with the above grade column grid.

The lateral force resisting system for the building will consist of one bay of concrete shear wall at each perimeter wall and concrete shear walls at the stair/elevator core.

With respect to foundations, a March 2009 Supplemental Geotechnical report was prepared by Shannon & Wilson, Inc. This report noted that ground improvement utilizing compacted aggregate piers (CAPs) are required to provide suitable bearing for conventional spread and continuous footings and to mitigate seismic liquefaction of the site. Further, the report identifies an

Appendix [261] allowable soil bearing pressure of 6,000psf available with CAPs. The report also notes that even with proposed ground improve- ments there is still risk of local, surficial soil instability, such as erosion and creep that the owners must be prepared to accept and mitigate as needed.

10.9.5 Architectural Narrative

PROGRAM ORGANIZATION On the site of the existing GA Building, at the edge of the historic Capitol Campus, this project area comes with the most site constraints. One of the expectations of building on the GA site is that the site should not be under developed. To address this requirement, it has been assumed that the gross square footage of the existing GA building should be the minimum area included in new construction on that site. To minimize costly excavation and shoring costs, the footprint of the proposed building is approximately the same as the existing GA building. When viewed from the central campus, there are four floors above grade at 11th Ave SW. Because of the sloping site, there is one partially below-grade floor, level with SW Union. Below that, there is one fully below-grade parking level for 100 cars. The average floorplate is approximately 47,000 GSF, with six floors totaling 282,700 GSF. The full Library and Archives program at the GA Site, including parking, is only 242,984 GSF, leaving 39,716 GSF of office space that has not yet been assigned to a particular tenant.

To optimize the robust building structure and MEP systems that are specific to high-density archival storage, the secure storage program has been stacked on five floors in the northeast corner of the building. The remainder of the program wraps around this block, taking advantage of views toward the Capitol Campus to the south and Capitol Lake to the west. In addi- tion to the secure storage area, the first floor includes public spaces, such as the main entry and Lobby, the Library Reading Room, Archives Research Room, Conference Rooms, and Training Rooms. The building’s second and third floor are similar to one another, each with 23,000 SF of secure storage wrapped by 19,000 sf of general office area on the south and west sides. The office area includes open cubicles and private offices, conference rooms, and support spaces in sizes and configurations consistent with DES standards and tailored to individual departmental needs. The fourth floor includes secure storage program and office space that has not yet been assigned.

Universal accessibility, high-performance envelope design, energy efficient building systems, and daylighting (where appropri- ate) would be incorporated throughout the new facility.

EXTERIOR MATERIALS The design will be required to meet the current Washington State Energy Code building envelope standards, including continu- ous exterior insulation, minimal thermal bridging, and exceptional air barrier performance. To assist the cost estimating for this Predesign, a premium has been assigned to the exterior wall construction to accommodate a higher quality of material and finish to complement the existing historic building group. High-performance thermally broken curtainwall glazing system are assumed for the transparent portions of the exterior envelope. Acknowledging the buildings presence on the central Capitol Campus, the design of the exterior should be sympathetic to the scale, proportions, and quality of the Capitol’s historic struc- tures while reflecting the architectural thinking of our time. The choice of materials and detailing should be consistent with expectations for a 75-year building.

INTERIOR MATERIALS For general use office, conference room, and support spaces, the interior finishes should be consistent in quality with other recently purpose-built State Government facilities, such as the 1063 Building and the DES Building at 1500 Jefferson. To support the cost estimating for this Predesign, the interior is assumed to include the following materials and finishes. Interior

[262] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign partitions are primarily metal stud construction with painted drywall finish. Interior doors are solid-core wood veneer, set in wood or hollow metal frames with glazed re-lites where appropriate. Ceilings are suspended acoustic panels and floors are carpet tile.

Throughout the public areas of the interior, the finishes should be of a higher quality to reflect the importance of the Library and Archives as distinguished State Institutions preserving Washington’s heritage. The entry, Lobby, and other public spaces will likely face the central Capitol Campus, and should acknowledge the quality of materials and finishes of the existing historic buildings.

The secure storage areas of the building require fewer “finish” materials, utilizing a sealed concrete slab, limited interior parti- tions, and exposing the building systems and the underside of the structure overhead.

10.9.6 Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Narrative

I. Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing

A. A. Natural Gas

1. GA Site: Natural gas will not be required.

B. Sanitary Sewer

1. General: The sanitary connections serving the building will be made to the sewer mains that exit the building. Most drainage will be by gravity with the exception of below grade spaces which will be routed to a lift station to be pumped from the building to the sanitary sewer.

C. Domestic Water and Fire Protection

1. General: The domestic water service will be served off of the existing water main. The fire protection service to the build- ing will be provided by a 6-inch fire service routed to the building. The domestic and fire services will each be protected by a Washington State Approved reduced pressure backflow preventer assembly and a double check valve assembly respectively. The domestic water service will include a 3-inch water meter to monitor water consumption within the building.

D. Storm Water Drainage System

1. General: The building storm drainage system will include roof drains, terrace drains, area drains and an interior rainwater leader system. The roof drains will be routed to a storm water harvesting/retention tank system. The retained water will be filtered and pumped to be used for toilet and urinal flushing. All other drains will be routed to city storm water drainage system.

E. Steam

1. GA Site: The building will be served by 100 psi steam line entering at the East side of the building from the utilidor. Steam will be connected to shell and tube heat exchangers to provide domestic hot water and heating hot water for the building. Condensate will be pumped back to the boiler plant.

F. Chilled Water

Appendix [263] 1. GA Site: Campus chilled water supply and return will be delivered to the building via the utilidor on the East side of the build- ing. Chilled water will be connected to plate and frame heat exchangers to provide secondary chilled water for building cooling (office space only).

G. Recycled Water

1. GA Site: Provision will be made for future connection to the Olympia recycled water system which could provide water for toilet and urinal flushing. Water from the storm water harvesting system will initially connect to the “purple pipe” system to provide water for flushing.

H. Electrical Service

1. GA Site: The facility will be served from the existing campus 12.47kV primary loop electrical distribution system for normal power. The primary loop is served by (4) primary circuits from Puget Sound Energy.

II. Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning

A. Design Criteria

1. Outdoor Design Conditions:

Summer: 87°F dry bulb (ASHRAE 0.4%). 67°F wet bulb (ASHRAE 0.4%).

Winter: 18°F dry bulb (ASHRAE 99.8%)

2. Indoor Design Conditions a. Refer to Table 1 for the HVAC Design Conditions for the different spaces in the building.

3. Codes and Standards: a. The following codes and standards are applicable, in addition to any other local code requirements.

1) 2012 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments

2) 2012 International Mechanical Code with Washington State Amendments

3) 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code with Washington State Amendments

4) 2012 Washington State Energy Code

5) 2012 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

6) Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

[264] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 8) American Society of Heating, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

9) American Association of Balancing Contractors (AABC)

10) Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA)

11) Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

12) Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI)

B. HVAC Systems

1. Chilled Water Systems

GA Site: a. Campus chilled water supply and return will be delivered to the building via the utilidor. Campus chilled water to be used for high temperature chilled water only. b. There will be two chilled water systems in the building:

1) High temperature chilled water at 58℉ to be used for the chilled beams. Sub loops will be created for each exposure on each floor for zone temperature control. Each sub loop will be provided with an inline circulating pump and mixing valve.

2) Low temperature chilled water at 35 degrees to be used for the 24/7 systems and systems requiring lower temperature supply air. c. The high temperature chilled water systems will be provided with separate thermal storage tanks to store cooling energy at night for use during the day. This will reduce the impact on the peak capacity requirement of the Campus chilled water plant. The thermal storage tanks will utilize Eutectic material. d. Plate frame heat exchangers will be provided between the campus primary chilled water system and the high temperature system in the building. e. The low temperature chilled water system will include closed circuit cooling towers, chillers, pumps and distribution system. All the components of this system will be connected to the emergency power system for continuous operation. f. When outdoor temperatures permit, the condensing water system will be interconnected with the high temperature chilled water system to provide hydronic free cooling that can be stored during the nighttime hours.

2. Heating Hot Water Systems:

GA Site: a. Campus high pressure steam and condensate return will be delivered to the Northeast corner of Floor B via an utilidor. The heating source for the building will be provided via two (2) shell and tube heat exchangers connected to the campus 100 psi steam loop.

Appendix [265] b. Condensate will be collected in a tank that will contain a tube bundle to pre heat domestic hot water. The condensate will then be pumped back to the campus boiler plant.

3. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Systems:

General: a. Refer to Table 1 for the system type for each space in the office. b. System descriptions are as follows:

1) Chilled Beam – Overhead cooling source using chilled water in a passive element located either above a grille in the hung ceiling or exposed in spaces without ceilings. Room thermostats control chilled water flow through the elements for local temperature control. This system is planned for use in office spaces and used in conjunction with Floor Air system.

2) Floor Air – Constant volume supply air system using the raised floor for air distribution. The air system uses 100% outside air to provide ventilation air to the space. The system will also provide heating the perimeter spaces using zone heating coils during the winter season. This system is planned for use in office spaces and used in conjunction with the Chilled Beam system.

3) Radiant Floor – Hot water radiant heating system in the floor for space heating. The water temperature is modulated to maintain room temperature set point. This system is planned for use in lobbies.

4) CAV – Constant air volume system use for large single zone spaces that require special temperature and humidity conditions or fixed air quantities. This system is planned for use in archives and collection spaces. The floor air system also uses a CAV system to provide the fixed ventilation supply to the offices and auditorium.

5) VAV – Variable air volume system that provides for cooling and ventilation for areas requiring multiple temperature zones. This system is planned for use in the library, maintenance area and miscellaneous office areas.

4. Frozen Photo System:

General: a. Dedicated water-cooled split system will provide cooling for the frozen photo space that requires to be maintained at 14℉. Redundant systems will be provided and be connected to the emergency power system.

5. Toilet Ventilation Systems:

General: a. Each toilet room will be ventilated through a toilet exhaust system ducted to exhaust fan located at the high roof. The system shall be capable of exhausting a minimum of 2 cfm/sf or 10 air changes per hour, whichever is greater.

6. Electric Closet Ventilation System:

General:

[266] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. The electrical closet on each floor will be ventilated using a transfer air fan. Each electrical closet will be provided with a return air/make up air opening with fire damper above the finished ceiling of the adjoining space.

7. Elevator Machine Rooms, IDF and MDF Rooms:

General: a. The elevator machine rooms and IDF and MDF rooms will be air-conditioned using fan coil units connected to the 24/7 chilled water system. Elevator machine rooms shall be constructed with smoke-proof enclosures for smoke management purposes.

8. Automatic Temperature and Building Control Systems:

General: a. Requirements: Provide a BACNet based BMS computer based system capable of controlling central plant equipment, fans, HVAC units, and designed for expandability by using plug-in modules.

1) Locate central BMS components in the building Engineer’s office.

2) Provide local stand-alone field control modules in each major mechanical room. b. The BMS Subcontractor is responsible for all power wiring from designated circuits identified in the electrical panel schedules. c. System Overview: Provide a Direct Digital Control (DDC) system with full control of mechanical equipment. Provide BMS to monitor environmental data and control the function of the following equipment installed in the facility:

1) Boilers

2) Shell & Tube heat exchangers

3) Pumps

4) Air handling units

5) Exhaust fans

6) Lighting system (interior and exterior) time clocks

7) Ventilation systems

8) Domestic hot water systems

9) Security system interface

10) Fire alarm system interface

Appendix [267] 11) Energy meters

12) Other designated functions/systems d. The BMS system will be set up to easily trend logs and sequentially download them for long-term data storage. e. Provide complete system of electronic PID control technology to automatically maintain and regulate environmental conditions. f. Use system architecture with intelligent field distributed control modules to communicate in both LAN/WAN and WEB configuration communications.

9. Electric Motors:

General: a. All electric motors will be premium efficiency type and suitable for use on inverter drive systems where applicable. TEFC motors will be required when located within the air stream.

10. Acoustics:

General: a. As part of the design development phase, all of the mechanical systems will need to be reviewed by the acoustical consul- tant to ensure the desired noise and vibration levels throughout the building meet project requirements. Recommendations will be incorporated into the construction documents. b. Critical items requiring acoustical evaluation include, but are not limited to, the following areas or systems: cooling tower, chillers, Auditorium, conference rooms, and other special rooms

III. PLUMBING

A. Design Criteria

1. Codes and Standards a. The following codes and standards are applicable, in addition to any other local code requirements:

1) 2012 International Building Code with Washington State Amendments

2) 2012 International Mechanical Code with Washington State Amendments

3) 2012 International Fuel Gas Code with Washington State Amendments

4) 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code with Washington State Amendments

5) 2012 Washington State Energy Code

[268] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 6) 2012 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

8) American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

B. Plumbing Systems

1. Water Supply

General: a. The building water supply will connect to the existing domestic water mains. The domestic service will be protected by Washington State Approved reduced pressure principle backflow preventer assemblies. A duplex assembly will be provided for the service. b. Water pressure at the fixtures will be limited to a maximum pressure of 80 PSI through the use of pressure reducing valve assemblies as required. c. Size domestic water systems using a maximum of 5-PSI pressure drop per 100 feet of pipe and a maximum velocity of 8.0 feet per second. d. Civil Engineer will take the water lines from a point 5 feet from the building to the main water line.

2. Domestic Hot and Cold Water

General: a. The buildings’ service main size is anticipated to be 4-inches in diameter. b. The water service entrance and domestic water piping 3-inches and larger will be either copper, type L with roll grooved joints or stainless steel schedule 10, type 304 with roll grooved joints depending on market conditions. Piping 2-1/2-inches and smaller will be type L copper joined with lead-free, 95-5 type solder. c. As an augmentation to the conventional domestic water heating system, a solar assisted water pre-heating system will be given consideration.

GA Site: a. Pressure boosting is likely required due to the height and size of the building whereas the Lacey and Tumwater sites are not more than 2 levels high. b. Domestic hot water will be supplied from centrally located, tank type indirect water heaters using steam as the energy source and steam-to-water heat exchangers to generate hot water.

3. Natural Gas System

General:

Appendix [269] a. A 2 PSI natural gas service with meter and pressure regulator will be provided by the natural gas purveyor at a location acceptable to the Owner. Gas pressure at appliances will provided at 7 inch to 14 inch WC in the building through the use of gas regulators placed near equipment. b. The buildings’ service main size is anticipated to be 3 inches diameter. c. Gas will be distributed in schedule 40 black steel piping with threaded malleable iron fittings. The gas lines will be routed throughout the facility to gas-fired equipment and appliances, including gas-fired cooking equipment within the kitchen service areas.

4. Sanitary Sewer and Waste System

General: a. The building’s service main size is anticipated to be 8 inches in diameter and will connect to the existing municipal sewer system. A complete sanitary waste and vent system will be provided in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code (as adopted by Washington State) throughout the building, arranged for gravity flow. Sewage ejectors will be provided where required when gravity drainage cannot occur. Soil, waste and vent lines will be sized per UPC using good engineering practice. The Civil Engineer will take the sewer lines from 5 feet outside the building footprint to the street sewer. b. Sanitary waste and vent piping above and below ground will be service weight hub-less cast iron pipe. Couplings for below ground installation shall be bolted and gasketed cast-iron and above ground shall be FM approved stainless steel couplings. c. Where indoor parking structures are planned, garage drains will remove surface water and be routed to an oil/water separa- tor prior to connecting to the sanitary sewer.

5. Storm Drainage System

General: a. Complete roof drainage systems with independent overflow drains and risers through the building will be provided. System design based on 1 inch per hour rainfall intensity and on local code requirements. The maximum velocity in the storm drainage system will be limited to 3 feet per second. b. The roof drainage will be routed to a filter prior to entering a storm water retention tank for future reuse as needed for toilet and urinal flushing. c. Additional deck, area and terrace drains will be provided for areas located at building setbacks and routed directly to the street storm water system in lieu of the storm retention tank (as required by code). d. The building storm drain system will be routed from the building additional drains and retention tank overflow to 5 feet from the building footprint where the Civil Engineer will take the storm drain to the street storm sewer.

6. Non-potable Treated Water System

General:

[270] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. The filtered roof drainage in the water retention tank will be brought to a day tank to undergo treatment then pumped for daily use as needed for toilet and urinal flushing. This pressure system will be piped in “purple pipe” for distinction from the potable water system.

GA Site: a. Provision will be made for future connection to the Olympia recycled water system which could provide water for toilet and urinal flushing. Water from the storm water harvesting system will initially connect to the “purple pipe” system to provide water for flushing.

7. Hose Bibs

General: a. Hose bibs with vacuum breakers will be provided at a minimum in accordance with the following:

1) Mechanical equipment rooms a) Non-freeze hose bibs in boxes will be provided as one minimum on each exterior face. Maximum spacing will not exceed 100 feet. b) Each toilet room.

8. Plumbing Fixtures

General: a. (Level of quality Similar to American Standard) b. All fixtures will be selected for ultra-low flow water consumption. c. Water Closets: Wall hung, low consumption flush valve and bowl with open front seat less cover. d. Lavatories: Vitreous china counter top, with single handle mixing faucets. All lavatories will have an insulated offset waste below where piping is exposed. e. Urinals: low consumption, 1/8 gallon per flush, Wall hung, with flush valve. f. Drinking Fountains. g. Each water supply will be roughed in with an isolation valve at the fixture.

9. Floor Drains

General: a. Drain will be provided at a minimum for the following, or as specified by Code or local building authority.

Appendix [271] 1) Mechanical equipment rooms.

2) Each toilet room.

3) Each janitor’s closet

IV. FIRE PROTECTION

A. Design Criteria

1. Codes and Standards a. This installation will comply with the Washington State Codes and Washington State Facilities Standards. b. All Fire Protection design, products, and installation shall comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following jurisdictional codes, authorities and guidelines:

1) International Building Code, 2012 Edition

2) International Fire Code, 2012 Edition

3) State of Washington, Code Amendments

4) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

5) NFPA Standard 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems

6) NFPA Standard 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems

7) NFPA Standard 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection

8) NFPA Standard 70, National Electrical Code

9) NFPA Standard 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code

10) NFPA 75, Standard on Information Technology equipment Protection

11) NFPA 110, Standard for emergency and Standby Power Systems

12) NFPA 232, Standard for the Protection of Records and Storage

13) NFPA 909, Code for the Protection of Cultural Resources

14) NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems

15) Applicable FM GLOBAL Loss Prevention Data Sheets a) FM GLOBAL Data Sheet 2-8 “Earthquake Protection for Water-Based Fire Protection Systems”

[272] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign b) FM GLOBAL Data Sheet 2-8N “Installation of Sprinklers (NFPA)” c) FM P7825a, Approval Guide Fire Protection d) FM P7825b, Approval Guide Electrical Equipment

16) UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) a) UL 668, Hose Valves for Fire Protection Service b) UL Building Materials Directory c) UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory

17) Local Codes, Code Amendments and Requirements c. Provide fire protection products including valves, fittings and couplings, supports, anchors, fire stops, sprinklers, fire hose stations, hose valves, etc., that are Underwriters Laboratories listed/FM Global Approved, and acceptable to the local Authority Having Jurisdiction.

B. Fire Protection Systems

1. Water Supply

General: a. The fire main will be connected, with a 6” line, to the city water distribution system as indicated at the beginning of this report. b. A double check valve assembly will be installed to protect the water service from contamination.

GA Site: a. A 750 GPM, 100 HP electric fire booster pump will be provided to meet the sprinkler and standpipe demand for the building. The sprinkler riser and fire department hose valve standpipe will be a combination system.

2. Building Fire Protection

General: a. The buildings will be protected by a hydraulically calculated automatic wet sprinkler system. Each floor will be considered as a separate sprinkler zone with its own sprinkler control valve assembly consisting of a supervised valve, flow switch, and drain valve. Floor sprinklers will be served by at least two risers.

1) All equipment and devices shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed, Factory Mutual Approved and acceptable to the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. Fire Protection Contractor shall sign and seal with a Washington State Fire Protection Designer Certificate of Competency all shop Drawings and hydraulic calculations prior to issuance to Building and Fire Departments for approval. No work shall be installed without approved shop Drawings.

Appendix [273] 2) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the location of all sprinkler heads with final reflected ceiling Drawings.

3) Fire sprinkler mains shall not interfere with the HVAC contractor’s ability to place HVAC main ducts tight to bottom of fire proofed structural elements.

4) The Contractor shall provide all offsets, drains and drain plugs for trapped piping, and drainage piping. The Contractor shall notify the Architect, in writing, of all discrepancies in sprinkler head locations where local codes are violated (i.e., allowable distance from walls or exterior glass, small room spacing, stairs, etc.).

5) Fire sprinkler mains shall not interfere with the HVAC contractor’s ability to place HVAC main ducts tight to bottom of fire proofed structural elements.

6) System piping shall be hydraulically designed throughout all areas in accordance with the rules and regulations of the applicable standards. Hydraulic calculations shall be in accordance with the Area/Density Method or other method approved for the application used, per NFPA 13 and FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets 2-8 and 2-8N. The Owner’s Insurance Carrier shall be contacted to verify any additional requirements.

7) System piping shall be hydraulically designed throughout all areas in accordance with the rules and regulations of the applicable standards using the design densities indicated herein: b. Fire Sprinklers: The fire sprinkler hydraulic calculations shall include hose allowances as defined for the hazard for inside and outside hose streams as required to meet applicable standards.

1) Hydraulically designed sprinkler systems should be designed for a supply pressure of at least 10 percent, but not less than 10 psi, below the supply curve.

2) The velocity of water through the fire protection piping system shall not exceed maximum allowable velocities allowed by applicable standards.

3) (GA Site Only) - Standpipes: Pipe sizes based upon providing the required flow rate at the most hydraulically remote fire hose valve connection on the standpipe and at the top most hose outlet of each of the other standpipes at a minimum 100 psi residual. The minimum flow rate for the most remote standpipes shall be 500 GPM, and 250 for each additional standpipe, with total not to exceed 1000 GPM for combined systems.

4) The hydraulic calculations shall be based on current flow data obtained from local water authority. Confirm flow data prior to design and layout of fire protection systems. c. Wet Pipe Sprinkler Protection. All sprinkler systems shall be hydraulically calculated. Sprinkler design area adjustment for quick response heads based upon ceiling height, per NFPA 13 Section 11.2.3.2.3 shall be permitted. In the event design criteria information from the project fire insurance underwriter is unavailable at the time of initial design, the following minimum criteria shall be used:

1) Light Hazard: Offices, data processing, restaurant seating area, library – exclusive of book stacks, non-exhibition assembly areas, and corridor – piping systems shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.10GPM/sq. ft. over an area of 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location and 250 GPM for hose stream. The protection area per sprinkler head shall be 225 square feet.

[274] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 2) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Restaurant service area, exhibition assembly areas, shops, maintenance areas, mechanical rooms, and archival restoration areas - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet.

3) Ordinary Hazard – Group 2: Retail areas, truck dock, storage areas and library book stacks, archives - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.20 GPM/sq. ft. over an area of 1500 sq. ft. at most remote location. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 sq. ft. d. Pre-action System Density Requirements:

1) Quick response sprinkler heads shall be permitted. a) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Museum, Archives, Library, Archival Restoration, Information Technology Rooms (based upon fire hazards assessment for risk management purposes) - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over 1500 sq. ft. at the most remote location for single interlock systems and 1950 sq ft for double interlock arrangements. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet. b) The maximum area coverage per smoke detector shall not exceed: 120 sq. ft. c) Group pre-action systems into single zones per floor to achieve a net savings in installation costs, reduction in maintenance, reduction in the footprint occupied by multiple sprinkler system risers on each floor, and maintenance of the same level of reliability overall. d) Where pendent heads are required dry pendent heads shall be used to permit more thorough drainage of water subsequent to a system trip. This represents an installation cost increase, but significant reduction in potential for plug- ging of sprinkler heads caused by cycling of pre-action arrangement (dry/wet) from system trips, also reduction in damage from contaminated water residue otherwise trapped in pendent sprinkler drops and return bends. No change in aesthetics of heads within the ceiling area. e) Use corrosion resistant piping (galvanized or stainless steel) for pre-action systems – This incremental increase in material cost would be off-set by the reduction in potential contaminant damage from corrosion products developing within the pre- action system piping. f) Use an approved multi-cycling (Fire Cycle) system arrangement for the pre-action arrangement to archive, book stack, museum, and library areas to provide a reliable on-off system operating capability during a fire event to limit discharge. The installation of a Fire Cycle Arrangement for preaction systems may be slightly more expensive in design, but combines features to reduce potential for inadvertent discharge of water, with reduced water discharge during a credible fire to mitigate damage without compromising reliability and code compliance. g) All pre-action piping shall be sloped back to drains and caps shall be strategically provided to facilitate water removal. e. Dry Pipe System Protection:

1) Dry pipe system should only be installed where pipe is subject to freezing.

2) Ordinary Hazard – Group 1: Parking Garage, and Canopies or Overhangs over 4 ft wide - piping shall be sized to deliver a minimum 0.15 GPM/sq. ft. over the most remote 1950 sq ft. Sprinkler head spacing shall be limited to maximum area of 130 square feet.

3) The maximum area coverage per smoke detector shall not exceed: 120 sq. ft.

4) All dry system piping shall be sloped back to drains and caps shall be strategically provided to facilitate water removal.

Appendix [275] f. Zoning of the Fire Protection System:

1) Wet Sprinkler System: Water flow detection zoning shall be per floor basis with areas not exceeding maximum allowable per NFPA.

2) Elevator Machine Room Requirements: a) The sprinkler supply line to each elevator machine room shall be provided with an accessible shutoff valve with tamper switch, flow switch and test point located outside of machine room. b) Fire sprinklers installed in the elevator machine rooms shall be intermediate temperature rating.

3) Elevator Pit Requirements: a) Install automatic sprinkler heads in elevator pits such that the water spray pattern shall not spray higher than 2 feet above the pit floor, with a spray pattern directed level and down. b) An accessible sprinkler shut-off valve shall be provided outside of and near the pit. The valve shall be normally open, with no provision to shut off elevator power. c) Do not locate automatic sprinkler heads on a car entrance side or interfere with pit access. d) Provide drain valve and plug at the lowest point of the automatic sprinkler piping in the pit and installed to avoid mechanical damage. Piping shall enter the shaft at the floor level of the bottom landing and be wall mounted, fit tight against the wall, and maintain proper clearance to the car and counterweights. In walk-in pits, sprinkler piping may enter the pit in an approved manner other than the floor level of the car’s lowest landing.

4) Piping Arrangement a) No pipes or other apparatus shall be installed so as to interfere in any way with the full swing of doors, building access doors, and access doors in ductwork. The arrangement, positions, and connections of pipes, drains, valves, etc., shown on the Drawings shall be taken as a close approximation and while they shall be followed as closely as possible, the right is reserved by the Project Representative to change the locations to accommodate any conditions which may arise during the progress of the work without additional compensation to this Contractor for such changes, provided that the changes are requested prior to the installation of this Contractor’s work. b) Piping typically shall be installed concealed in or above building construction; i.e.; hung ceilings, and shall be so arranged that relocation of lighting fixtures, or plumbing and mechanical systems, will not cause any interference. c) Coordinate with the fire sprinkler and alarm trades to ensure full awareness of the location of all control valves, flow switches, tamper switches, and alarm and signal switches. d) Hangers: Design shall be per NFPA 13, for pressures in excess of 100 psi, NFPA 13, 2-6 and 4-5.2. e) Earthquake Sway Bracing: Design will be per NFPA 13 using UL listed or FM Approved components. The location of sway bracing and flexible couplings shall be shown on all shop drawings submitted for approval in sufficient detail to verify their location, preferred arrangement, and conformance to this standard.

[276] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign f) Flushing Connections: Flushing connections shall be per NFPA 13. g) Sleeves and Penetrations: All pipes penetrating concrete or masonry walls or floors shall be sleeved. All pipe penetrations shall have minimum clearance as per NFPA 13. Sleeves shall be caulked to retain the proper fire-wall rating with an approved sealant. h) Sprinkler heads in finished area will be quick response type, chrome finish with white escutcheon. i) For all archival storage areas and the like, double interlock pre-action fire suppression systems will be provided. g. Clean Agent Fire Protection

1) The selection of an appropriate clean agent (e.g., FM 200, Inergen, Novec 1230, etc.) shall be based upon a fire hazards assessment by a qualified fire protection specialist.

2) Potential program areas that are candidates for clean agent protection include: state hi toric documents, archives, map and plan collection, rare books and manuscripts stacks, security microfilm storage, automated mobile shelving units, and selected information technology equipment rooms.

3) Clean agent systems shall be installed in conjunction with an approved automatic sprinkler system throughout, rather than as a substitute.

GA Site: a. Standpipe Systems:

1) Class I systems automatic standpipes with 2 ½-inch hose valves. Base the arrangement upon a wet-manual configuration, hydraulically designed in accordance with NFPA 14.

2) A 2½-inch fire hose valve will be provided in the stairwell at each floor or as required by the local fire department. A dedicated 4-inch drain riser will be required with 2-1/2 capped outlets on a 45-degree angle for testing the pressure regulating valves. One 4-way fire department connection will be provided at a location to be coordinated with the local fire department.

3) Provide with drain risers adjacent to each standpipe equipped with 2½ inch internal threaded swivel fittings having threads as designated by local fire authority.

4) Provide 2½ inch pressure reducing type hose valve where pressure will exceed 175 pounds per square inch.

V. ELECTRICAL

A. Design Criteria

1. Codes and Standards a. Electrical Systems will be designed in accordance with all applicable codes, standards and Authorities Having Jurisdiction, the Underwriters’ Laboratory and in accordance with current engineering practices.

1) General Administration (GA) Facilities Standards.

Appendix [277] 2) National Electrical Code (NEC).

3) Washington Cities Electrical Code Amendments.

4) Title 296, Washington Administrative Code, Chapter 296-46B, “Electrical safety standards, administration and installation.”

5) International Building Code (IBC)

6) International Fire Code (IFC).

7) Fire Safety Standards for Elevators.

8) Washington State Fire Marshal Requirements.

9) Washington State Energy Code.

10) American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

11) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

12) Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES).

13) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

14) National Electrical Manufactures Association (NEMA).

15) Underwriters Laboratories (UL).

B. Electrical Systems

1. Primary Distribution – Medium Voltage

GA Site: a. The General Administration Campus owns its own 12.47kV primary power distribution systems with maintenance provided by Puget Sound Energy for utility power service. PSE provides (4) 12.47kV primary circuits (#16, #17, #25, #26) distributed and looped through the campus from the southeast corner along Cherry Street and 16th Avenue. The primary underground distribution nearest the project site requires relocation of existing gear and new provisions to extend new service to the project building. New 12.47kV primary loop feeders spliced from existing hand hole PQ (on 12th Ave) are to route and be buried in concrete encased duct bank along new road, continue to 11th Ave. and stubbed to new manhole at southeast side of project building. New manhole will house relocated existing site switchgear. The new 12.47kV primary loop feeders will continue from new manhole back to the existing loop at new hand hole #3, where the existing primary loop feeders will be spliced and intercepted. The primary 12.47kV circuit #17 will be extended from existing site switchgear in new manhole to the northeast corner of the project building via a new hand hole #4 located along Columbia Street. The new primary site distribution feeder will consist of 4 runs of 4” conduits encased in a duct bank. b. The new primary feeder will serve two medium voltage switchgears - one switchgear MVSB-B1 for normal building load distribution and the other switchgear MVSB-B2 dedicated to serve fire pump loads through two (2) dedicated step-down trans-

[278] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign formers. MVSB-B2 will be served from a tap-ahead-of-main of MVSB-B1 on the new primary feeder. MVSB-B1 will distribute two (2) separate feeders to serve (2) 12.47kV-480Y/277V 2500kVA step-down transformers, capable of 3300kVA under forced air fan cooling. Each transformer to provide 75% load of project building. Secondary side of each transformer to be connected to a LV main switchgear through a 4000A bus duct.

2. Main Electrical Service - Low Voltage

General: a. Normal Power System

1) The two (2) LV main switchboards will be main-tie-main configuration with power circuit breakers individually mounted. Main- tie-Main breakers and bus shall be rated at 4000A, interrupt current rated at 100,000 AIC. Digital meters will be provided at both ends of main-tie-main configuration switchgear and branch circuits to monitor energy usage.

Drawout Type LV Switchgear

2) 480V and 208V branch panel boards and associated step-down transformers will be distributed throughout in dedicated electrical rooms.

3) Mechanical power distribution will be provided with dedicated distribution panels located in the mechanical rooms or electrical rooms throughout the facility.

4) Acceptable Manufacturers: Cutler Hammer, General Electric, or Square D/Group Schneider. b. Emergency Power System –GA Site and Lacey

1) One radiator cooled, diesel fuel fired standby engine generator set rated 900kW/1125kVA, 480Y/277V, 3-phase, 4-wire, 60 Hz, 1800 rpm will be provided to supply power supporting all life/safety loads (egress and emergency exit lighting, fire alarm systems, smoke removal fans, all elevators) and Ownerspecified optional loads (e.g. computers, UPS, HVAC, Refrigeration units, etc.).

2) Two (2) automatic transfer switches will be provided to feed Life Safety loads and legally standby and optional standby (Archive) loads.

3) Generator(s) is (are) located outdoors with a 2-hour day tank adjacent, an underground fuel storage tank to be provided and sized to support the Owner required 72 hours of full-load operation. A signal from any automatic transfer switch will start the engine and supply power to the emergency distribution system in the event of failure of the normal power source. a) Generator will be exercised per the requirements of NPFA 110. Permanently installed load banks will be installed to meet these requirements.

3. Grounding System

General: a. A complete grounding system complying with National Electrical Code will be provided. Grounding system shall consist of the following:

Appendix [279] 1) Main Grounding System. The main building grounding system will consist of the following: a) Bonding to structural steel. b) Bonding to incoming water main. c) Bonding to grounding rod for lightning protection system if provided. d) Ground rods shall located in main electrical room or at building exterior below grade or unexcavated area and connected to main electrical room service grounding bus. e) All the above will be terminated to a ground bus bar in the main electrical room. In addition, the service entrance neutral conductor will be bonded to the switchboard ground bus, the electrical room ground bus bar and the ground rod.

2) Ground Riser. A ground riser will be provided in each electrical room with transformers and telecommunications room. Each will consist of the following: a) Bare copper conductor from the main building ground bus to a ground bus on each level. Each ground bus will be bonded to the nearest building steel. b) Each transformer neutral ground bar will be bonded to the ground bus in addition to the nearest building steel.

3) Branch circuit grounding. The continuous metallic conduit raceway will serve as the ground path for feeders. Branch circuits shall be provided with an insulated grounding conductor run with the circuit conductors. This grounding conductor shall be in addition to the ground path provided by the continuously grounded metallic raceway system that encloses the phase and neutral conductors.

4. Equipment Connections

General: a. HVAC equipment. b. Plumbing equipment. c. Fire protection equipment. d. Elevators. e. Owner furnished equipment. f. Motorized doors and gates. g. 120V power connections and empty conduit for irrigation control system. h. Convenience and special purpose receptacles. i. Food Service equipment

[280] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign j. Load Summary: *(We need to insert the program (abbreviated & combined?) here and agree on loads.

5. Solar Photovoltaic (PV) Power Generation a. Consideration to apply on-site renewable source to this project, such as a solar PV array, has been analyzed based on utiliz- ing the requirements to obtain LEED points. The following chart identifies the minimum square footage to install a PV array for the associated LEED point. b. The current rooftop square footage for this project can accommodate the 1 point requirement, however, achieving additional points may prove more challenging based on the minimum area required. Additional solar arrays may be introduced into the shading overhangs on the south side of the building. c. The design will provide the pathway infrastructure to support the potential solar PV array installation. The infrastructure required to meet the minimum 2.5% LEED requirement is (1) 4” conduit stubbed from the rooftop, into the stacked electrical rooms in the office floors and down to the main electrical room. Considerations for room requirements to house the distribution required for a solar PV array will be analyzed at a later date.

VI. FIRE ALARM

A. Design Criteria

1. The building proposed for the GA site has a floor for office occupancy located 75 feet above the lowest level of fire depart- ment vehicle access, an automatic fire alarm system, an emergency voice/alarm communication system and a fire department communication system shall be provided, the fire alarm system will be the addressable type with each initiating device annunci- ated as an individual zone. The Fire Alarm and Control Panel shall provide centralized control and annunciation of fire alarm zones and associated annunciation with interface to fire-fighter’s smoke control panel. Area smoke detectors shall be analog type to permit monitoring and calibration of smoke detector sensitivity from the FACP.

2. The fire alarm system at all sites shall be fully supervised and include both manually and automatically actuated alarms consisting of: a. Manual pull stations in each elevator lobby, entries to stairwells, main exit doors and intermediate locations to provide 200 feet maximum spacing between manual pull stations. b. Connections to fire sprinkler system water flow, tamper switches and pre-action system. c. Area smoke detectors in each mechanical, electrical, telephone, and elevator machine room, at each stair and elevator lobby door fitted with magnetic hold open devices, and in each elevator lobby for elevator recall. Fire detectors in elevator shafts. d. Duct type smoke detectors at the inlet of all return air duct stub outs, at main return air plenums, at the discharge of each supply air fan and where required to operate a fire/smoke damper. e. Speakers and strobes per the IFC and the ADA. f. Emergency voice/alarm communication. g. Fire department communication.

Appendix [281] h. Data gathering panels for Executive Offices F/A devices. i. Annunciator and remote annunciators.

3. The fire alarm LED annunciator shall provide indication of the floor of an alarm and the type of alarm, i.e., manual, sprinkler flow, or smoke. The fire alarm system shall be connected to an approved central monitoring service.

4. FACP to be located in FCC room beside the main entrance at floor A, DGP panel for Executive Offices to be located in electri- cal room at floor 3. Remote annunciator to be located in Security Control room at floor 1.

5. Acceptable Manufacturers to be confirmed.

VII. LIGHTING

A. Design Criteria

1. Refer to combined architectural and electrical lighting design narrative

B. Lighting Systems

General Description

1. Lighting will be designed and documented to comply with the Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) recommended light levels and the Washington State Energy Code.

2. Site Lighting will be designed with

3. Interior Lighting will be designed to highlight the architecture and task areas while providing a highly energy efficient lighting system. A task/ambient approach will provide lower ambient light levels with higher light levels at tasks provided by task lights or directional light fixtures.

4. Light fixtures will be carefully placed to integrate with the daylight zones and the daylight control system.

5. LED Light sources will achieve energy efficiency with a high lumen per watt ratio, have long lamp life to reduce replacement and maintenance costs and aid visibility by having a Color Rendering Index of at least 80 CRI.

6. Light fixtures shall utilize high efficiency photometrics and provide low glare illumination.

Major Project Area Descriptions

Site Lighting a. Parking - Lighting at parking areas will be provided by full-cut-off light fixtures equipped with high performance optics. Careful selection and spacing of light fixtures will ensure parking areas are evenly illuminated while reducing light trespass. b. Entries- Building entries will be highlighted to create a destination when viewing the building from a distance. Planting areas and trees will be highlighted to add another layer of lighting. Other building mounted lighting will be incorporated into building overhangs and canopies to highlight the architecture and create a safe and inviting experience.

[282] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign c. Pathways - Main pedestrian pathways leading to the main entry will be illuminated by low level light fixtures. d. Landscape - Landscape areas will have minimal lighting with a few key trees, sculptures or memorials illuminated to provide a view from a distance while retaining darks skies.

Interior Lighting a. Reception and public circulation – Even ambient levels of light will be provided with additional task light at work surfaces. Architectural elements and artwork will be highlighted to create focus and whimsy. b. Offices – Offices will be illuminated with a layered and flexible lighting system. A combination of light fixture types and distributions will be used to provide user flexibility and to light all tasks. Standalone preset lighting control systems will be used in the private offices to provide preset light levels for high and low light level functions. Indirect lighting will be used whenever appropriate to reduce contrast and increase reflected light from the ceiling. c. Conference Rooms – Conference rooms will have flexible light levels provided by a series of light fixtures that will provide for all meeting room uses. Centrally located indirect linear up lights or decorative pendants will light the central meeting table. Recessed dimmable down lights will provide ambient light levels and provide for low light level presentations. Presentation and display walls in medium and large meeting rooms will be washed with light by pendant or recessed linear fluorescent wall wash fixtures. d. Support spaces – Support spaces such as storage, data centers, and telecommunication, mechanical and electrical rooms shall be illuminated by lensed pendant mount fluorescent light fixtures. Fixtures will be spaced, 8’ to 10’ on center, to provide bright and even light levels. e. Public Areas – These spaces will be highlighted with a layer of light that will reveal the architecture. An additional level of light will be provided at people height to provide task light and highlighted low level features. Stacks, shelves and desks will be lighted via side mount grazing wall wash fixtures and desk mount task lights. Vertical surfaces at the interior of the space will be illuminated to help reduce contrast between daylight and non-daylight spaces. f. Locker Rooms/Restrooms – These spaces will be designed to provide even illumination. Light fixtures will be recessed in the ceiling or integrated into architectural elements for an integrated approach. g. Staff Areas – A flexible lighting system will be provided to allow users the ability to change light levels and create areas of low and high light within the larger space. Architectural features will be illuminated to help identify the boundaries of the space. Individual desk and tables will be provided via desk mount task lights.

Daylighting a. Project Daylight Studies will be reviewed and coordinated with the Architects to maximize connection to nature and time of day changes while reducing electric lighting loads during daylight hours. Light fixtures in the delighted Public, Offices and Meeting room areas will be equipped with dimming controls to allow for automatic electric light load shedding via photocell control with no noticeable change in light levels. Photocells will be carefully placed to read daylight levels accurately, making the daylight control system automatic and user-friendly.

Appendix [283] Lighting Controls a. A series of networked light panels will provide automatic control of the lighting system. The lighting control panels will be connected to the Building Management System to allow lighting system energy use and outage monitoring. Automatic sweep off of light fixtures will be utilized with local override switches for after-hours use. Occupancy sensors will be used in all private offices, meeting rooms, storage and support spaces to ensure light fixtures are not on when the room is not is use. Exterior light fixtures will be controlled via one central photocell and by the building time clock for further fine tuning of hours of operation.

Exit signs shall be edge-lit and utilize high efficiency LED sources. Emergency egress lighting will be provided to achieve a minimum of 1 fc along path of egress via an emergency power inverter system as described in the electrical section of this narrative.

The lighting systems are being designed in accordance with the recommendations of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America.

[284] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign The Lighting system will be designed to meet the following goals and guidelines for each program area:

Area Target IL Design IntentK Light Source W / SF

Building Entries Main 10 fc; Secondary 5fc Light fixtures integrated LED 0.25 into building overhangs and canopies to light the ground and architectural features.

Pedestrian Pathways General 1 fc Pedestrian scale LED poles LED 0.7 used at open areas and paths. Wall recessed step light at stairs.

Landscape General .5 fc Low level area light fixtures LED 0.15 will light key landscape features. LED up lights to light minimal key trees

Parking General 1 fc Full cut off light fixtures on LED 0.06 20’ poles. Pedestrian scale poles at path areas

Public Areas General 20 fc; Task 40 fc The architectural volume will LED .93 Reading area be highlighted and task light 1.71 Stacks will be provided at all stacks .72 Cataloguing and desks.

Offices General 30 fc; Task 50 fc Pendant mount direct/ LED 0.98 indirect light fixtures will provide ambient light levels. Task lights will be mounted at desks.

Meeting Rooms General 20 fc; Accent 50 fc A combination of direct/ LED 1.23 indirect and directional lighting will provide a flexible system with multiple light levels possible.

Archives & Records General 20 fc; Task 40 fc Lighting will be bright and LED 0.8 even when needed. Controls will be used to turn lights off when rooms are not in use. Fixtures will be located between stacks for maximum vertical brightness.

Corridors General 10 fc Indirect lighting will CFL FL 0.66 used. Intersections and destinations will be highlighted.

Restrooms General 20 fc Even bright light levels will FL 0.98 be provided. Vanities will be lighted to a higher light level.

Mechanical & Electrical General 30 fc Strip light fixtures will be FL 0.95 rooms evenly spaced around mechanical and electrical equipment

Appendix [285] VIII. TELECOMMUNICATIONS

A. Design Criteria

1. Introduction a. This section is intended to define the standards, criteria and assumptions used for the design, documentation and specifica- tion of a telecommunications system to support the Washington State Archives and Library to be located on the Washington State Capitol Campus in Olympia, WA or at a site in Tumwater, WA or Lacey, WA. This narrative will form the basis for the design for the telecommunications system. b. This basis of design shall address pathways, spaces and media designs to support various information transport systems, including an administrative telephone system to support voice and voice grade services, local area network (LAN) systems, wide area network (WAN) systems and video distribution systems. c. The specific areas covered by this section of this report are as follows:

1) Definition of a campus pathway system to connect the building to the Capital Campus Department of Information Services (DIS) network.

2) Definition of a building pathway and spaces system to house the data network and voice components and their associated telecommunications cabling system

3) Definition of a unified signal grounding system.

4) Definition of building backbone cables and their distribution and termination methods.

5) Definition of workstation cables and their distribution and termination methods.

6) Definition of pathway, spaces and media identification. d. A discussion of the following systems is currently not included in this section of this basis of design and may be covered elsewhere:

1) Communication systems (telephony PBX, VOIP, radio, cellular, dictation)

2) Local and wide area network active components (servers, switches, routers, etc.)

3) Audio/visual system

4) Rooftop antenna systems

5) In Gallery electronics

2. Telecommunications Systems Related Codes and Standards

[286] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. In addition to the previously noted codes and standards that have been adopted and/or amended by the State of Washington, the telecommunications systems will also be designed in accordance with the standards, regulations and recommendations of the following entities:

1) Telecommunications Distribution Infrastructure Standard (TDIS)

2) American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

3) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

4) Telecommunications Industry Association / Electronics Industries Association (TIA/EIA)

5) Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI)

6) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)

7) Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

8) American Standards Association (ASA)

9) Federal Communications Commission (FCC)

10) American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM)

11) In the event of conflicts, the more stringent provisions shall be applied.

B. Telecommunications Systems

General:

1. Telecommunications Entrance Pathways and Spaces a. Telephone and data network services for the project will be extended from the existing campus network backbone cabling pathway. A minimum of eight 4-inch conduits shall be provided between the project and the existing steam utilities utilidor for connection to the campus infrastructure. An additional four 4-inch spare conduits shall be provided to service future campus work. All conduit facilities shall be run below grade. Detailed design, routing and locations of conduits and any new mainte- nance utility vaults shall be coordinated with the Project’s Civil and Electrical Engineers. b. Service provider conduits into the building shall also be provided. A minimum of two 4-inch conduits reserved for Qwest and two 4-inch conduits for Comcast will be installed. Additional coordination with the local service providers will be required to ensure conduits are installed to the nearest service provider point of connection.

2. Telecommunications outside Plant Cabling a. Telephone and data network connectivity to the Campus network will be provided by outside plant cabling consisting of a minimum of 1200-pair copper UTP cables, 288-strands 50μm laser enhanced multimode optical fiber and 288-strands single- mode optical fiber.

Appendix [287] 3. Main Telecommunications Room (MTR or MDF) a. A main telecommunications room shall be provided on Floor B. Depending on the final determination of equipment to be housed within the room, the room shall be sized at minimum 650 square feet. A room with minimal dimensions of 20’ x 30’ is recommended. The MTR or MDF will serve as the central networking, communications and computing center for the building and shall support network operations functions. The space shall also serve as the entrance facility (EF) for the building with area dedicated for termination of incoming outside plant cabling. The room does not account for space for individual worksta- tion areas, printers and paper storage. b. The MTR or MDF shall be fully protected from water infiltration by ensuring that all water, glycol and drainage piping serving air conditioners, lavatories, roof drains, etc. shall be run outside the MTR or MDF walls. They shall only penetrate the room where necessary to serve equipment. c. The MTR or MDF walls shall be of slab-to-slab construction to facilitate the outfitting of the room for environmental condition- ing and fire protection / isolation of slab-to-slab construction. All penetrations of rated wall shall be fire-stopped in an approved manner to prevent the passage of flames, smoke and gases. A minimum 2-hour fire rated wall construction is recommended for the MTR or MDF. d. Walls and doors shall be configured and located to provide secured access. The number of entrances shall be minimized and provide for smooth operation and safety egress for personnel working within the space. At a minimum all doors should be provided with card key activated locks. e. The MTR or MDF should be constructed without a suspended, lay-in ceiling so as to avoid the constraints of a fixed grid structure and its limitations on locating and installing overhead cable trays and light fixtures. f. Air conditioning shall be provided with units specifically designed to serve the heat loads and humidity control requirements of the MTR or MDF. Units shall be sized to maintain a temperature of 65-72℉ at 20-55 percent relative humidity. Environmental conditions shall be maintained on a 24 hour-a-day, 7 days-a-week basis. The MTR or MDF shall also be equipped with hi- temperature alarms that report to the security and/or building management systems panels. Sensors shall be placed 60” AFF. g. Power requirements for the MTR or MDF shall be based on equipment lists provided by DIS; however load density shall be based on an average of 40-50 watts per square foot. This number is based on a low density of file servers. Loads may escalate significantly should a larger concentration of high density file servers be located within the MTR or MDF. h. Lighting requirements shall be a minimum of 50 foot-candles maintained at 36” AFF. Lighting fixtures, motors, air condition, etc. shall not be powered from the same electrical distribution panel as the telecommunications equipment in the room. i. The MTR or MDF shall be protected in accordance with all applicable codes and ordinances. A pre-action fire suppression system shall be provided. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided at strategic locations within the MTR or MDF and shall be rated for all types of fires. A fire alarm annunciator panel shall be located at the main entrance to the room. At the first activa- tion of any sensor, both audible and visual alarms shall be sent to multiple areas within the MTR or MDF, positioned so that they can be installed noticed from anywhere, as well as to strategic locations outside the MTR or MDF. A manual override shall be provided at the entrance to the room enabling an operator to delay charging of the sprinkler pipes by a fixed time interval in order to attempt to extinguish the fire manually. j. A solid copper ground busbars shall be provided for signal ground connections. The ground busbar shall be bonded to the appropriate ground conductor as described herein.

[288] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 4. Telecommunications Room (TR or IDF) a. Telecommunications rooms shall be provided on each floor to facilitate distribution of voice and data station cables to the work area outlet. The rooms shall be stacked vertically through the building. In addition, they shall be located in an area on the floor plate which will ensure that the length of the installed workstation cables does not exceed 90 meters per TIA/EIA standards for telecommunications cabling. If workstation cables cannot be kept to within TIA/EIA standards, a second floor serving TR shall be provided. Consideration may also be given to serve smaller floor plates, with limited telecommunications outlet locations, from a telecomm room above or below the smaller floor plate. A discussion with DIS will be needed to confirm applicability for this project. b. Each telecommunication room shall be a minimum 100 square feet in area. A room with dimensions of 10’ x 10’ is rec- ommended. Each TR or IDF shall be capable of supporting the horizontal distribution of station cables and the pathway requirements for intra-building backbone cabling. The dimensions indicated will provide space for up to three free standing telecommunications equipment racks with vertical wire managers. c. The TR’s or IDF’s shall be fitted to support the following types of systems and equipment:

1) Termination and patching facilities for workstation cables.

2) Termination and patching facilities for UTP backbone cables.

3) Termination and patching facilities for optical fiber backbone cabling.

4) Hardware and racking for LAN switches.

5) Hardware for any wireless based telecommunications systems.

6) Wall space for mounting other low voltage systems such as CATV distribution components and electronic surveillance and access control systems. d. A typical TR or IDF shall be of slab to slab construction to facilitate the outfitting of the rooms for environmental conditioning and fire protection / isolation. A suspended ceiling should not be installed in the TR or IDF. All penetrations shall be sealed to prevent the passage of fire, smoke and gas. A minimum 1-hour fire rated wall construction is recommended for each of the TR’s or IDF’s. e. TR’s or IDF’s shall be provided with sprinkler heads mounted on the sidewalls. Sprinkler heads shall be provided with cages. Wet pipes, either run overhead or along the walls shall not traverse the rooms. f. Telecommunication rooms shall be furnished with 3/4” plywood on all designated walls installed 6-inches AFF. Plywood shall be void free and treated on both sides with two coats of fire resistant paint. Finishes in the room shall be light in color to enhance lighting. Finishes shall be applied before room fit out. Concrete floors and walls shall be sealed and cured to eliminate dust. Floors shall be covered with anti-static vinyl tiles g. Telecommunication rooms shall be furnished with a single lockable door of at least 36” wide by 80” high. Consideration shall be made to electronically secure the spaces.

Appendix [289] h. Environmental conditions shall be maintained on a 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week basis. Environmental limits for the tele- communication rooms are 64-75 degrees Fahrenheit and 30-55 percent relative humidity, non-condensing. Telecommunication rooms shall be equipped with high-temperature alarms that report to the security and/or BMS console. Positive pressure shall be maintained within the room, with a minimum of one air change per hour. i. Lighting levels within the telecommunication rooms shall be a minimum of 50 foot candles maintained at 36” AFF. j. Power circuits for all telecommunications equipment located within any given telecommunication room shall be fed from an electrical panel dedicated to these loads. The panel shall be fed from the stand-by generator power system. UPS backup, if required, shall be fed from standalone UPS units mounted within the equipment racks. Power circuit requirements for the room shall be based on equipment lists provided by DIS, however a minimum of one 20A circuit shall be provided for each equip- ment rack installed within the room, plus one spare. Allowing for future equipment requirements, room load density may be estimated at a minimum of 40 watts per square foot. Circuits may be brought to the equipment racks overhead and attached to overhead cable tray and then stubbing down to a location coordinated with DIS. k. In addition to outlets dedicated to telecommunications equipment, electrical convenience outlets (120V, 20A duplex recep- tacles) shall be provided at 6-foot intervals within the telecommunication rooms. A maximum of four duplex outlets shall be fed from a single 20A circuit. All branch circuiting shall include a ground wire from the distribution panel’s ground busbar to all electrical outlets in the room. The outlets shall be used for testing equipment and power tools only, and not for network transport electronics. l. Lighting fixtures, motors, air conditioning, etc. shall not be powered from the same electrical distribution panel as the tele- communications equipment in the telecommunication rooms. Electrical transformers shall not be located within the room. m. A solid copper ground bar shall be provided in each telecommunication room, for signal ground connections. The ground busbar shall be bonded to the appropriate ground conductor, as described herein.

5. Electronic Control Rooms a. Individual tenant spaces will be programmed with Electronic Control Rooms. These spaces will be dedicated to house telecommunications equipment, cabling and termination hardware dedicated to that particular Tenant. Room sizes shall be determined by each Tenant. Space construction and build out shall be similar to the MDF or IDF.

6. Building Backbone and Workstation Pathway Systems a. All pathways shall be designed to provide the capacity and capability to properly install high performance unshielded twisted pair and optical fiber cables to support the initial and subsequent requirements of the occupants. b. All pathway routes shall be coordinated with other building services (electrical, mechanical, plumbing, etc. to assure proper clearances and accessibility. c. The workstation cable distribution pathways shall be designed to accommodate cable changes as well as minimize building occupant disruption when such pathways and spaces are accessed. d. The pathway system shall be coordinated with the electrical distribution system in order to maintain a minimum 48” separa- tion from motors or transformers, 12” separation between parallel runs of telecommunication and electrical cabling and 5” separation from fluorescent lights. Where 12” separation is not possible; the telecommunication cabling shall be separated from electrical cables by a ferrous material to minimize potential interference. Where electrical and telecommunication cabling cross, it shall be at right angles only.

[290] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign e. General building pathway system shall consist of a cable tray, open cable supports and conduit as indicated on the plans. System shall be designed to support installation of UTP and optical fiber cabling into and out of each telecommunications space. Cable tray shall be installed under raised floor areas and overhead in accessible ceiling spaces. f. 12” and 24” ladder type cable trays shall be provided in the ceiling areas of the MTR (MDF) and TR’s (IDF) to support the distribution of cables within the room. g. Wall mounted telecommunications outlets (for voice/data) shall be provided with a 4” by 4” electrical box at the bottom of the minimum sized 1” conduit stub-up. Where stub up extend horizontally more than 60”, 1-1/4” conduit stub ups shall be substituted. Wall mounted telephone outlets, located at +48” AFF shall be provided with a 2” by 4” electrical box. A 3/4” conduit stub-up may be substituted for wall mounted telephones. Flexible cable supports shall be provided from the stub up locations to the nearest section of cable tray. h. Telecommunications outlets installed at raised floor areas shall be terminated in floor boxes. Routing of cables from under- floor cable tray to floor boxes shall be via open cable supports and conduit pathways. No cable shall be left unsupported on the concrete deck. i. Due to conduit fill ratios and stressing of the cables during installation, conduits shall be limited to a total of 180 degrees of bends or 100” between pulling points.

7. Uniform Telecommunications Grounding System a. A uniform telecommunications grounding and bonding system shall be provided in accordance with J-STD-607A, Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications in Commercial Buildings. This system shall be designed in conjunction with the electrical power grounding system. The following guidelines are provided for the design of the system. b. The telecommunications grounding backbone shall consist of solid copper busbar and copper conductors interconnected in the following manner:

1) Main electrical ground to the telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) located in the MTR.

2) The TMGB to individual telecommunications grounding busbars (TGB) in each TR.

3) The telecommunications grounding busbar in each of these rooms to the nearest point of grounding building steel, if available.

4) Where an electrical power panel board is located within the MTR or TR, the TGB shall be bonded to the panel board’s alternating current equipment ground (ACEG).

5) All bonding conductors shall be a minimum #3 AWG copper conductors. The conductor jacket shall be green in color or marked appropriately, and installed in continuous lengths. A grounding riser shall be provided up the telecommunication room riser path.

6) The TMGB shall be pre-drilled, a minimum of 1/2” thick x 4” wide solid copper bar, electro-tin-plated, and insulated from their supports by a 2” separation. The TGBs shall be pre-drilled, a minimum of 1/4” thick x 2” wide solid copper bar, electro-tin-plated and insulated from their supports by a 2” separation.

Appendix [291] 7) All metallic raceways, racks and cabinets entering or located with a room with a TGB shall be bonded to the TGB via a minimum #6 AWG bare copper conductor.

8. Telecommunications Cabling System a. The telecommunications cabling system shall be designed to conform to the requirements of TIA/EIA-568B, The Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. b. Building backbone cabling shall consist of the following:

1) A 200-pair Category 3 UTP cable from the MTR to each TR. Each end of the cable shall be terminated onto wall mounted 110-style termination blocks.

2) At a minimum, a 48-strand multi-mode optical fiber cable and a 24-strand single mode optical fiber cable shall be provided from the MTR to each TR. Optical fibers shall be terminated with connectors mounted in optical fiber patch panels at each end. Connector type will need to be determined in conjunction with DIS. c. Workstation cabling shall consist of the following:

1) Workstation outlet locations shall be provided with a standard cable set consisting of TIA/EIA 568B, 4-pair, UTP Category 5e cables. All cables shall be terminated at the workstation utilizing Category 5e, 8-pin, modular connectors with either T568A or T568B pinning at the workstation faceplate as determined by DIS. Cables for voice network applications shall be terminated onto 110 termination blocks at the telecommunication rooms. Cables for data network applications shall be terminated onto equipment rack mounted, 8-pin, modular patch panels in the telecommunication rooms. In order to establish an applications independent cabling system, all cables may be terminated onto rack mounted, 8-pin, modular patch panels. Standard cable set to be determined in conjunction with DIS.

2) All wall phone locations shall be provided with one Category 6 cable.

3) Cable set for all other locations shall be coordinated with the building’s programming requirements.

4) Patching and cross connects between cable terminations and transport electronics shall be accommodated with the least amount of termination and cross connect hardware that is practical. When feasible, connections between horizontal cable terminations and transport electronics will be made directly, through the use of an appropriate patch cord. Where necessary, connections between UTP cables terminated on rack mounted hardware and remote rack or wall-mounted equipment shall be made via the use of an intermediate “tie” field adjacent to the rack mounted cabling terminations. d. Connection between horizontal termination fields and tie fields, and from patch panels to equipment ports, shall be made through the use of pre-manufactured patch cords or punch down cross connect wire.

9. Pathways, Spaces and Media Identification a. An identification system shall be developed to uniquely identify each equipment rack, pathway segment, telecommunications room, rack, patch panel, and cable installed in the building. b. All horizontal and backbone cables shall be assigned a unique alphanumeric designation for identification purposes. Appropriately marked labels shall be provided at each end of each cable.

[292] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign c. Labels having the appropriate cable designation shall be provided in the following locations for each cable:

1) On the outlet faceplate in the work area.

2) On the termination block or patch panels in the MTR or TR. d. Cable designations shall be designed for easy identification of serving closet and termination location. e. Cable termination information shall form the basis for the development of a telecommunications / facilities administration system database.

10. Other Low Voltage Telecommunications Systems a. Several other low voltage systems related to the telecommunications system will be installed as part of this project. These systems include:

11. Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) a. Provisions for a wireless local area network system will be provided as part of the telecommunications infrastructure. Provisions shall include Cat6 cabling to be provided at regular intervals throughout a given floor plate to facilitate the placement of DIS provided wireless access points. Cabling shall be installed from the floor serving TR out to the floor and left coiled up in the ceiling space. Access points will be located approximately 60 feet on center throughout any given floor. Coverage require- ments for the WLAN will be determined by DIS.

12. Community Access Television (CATV) a. Raceway infrastructure shall be provided for cable television signal outlets. Amplifiers, cabling, channel selector device, and receptacle devices will be provided by the Contractor and include coaxial cabling installed from the TR locations to each CATV outlet location. Locations for CATV will be determined by DIS.

IX. ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROLS & VIDEO SURVEILLANCE

A. Design Criteria:

1. Electronic Access Controls Introduction a. All Fire codes and emergency egress requirements shall take precedence over the determination of which doors shall be secured by the electronic access control (EAC) system. The basic components of an EAC system include master computer, control panels, peripheral devices such as card readers, door position switches, magnetic locks, electronic strikes, Request-To- Exit devices. A discussion will need to occur with the Owner to determine the extent of and locations for electronically secured doors. b. Depending on the option chosen, it should be considered that a single structure would have its own independent security suite to house equipment associated with EAC system. The master computer shall be capable of communicating with the Campus wide network located at the Legislative Building.

Appendix [293] c. Further discussion with the State will need to occur should the most feasible option be determined to be a single combined Washington State Archives and Library to be located on the Washington State Capitol Campus in Olympia, WA or at a site in Tumwater, WA or Lacey, WA. Protocols will need to be outlines that will integrate the unique electronic access control needs for the individual building programs.

B. Electronic Access Controls and Video Surveillance Systems

General:

1. Master Computer a. A master computer shall run the proprietary EAC software, manage the overall system parameters, maintain the system database and control all communications with the control panels. The master computer shall be capable of tying back to the local area network for remote monitoring and integration with any existing Campus wide deployed EAC system.

2. Control Panels a. Located in telecomm rooms, controls panels will manage the activation of peripheral devices by turning the devices on or off in order to control people access into secured areas. Media for communications between control panels and peripheral devices shall be via copper unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cables. Communications protocol between the control panels and peripheral devices shall be determined by the EAC system manufacturer requirements.

3. Card Readers (CR) a. Card reader devices shall be located at all secured doors in the building. Additionally, all elevators shall be provided with card readers to secure elevator usage as required by the Owner. Devices shall be based on “Smart Card” technology utilizing the 13.56 MHz frequency range for wireless transmission.

4. Door Position Switches (DS) a. Door position switch devices shall be recessed mounted and provide a standard gap no greater than ½”. Devices shall be specified as Form A (SPST) Reed type.

5. Magnetic Locks (ML) a. Magnetic locks shall be direct-hold type, mounted to the doorframe opposite the metal plate or armature. When energized, the lock bonds to the armature and locks the door. All ML holding force shall be a minimum 1200 lb.

6. Electronic Strikes (ES) a. Electronic strikes shall replace the strike where the lock latches to the frame of the door. Upon application (fail secure) or removal (fail safe) of power, a solenoid electrically activates the keeper, allowing the lock’s latch bolt to pass. All ES devices shall be UL 1034 listed and provide programmable unlock times between 8 and 11 seconds.

7. Request-To-Exit (REX)

[294] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign a. Request-To-Exist devices shall be located on the unsecured side of doors to allow for free passage from the secured space into the unsecured space without hindering passage or causing an alarm. REX devices shall utilize passive infrared technology to detect motion in their coverage area.

8. Motion Detectors a. Motion detectors shall be dual technology (microwave and PIR) and be surfaced mounted at galleries and museum support spaces as identified by Owner.

9. Video Surveillance Introduction a. The primary application for a surveillance or closed-circuit-television (CCTV) system shall be for recording activities for later local or remove reviews at a later date. The CCTV system components shall consist of image capture devices (cameras), recording equipment (digital video recorders or DVR), and monitoring or viewing stations. A discussion will need to occur with the Owner to determine the extent of and locations for CCTV cameras.

10. Image Capture Devices a. Color and night/day CCD cameras shall be provided as required. The baseline criteria shall be night/day technology shall be deployed in low light environments or when lighting levels are expected to vary significantly and regularly. Color cameras shall only be located where sufficient and consistent lighting levels exist so that camera performance is maximized. Lens technolo- gies for cameras shall be dependent on the application and required field of view. Fixed cameras shall be provided at locations where a single, unchanging, viewing area is present. Pan-Tilt-Zoom (PTZ) cameras shall be provided at locations where a 360° view of a given area is required. Remote viewing and control of the camera shall utilize Internet-Protocol (IP) based technol- ogy. All cameras shall be provided with specific housings designed to prevent issues with moisture, dust, heat and vandalism. Transmission media for camera signals shall be via balanced unshielded twisted-pair copper cables suitable for transmission of IP based video signals. Cameras shall also utilize power-over-the-Ethernet (POE) technology.

11. Recording Media a. All camera recordings shall be saved to digital format for the purposes of storage for later review. Digital recording storage shall be via storage-area-networks (SAN) and redundant array of independent disks (RAID) technology at the MTR. All record- ings shall be accessible for remote viewing over the LAN.

12. Monitoring a. Monitors or viewing stations for reviewing surveillance footage shall be provided at locations noted by the Owner. Viewing stations shall be based on liquid crystal display (LCD) technology with dimensions determined by the Owner.

10.9.7 Zoning Analysis

ADDRESS 210 11th Ave SW Olympia, WA 98501

Appendix [295] PARCEL INFORMATION • Parcel # 78506700500 • Downtown Business • Warehousing is a permitted use. • Government office is a permitted use. • Libraries / Art Galleries / Auditoriums & Places of Assembly are permitted use.

SETBACKS Front No minimum Side No minimum Rear No minimum

MINIMUM LOT AREA No minimum

MINIMUM LOT DIMENSION N/A

MAXIMUM LOT COVERAGE 100%

HEIGHT LIMIT Per zoning code: 75’, Provided, however, that two additional stories may be built if they are residential.

Max height likely to be controlled by Capital Campus Masterplan and desire to keep Campus development below the height of the Cherberg Building, which is at approximately Elevation 150’. At the GA Site, this would translate to an approximate maximum height of 59’, depending on final grade elevation.

10.9.7.1 Special Site Conditions

• Existing GA Building of approximately 282,000 gsf occupies site and would require full demolition • Character of building design and exterior materials used must be compatible with existing Capital Campus architecture. • Structured below-grade parking would be required to satisfy the program need. • Hillside stability to the west is a concern and would need to be structurally improved to ensure the long life of the new building.

PARKING REQUIREMENT Not required per zoning, but would need to be considered in the context of the City of Olympia Parking Strategy and the Capital Campus parking plan.

[296] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.9.7.2 Building Codes & Design Criteria

BULLETINS

• #01-2015 Deferred Submittal Requirements • #02-2015 Revised Construction Documents Approval Process • #03-2015 Alternate Materials or Methods • #04-2016 Project Closeout Documents

BUILDING CODES The City of Olympia enforces the following National Codes, Washington State Amendments, and the Olympia Municipal Code:

NATIONAL CODES

• 2012 International Building Code (IBC) • 2012 International Existing Building Code (IEBC) • 2012 International Residential Code for One and Two-Family Dwellings (IRC) • 2012 International Mechanical Code (IMC) • 2012 International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) • 2012 International Fire Code (IFC) • 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) • 2012 International Property Maintenance Code (IPMC) as incorporated in OMC • 2014 National Electric Code (NEC) • 2009 Accessible & Usable Buildings & Facilities (ICC/ANSI A117.1)

Appendix [297] WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS

• WAC 51-50 Washington State Building Code (IBC) • WAC 51-51 Washington State Building Code (IRC) • WAC 51-52 Washington State Mechanical Code (IMC) • WAC 51-54 Washington State Fire Code (IFC) • WAC 51-56 & 51-57 Washington State Plumbing Code & Standards (UPC) • WAC 51-11 Washington State Energy Code (WSEC) • WAC 51-11C (commercial) • WAC 51-11R (residential) • WAC 296-46B Electrical Safety Standards, Administration, and Installation

OLYMPIA LOCAL AMENDMENTS AND REGULATIONS Olympia Municipal Code Title 16 Buildings and Construction

CITY OF OLYMPIA DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

• Engineering Design and Development Standards (EDDS) • Design Wind Speed - 85 mph (IBC Figure 1609) • Roof Snow Load - 25 psf • Rain on Snow Surcharge - 5 psf added to low-slope roofs if slope is for carport (roof slope <1/2”) otherwise, rain on snow surcharge: 5 psf added to flat roofs if slope is <1/2” (IBC 1608.1 & ASCE 7-10) • Seismic Zone - D (IBC 1613) • Rainfall - 1 inches/hour for roof drainage design • Frost Line Depth - 12 inches • Soil Baring Capacity - 1,500 psf unless a Geo-Technical report is provided (IBC Table 1806.2)

[298] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.9.8 Cost Estimate - GA Site

WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GARGFA: GA reporting GFA GA Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location GARGFA SF Cost/SF Total Cost

GA GA BUILDING 282,700.0 275.45 77,870,684 GAS GA SITE 4,508,524 ESTIMATED NET COST 282,700 $291.40 $82,379,208

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $823,792 Design Contingency 15.0 % $12,480,451 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $4,784,172 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $10,046,763 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $3,315,431 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $1,707,447 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $4,621,490 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $1,201,587

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST 282,700 $429.29 $121,360,341

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 3 of 44

Appendix [299] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GASFA: GA Structural slab area GA Building Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location GASFA SF Cost/SF Total Cost

GA GA BUILDING 77,870,684 ESTIMATED NET COST $77,870,684

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $778,707 Design Contingency 15.0 % $11,797,410 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $4,522,339 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $9,496,915 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $3,133,981 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $1,614,000 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $4,368,561 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $1,135,825

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST $114,718,422

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 4 of 44

[300] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

A1010 Standard Foundations 1 Allowance for standard strip and pad foundations SF 48,400 10.00 484,000 3 Perimeter drainage LF 870 22.00 19,140 4 Elevator pits EA 2 25,000.00 50,000 215 Extra over regular foundations for mats at shear elements and CY 335 550.00 184,195 elevator/stair cores Standard Foundations $737,335

A1020 Special Foundations 2 Allowance for compact aggregate piers - 3' diameter, 7' on LF 79,021 35.00 2,765,735 center, 80' deep Special Foundations $2,765,735

A1030 Slab on Grade 6 Slab on grade SF 48,400 9.00 435,600 Slab on Grade $435,600

A2010 Basement Excavation 9 Shoring to sides of basement excavation SF 15,008 50.00 750,400 10 Excavate and remove for basement CY 8,963 35.00 313,705 Basement Excavation $1,064,105

A2020 Basement Walls 11 Basement walls, formed one side, 24" thick SF 15,008 48.00 720,384 12 DraftSF 15,008 10.00 150,080 Waterproofing to basement walls Basement Walls $870,464

B1010 Floor Construction 13 Stick pinned insulation to underside of deck over garage SF 53,500 4.00 214,000 17 Concrete framed upper floors - unit rate includes columns SF 234,300 75.00 17,572,500 18 Allow for curbs, steps, pads etc SF 282,700 1.50 424,050 19 Allow for miscellaneous metals SF 282,700 2.50 706,750 24 Extra over first elevated floor structure for transfer condition SF 48,400 10.00 484,000 required over parking 72 Extra over for providing high tolerance flatness in storage SF 147,683 2.50 369,209 space slabs Floor Construction $19,770,509

B1020 Roof Construction 20 Steel framing to roofs - allow 17lbs per sf including columns T 458.71 4,500.00 2,064,204 and shear bracing 21 Steel decking to roof SF 53,966 3.75 202,373

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 5 of 44

Appendix [301] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

23 Sprayed fireproofing to roof steel T 458.71 300.00 137,614 216 Concrete shear walls at vertical circulation tower SF 8,640 75.00 648,000 217 Concrete shear walls at building perimeter SF 12,600 75.00 945,000 Roof Construction $3,997,191

B2010 Exterior Walls 27 Exterior cladding - aluminum plate rainscreen system including SF 87,271 60.00 5,236,272 mineral wool insulation, thermal clips/Knightwall system, zees/hat channels, copings, misc flashings, trim and accessories 28 Exterior wall backup system - studs, moisture barrier, SF 87,271 15.00 1,309,068 insulation, sheathing and drywall 29 Soffit finish - linear metal panel SF 5,566 30.00 166,983 208 Cladding system quality increase for GA Site SF 102,672 40.00 4,106,880 Exterior Walls $10,819,203

B2020 Exterior Windows 30 Glazing SF 15,401 90.00 1,386,090 Exterior Windows $1,386,090

B2030 Exterior Doors 31 Exterior doors - HM per leaf EA 6 2,000.00 12,000 32 Exterior glazed aluminum doors - per leaf EA 4 3,000.00 12,000 33 Door operators - per leaf EA 4 2,500.00 10,000 34 Insulated overhead garage door DraftSF 200 75.00 15,000 35 Insulated overhead coiling loading dock doors SF 288 75.00 21,600 Exterior Doors $70,600

B3010 Roof Coverings 36 Insulated flat roofing SF 53,966 20.00 1,079,322 Roof Coverings $1,079,322

B3020 Roof Openings 37 Insulated skylight & curbs SF 5,400 175.00 945,000 Roof Openings $945,000

C1010 Partitions 38 Interior GWB partitions - allow .15lf per sf of GFA to non SF 153,020 10.00 1,530,203 storage areas 39 Interior GWB partitions - allow .05lf per sf of storage areas SF 55,097 15.00 826,457 40 CMU partitions - allow 15% of GWB partition totals SF 35,668 25.00 891,695 41 Glazed partitions - allow 5% of GWB partition totals SF 11,890 35.00 416,133

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 6 of 44

[302] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

42 Allow for railings and handrails LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 244 Interior dividing walls - chainlink SF 29,668 5.00 148,340 Partitions $3,862,828

C1020 Interior Doors 43 Interior glazed aluminum doors - per leaf EA 4 3,000.00 12,000 44 Interior doors - allow 1 per 25 lf of partitions in non storage EA 408 2,000.00 816,600 areas 45 Interior doors - allow 1 per 100 lf of partitions in storage areas EA 102 2,000.00 204,400 Interior Doors $1,033,000

C1030 Fittings 46 Signage - code & wayfinding SF 269,192 0.75 201,894 47 Exterior building signage LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 48 Employee lockers EA 20 150.00 3,000 49 Toilet accessories - per cubicle EA 18 1,000.00 18,000 50 Toilet accessories - per restroom EA 6 1,000.00 6,000 51 Break room, janitorial room and other accessories LS 1 2,500.00 2,500 53 Toilet cubicles EA 18 1,000.00 18,000 76 Public lockers EA 20 75.00 1,500 Fittings $300,894

C2010 Stair Construction 54 Stairs per flight including railings and finishesDraftEA 11 25,000.00 275,000 Stair Construction $275,000

C3010 Wall Finishes 55 Wall finishes - non storage - majority paint with tile and acoustic SF 357,377 3.50 1,250,819 material in limited locations 56 Wall finishes - storage - paint to drywall SF 161,530 0.90 145,377 Wall Finishes $1,396,196

C3020 Floor Finishes 57 Floor finishes - parking - sealed concrete SF 53,500 1.75 93,625 58 Floor finish - undeveloped area - no finish SF 13,508 0.01 135 59 Floor finishes - non storage - majority carpet/vinyl with tile in SF 68,009 6.50 442,059 limited locations 60 Floor finishes storage - shake on hardener SF 147,683 3.50 516,892 240 Floor finishes GA upgrade to capitol campus standards SF 68,010 6.50 442,065 Floor Finishes $1,494,776

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 7 of 44

Appendix [303] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

C3030 Ceiling Finishes 61 Ceiling finishes non storage - majority ACT with drywall and SF 68,009 7.50 510,068 special finishes in limited spaces 62 Ceiling finishes storage - exposed painted structure SF 147,683 2.00 295,367 63 Ceiling finishes - parking - exposed painted structure SF 53,500 2.00 107,000 64 Ceiling finishes - undeveloped area - no finish SF 13,508 0.01 135 241 Ceiling finishes GA upgrade to capitol campus standards SF 68,010 7.50 510,075 Ceiling Finishes $1,422,645

D1010 Elevators & Lifts 65 Passenger elevators - per stop EA 12 50,000.00 600,000 66 Freight elevators per stop EA 5 100,000.00 500,000 Elevators & Lifts $1,100,000

D2020 Domestic Water Distribution 116 Plumbing Equipment-- Allowance SF 109,350 0.75 82,012

117 Plumbing Fixtures-- Allowance SF 109,350 2.25 246,037

118 Allowance for Domestic Water Pipework, includes hangers, SF 109,350 2.80 306,180 insulation, valves and accessories

Domestic Water Distribution $634,229 D2030 Sanitary Waste Draft 119 Allowance for SWV Pipe work--(CINH) with standard flexible SF 215,692 1.85 399,030 band couplings); Includes fittings, hangers

Sanitary Waste $399,030

D2040 Rain Water Drainage 120 Rainwater leaders/Storm Pipework SF 215,692 1.64 353,735

127 Plumbing Equipment--Pump/filter system, duplex, based on LS 1 137,000.00 137,000 Flowtherm FTSS-RW-CL; Rainwater reclamation storage tank, 540 Gallon, Based on Polyprocessing; Rainwater Hypo- Treatment, based on Water Control Corp. Disinfection System

128 20000 gallons storage tank, purchase and deliver EA 1 57,808.00 57,808

129 20000 gallons storage tank excavation, deadman, manholes EA 1 32,000.00 32,000 and accessories

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 8 of 44

[304] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

130 Graywater Pipework 1 "-- includes fittings and hangers LS 1 43,200.00 43,200

131 Rainwater Pipework (1 1/2" and smaller non potable water from LS 1 14,000.00 14,000 cisterns), includes fittings and hangers

132 2" SWV Pipe work--UG (PVC Sch. 40 DWV); Includes fittings, LS 1 12,000.00 12,000 tracer cable and excavation/backfill

Rain Water Drainage $649,743

D2090 Other Plumbing Systems 122 Plumbing permit, documentation, commissioning, testing and SF 215,692 1.10 237,261 supervision

211 Warm shell only in undeveloped space--Plumbing CFF only SF 13,508 0.80 10,806 213 Plumbing drainage to trench drains, washdown and drinking SF 53,500 0.95 50,825 fountains in parking Other Plumbing Systems $298,892

D3010 Energy Supply 121 Energy Supply to HVAC Equipment--fuel gas supply allowance- SF 215,692 0.80 172,554 -Includes fuel gas to RTU's

123 2" FOS/R Fuel Oil supply and return--150LB Blk, TE, with LF 200 98.00 19,600 limited seal welded screwed fittings. Hangers included

124 Fuel Oil tank vent system, includes installationDraft(Assume 100 lf EA 1 4,564.00 4,564 or less tank to vent outlet )

125 Fuel Oil tank fill system, includes installation (Assume 100lf or EA 1 14,334.00 14,334 less fill conn. To tank)

126 Fuel Oil tank monitoring system, includes installation EA 1 9,822.00 9,822

Energy Supply $220,874

D3020 Heat Generating Systems 138 HVAC HHW Pipework, includes hangers, fittings and insulation- SF 215,692 3.50 754,922 -Allowance

233 Connect to campus central plant LS 1 24,000.00 24,000 234 HVAC HHW Piping Distribution Isolation Valves, Insulation and SF 215,692 1.50 323,538 Specialties Heat Generating Systems $1,102,460

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 9 of 44

Appendix [305] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

D3030 Cooling Generating Systems 235 HVAC CHW Pipework, includes hangers, fittings and insulation- SF 49,822 4.20 209,252 -Allowance Cooling Generating Systems $209,252

D3040 Distribution Systems 142 Allowance for HVAC Distribution SF 215,692 8.55 1,844,166

143 Exhaust fans/ductwork/grilles/flues--allowance SF 215,692 0.80 172,553

Distribution Systems $2,016,719

D3050 Terminal & Package Units 236 Allowance for HVAC Equipment--DX Cooling in 24/7 areas SF 215,692 8.75 1,887,305 Terminal & Package Units $1,887,305

D3060 Controls & Instrumentations 144 DDC Controls - General SF 215,692 3.56 767,864

Controls & Instrumentations $767,864

D3070 Systems Testing & Balancing 146 Balancing Testing and Commissioning-- Includes coordination SF 215,692 0.65 140,199 with the subcontractor

SystemsDraft Testing & Balancing $140,199

D3090 Other HVAC Systems & Equipment 134 HVAC Permit, As Builts and O&Ms--Allowance SF 215,692 0.20 43,139

135 HVAC BIM/Autocad/Revit SF 215,692 0.45 97,062

145 Allowance for vibration isolation of piping and equipment SF 215,692 0.50 107,846

196 Allowance for steam humidification and monitoring in storage SF 71,450 0.85 60,732 areas 209 Warm shell only in undeveloped space--Central plant and air SF 13,508 13.50 182,358 handler capacity service to program, wet and dry distribution and controls CFF only 214 Mechanical ventilation and C02 monitoring in parking SF 53,500 2.80 149,800 Other HVAC Systems & Equipment $640,937

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 10 of 44

[306] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

D4010 Sprinklers 109 Allowance for Fire Suppression Systems including heads, SF 130,750 2.60 339,950 pipework and specialties

110 Sprinklers--Supervision, drawings and permit - Allowance SF 215,692 0.45 97,061

111 Sprinklers--Wet fire sprinkler zones--Parking SF 53,500 1.85 98,975

112 FP Specialties--RPBP 6" in vault--Relocated, with two support EA 1 18,000.00 18,000 stands and certification--allowance

113 Non-Aqueous Fire Protection--FM-200 used in allowance SF 50,500 4.50 227,250

114 FP Specialties--Riser Valves On Stairs EA 16 650.00 10,400

115 FP Specialties--FDC and Test Header-allowance LS 2 1,800.00 3,600

Sprinklers $795,236

D5010 Electrical Service & Distribution 147 Electrical Panels, Switchboards--Allowance SF 215,692 3.50 754,922

148 Electrical Power, branch wiring and outlets for parking SF 53,500 4.00 214,000 149 Feeders, cable trays, conduit, etc--AllowanceDraftSF 215,692 1.80 388,246 150 Conduit and wire to light fixtures and controls--Allowance SF 215,692 1.80 388,246

151 Outlets and other low voltage devices--Allowance SF 215,692 2.00 431,384

152 Conduit and wire to outlets and low voltage devices--Allowance SF 215,692 1.50 323,538

158 Grounding--Allowance SF 215,692 0.15 32,354

159 Misc. Testing/Permits/Comm--allowance SF 215,692 1.85 399,030

160 Temporary Lighting SF 215,692 0.85 183,338

210 Warm shell only in undeveloped space--Electrical capacity to SF 13,508 11.00 148,588 serve added program Electrical Service & Distribution $3,263,646

D5020 Lighting and Branch Wiring 153 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for office and staff areas SF 47,822 8.50 406,487

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 11 of 44

Appendix [307] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

154 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for circulation areas SF 58,678 6.00 352,068

155 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for mechnical, storage and BOH SF 109,192 4.00 436,768 areas

156 LED Light fixtures--Allowance for parking areas SF 53,500 3.50 187,250

157 Lighting controls--Allowance for all areas SF 215,692 1.25 269,615

227 Warm shell only in undeveloped space--Lighting for emergency SF 13,508 1.00 13,508 egress only, no branch wiring from panels Lighting and Branch Wiring $1,665,696

D5030 Communications & Security 161 Audio visual systems--Allowance for limited video conferencing SF 109,350 3.00 328,050 and basic audio-visual scoping

162 Telecommunications--Public Address, Intercom and clock SF 109,350 7.25 792,787 systems--Includes conduit infrastructure 163 Security system--Includes CCTV and access control to exterior SF 266,192 1.80 479,145 doors and major paths of egress only--Includes backbone

164 Distributed antenna system - allowance SF 215,692 0.70 150,984

165 Fire alarm system SF 215,692 3.00 647,076

212 Warm shell only in undeveloped space--DraftTelecom and AV CFF SF 13,508 2.10 28,367 only, Fire alarm for basic code requirements only 239 Communications and security--Network electronics SF 215,692 1.85 399,030 Communications & Security $2,825,439

E1010 Commercial Equipment 67 Vault equipment - doors to secure storage EA 2 5,000.00 10,000 68 Vault SF 400 250.00 100,000 69 Transaction windows/counters EA 6 4,500.00 27,000 Commercial Equipment $137,000

E1020 Institutional Equipment 71 Projectors & screens in medium & large conference rooms EA 4 3,500.00 14,000 73 Decontamination freezer EA 1 5,000.00 5,000 74 Walk in freezer SF 100 400.00 40,000 Institutional Equipment $59,000

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 12 of 44

[308] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update GA Structural slab area: 0 SF GA Building Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

E1030 Vehicular Equipment 70 Dock levellers EA 1 5,000.00 5,000 75 Parking control equipment LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 Vehicular Equipment $55,000

E1090 Other Equipment 77 Break room residential kitchen equipment LS 1 5,000.00 5,000 78 Window washing equipment davits LS 1 25,000.00 25,000 82 Storage systems LS 1 4,733,570.00 4,733,570 Other Equipment $4,763,570

E2010 Fixed Furnishings 80 Window blinds SF 15,401 8.00 123,208 81 Fixed floor grilles SF 60 45.00 2,700 84 Classroom millwork allowance LS 1 1,500.00 1,500 85 Large conference room millwork allowance LS 1 3,500.00 3,500 86 Printer/copier room millwork allowance - 5 each LS 1 7,500.00 7,500 87 Library reading room reception millwork allowance LS 1 15,000.00 15,000 88 Kitchen millwork allowance LS 1 5,000.00 5,000 89 Mailroom millwork allowance LS 1 7,500.00 7,500 90 Entry foyer millwork allowance LS 1 25,000.00 25,000 91 First aid millwork allowance LS 1 2,500.00 2,500 92 Public restroom millwork allowance - threeDraftsets LS 1 3,000.00 3,000 93 Miscellaneous millwork allowance SF 215,692 1.00 215,692 Fixed Furnishings $412,100

F1020 Integrated Construction 79 Soundproof studio SF 400 250.00 100,000 Integrated Construction $100,000

ESTIMATED NET COST $77,870,684

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 13 of 44

Appendix [309] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

GA Site Summary Rates Current At June 2016

Location Total Cost

GAS GA SITE 4,508,524 ESTIMATED NET COST $4,508,524

MARGINS & ADJUSTMENTS Sub Bonding 1.0 % $45,085 Design Contingency 15.0 % $683,041 MACC Contingency 5.0 % $261,833 Specified General Conditions 10.0 % $549,848 GCCM Fee 3.0 % $181,450 Bond and GLI 1.5 % $93,447 Negotiated Support Services 4.0 % $252,929 Preconstruction Services 1.0 % $65,762

ESTIMATED TOTAL COST $6,641,919

Draft

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 14 of 44

[310] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

GA Site Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

F2010 Building Elements Demolition 83 Building demolition SF 282,682 10.00 2,826,820 Building Elements Demolition $2,826,820

G1010 Site Clearing 94 Clearing, grubbing and thinning SF 22,782 2.50 56,955 95 Hardscape removal SF 21,586 5.00 107,928 96 Tree protection SF 7,586 1.00 7,586 Site Clearing $172,469

G1030 Site Earthwork 97 Site slope retention/restoration SF 22,782 10.00 227,820 Site Earthwork $227,820

G2010 Roadways 98 Roadways - repair at new ROW hard & softscape SF 6,642 15.00 99,630 99 New curb & gutter LF 1,957 25.00 48,925 100 Painted parking stalls EA 100 25.00 2,500 101 Site signage LS 1 25,000.00 25,000 Roadways $176,055

G2030 Pedestrian Paving 102 Pedestrian paving - scored concrete SF 11,210 8.00 89,680 DraftPedestrian Paving $89,680 G2040 Site Development 103 Retaining, terrace and perimeter walls LS 1 100,000.00 100,000 104 Site furnishings - benches, bike racks, bollards, etc. LS 1 50,000.00 50,000 Site Development $150,000

G2050 Landscaping 105 New trees EA 40 1,500.00 60,000 106 Planting at ROW SF 2,792 5.00 13,960 107 Planting on terrace SF 11,338 10.00 113,380 108 Irrigation SF 14,130 2.50 35,325 Landscaping $222,665

G3010 Water Supply 189 2" RPBP--Irrigation system, [Used Wilkins 975XL2], includes EA 1 680.00 680 installation

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 15 of 44

Appendix [311] WA State Library & Archives Study Post Review Update

GA Site Rates Current At June 2016

Description Unit Qty Rate Total Cost

190 Fire hydrant with post indicator valve EA 2 3,220.00 6,440 191 4" Water Service Line including excavation and backfill LF 100 62.00 6,200

192 6" DI Fire Water Service Line including excavation and backfill LF 100 72.00 7,200

Water Supply $20,520

G3020 Sanitary Water 183 Provide main building sanitary service in roadway LF 100 180.00 18,000 Sanitary Water $18,000

G3030 Storm Sewer 224 Storm water - rain water harvesting LS 1 300,000.00 300,000 Storm Sewer $300,000

G4020 Site Lighting 171 Site Lighting--Illuminated Column, 14 ft high, LED EA 4 2,680.00 10,720

172 Site Lighting Bollard lighting, 3 ft tall, with base--allowance EA 25 800.00 20,000 assumes one every 35 feet

173 Site Lighting-Signage EA 2 600.00 1,200

174 Concrete Pole Bases--Small EA 29 300.00 8,700

DraftSite Lighting $40,620

G4090 Other Site Electrical Utilities 166 Diesel Fired Generator--Allowance is for 500 KW EA 1 148,400.00 148,400

167 Generator remote annuciator panel mtd. on building EA 1 1,600.00 1,600

168 2500 Gallon above ground skid mounted FO Tank with pump and LS 1 74,000.00 74,000 fueling pipework and accessories (72 Hours)

169 Generator Fuel Allowance for first fill Gal 2,500 3.79 9,475

170 Generator Pad EA 1 1,900.00 1,900

175 Add electrical vehicle charging stations to [E] Parking--Includes EA 3 9,500.00 28,500 connection to available power Other Site Electrical Utilities $263,875

ESTIMATED NET COST $4,508,524

SEA21006-12 Printed 8 July 2016 12:44 PM Page 16 of 44

[312] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.9.9 LEED Scorecard

LEED v4 for BD+C: New Construction and Major Renovation Project Checklist - GA Site Project Name: Washington State Library-Archives Building - GA Site Date: 4/26/216 Y ? N 1 Credit Integrative Process 1

6 3 23 Location and Transportation 16 14 0 0 Materials and Resources 13 16 Credit LEED for Neighborhood Development Location 16 Y Prereq Storage and Collection of Recyclables Required 1 Credit Sensitive Land Protection 1 Y Prereq Construction and Demolition Waste Management Planning Required 2 Credit High Priority Site 2 5 Credit Building Life-Cycle Impact Reduction 5 Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Environmental Product 2 3 Credit Surrounding Density and Diverse Uses 5 2 Credit 2 Declarations 2 1 2 Credit Access to Quality Transit 5 2 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Sourcing of Raw Materials 2 1 Credit Bicycle Facilities 1 3 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Material Ingredients 2 1 Credit Reduced Parking Footprint 1 2 Credit Construction and Demolition Waste Management 2 1 Credit Green Vehicles 1 14 2 0 Indoor Environmental Quality 16 6 1 3 Sustainable Sites 10 Y Prereq Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Required Y Prereq Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Required Y Prereq Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control Required 1 Credit Site Assessment 1 2 Credit Enhanced Indoor Air Quality Strategies 2 2 Credit Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat 2 3 Credit Low-Emitting Materials 3 1 Credit Open Space 1 1 Credit Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan 1 2 1 Credit Rainwater Management 3 2 Credit Indoor Air Quality Assessment 2 1 1 Credit Heat Island Reduction 2 1 Credit Thermal Comfort 1 1 Credit Light Pollution Reduction 1 2 Credit Interior Lighting 2 1 2 Credit Daylight 3 5 3 3 Water Efficiency 11 1 Credit Quality Views 1 Y Prereq Outdoor Water Use Reduction Required 1 Credit Acoustic Performance 1 Y Prereq Indoor Water Use Reduction Required Y Prereq Building-Level Water Metering Required 3 2 1 Innovation 6 1 1 Credit Outdoor Water Use Reduction 2 2 2 1 Credit Innovation 5 2 2 2 Credit Indoor Water Use Reduction 6 1 Credit LEED Accredited Professional 1 1 1 Credit Cooling Tower Water Use 2 1 Credit Water Metering 1 0 4 0 Regional Priority 4 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 24 6 3 Energy and Atmosphere 33 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Fundamental Commissioning and Verification Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Minimum Energy Performance Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Building-Level Energy Metering Required Y Prereq Fundamental Refrigerant Management Required 73 21 33 TOTALS Possible Points: 110 6 Credit Enhanced Commissioning 6 Certified: 40 to 49 points, Silver: 50 to 59 points, Gold: 60 to 79 points, Platinum: 80 to 110 12 4 2 Credit Optimize Energy Performance 18 1 Credit Advanced Energy Metering 1 2 Credit Demand Response 2 1 1 1 Credit Renewable Energy Production 3 1 Credit Enhanced Refrigerant Management 1 2 Credit Green Power and Carbon Offsets 2

Appendix [313] LEED v4 for BD+C: New Construction and Major Renovation Project Checklist Project Name: Washington State Library-Archives Building - GA Site Date: 4/26/216 Y ? N 1 Credit Integrative Process 1

6 3 23 Location and Transportation 16 14 0 0 Materials and Resources 13 16 Credit LEED for Neighborhood Development Location 16 Y Prereq Storage and Collection of Recyclables Required 1 Credit Sensitive Land Protection 1 Y Prereq Construction and Demolition Waste Management Planning Required 2 Credit High Priority Site 2 5 Credit Building Life-Cycle Impact Reduction 5 Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Environmental Product 2 3 Credit Surrounding Density and Diverse Uses 5 2 Credit 2 Declarations 2 1 2 Credit Access to Quality Transit 5 2 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Sourcing of Raw Materials 2 1 Credit Bicycle Facilities 1 3 Credit Building Product Disclosure and Optimization - Material Ingredients 2 1 Credit Reduced Parking Footprint 1 2 Credit Construction and Demolition Waste Management 2 1 Credit Green Vehicles 1 14 2 0 Indoor Environmental Quality 16 6 1 3 Sustainable Sites 10 Y Prereq Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Required Y Prereq Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Required Y Prereq Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control Required 1 Credit Site Assessment 1 2 Credit Enhanced Indoor Air Quality Strategies 2 2 Credit Site Development - Protect or Restore Habitat 2 3 Credit Low-Emitting Materials 3 1 Credit Open Space 1 1 Credit Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan 1 2 1 Credit Rainwater Management 3 2 Credit Indoor Air Quality Assessment 2 1 1 Credit Heat Island Reduction 2 1 Credit Thermal Comfort 1 1 Credit Light Pollution Reduction 1 2 Credit Interior Lighting 2 1 2 Credit Daylight 3 5 3 3 Water Efficiency 11 1 Credit Quality Views 1 Y Prereq Outdoor Water Use Reduction Required 1 Credit Acoustic Performance 1 Y Prereq Indoor Water Use Reduction Required Y Prereq Building-Level Water Metering Required 3 2 1 Innovation 6 1 1 Credit Outdoor Water Use Reduction 2 2 2 1 Credit Innovation 5 2 2 2 Credit Indoor Water Use Reduction 6 1 Credit LEED Accredited Professional 1 1 1 Credit Cooling Tower Water Use 2 1 Credit Water Metering 1 0 4 0 Regional Priority 4 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 24 6 3 Energy and Atmosphere 33 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Fundamental Commissioning and Verification Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Minimum Energy Performance Required 1 Credit Regional Priority: Specific Credit 1 Y Prereq Building-Level Energy Metering Required Y Prereq Fundamental Refrigerant Management Required 73 21 33 TOTALS Possible Points: 110 6 Credit Enhanced Commissioning 6 Certified: 40 to 49 points, Silver: 50 to 59 points, Gold: 60 to 79 points, Platinum: 80 to 110 12 4 2 Credit Optimize Energy Performance 18 1 Credit Advanced Energy Metering 1 2 Credit Demand Response 2 1 1 1 Credit Renewable Energy Production 3 1 Credit Enhanced Refrigerant Management 1 2 Credit Green Power and Carbon Offsets 2

[314] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 10.9.10 Life Cycle Cost Model Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option

Construction Information Sheet * Requires a user input Green Cell = Value can be entered by user. Yellow Cell = Calculated value.

* Construction Project Description Washington Library & Archives‐GA Site

* Project Location Olympia Market Area = Thurston County

Statistics * Gross Sq Ft 282,700 * Usable Sq Ft 158,267 Space Efficiency 56% Estimated Acres Needed 10.00 MACC Cost per Sq Ft $300.00 Estimated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $420.00 Escalated MACC Cost per Sq Ft $325.79 Escalated Total Project Costs per Sq Ft $456.11

* Move In Date 4/1/2019

Interim Lease Information Start Date Lease Start Date Length of Lease (in months) Square Feet (holdover/temp lease) Lease Rate‐ Full Serviced ($/SF/Year) One Time Costs (if double move)

Page 1 of 3

Appendix [315] Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option Construction Cost Estimates (See Capital Budget System For Detail) Known Costs Estimated Costs Cost to Use Acquisition Costs Total $ ‐ $ ‐ Consultant Services A & E Fee Percentage (if services not specified) 5.36% Std 5.36% Pre‐Schematic Design services Construction Documents

A & E Extra Services Other Services Design Services Contingency Consultant Services Total $ ‐ $ 6,369,043 $ 6,369,043 Construction Contracts Site Work Related Project Costs

MACC Facility Construction MACC SubTotal $ ‐ $ 84,810,000 $ 84,810,000 Construction Contingency (5% default) $ 4,240,500 $ 4,240,500 Non Taxable Items $ ‐ Sales Tax Construction Additional Items Total $ ‐ $ 4,240,500 $ 4,240,500 Equipment Equipment Non Taxable Items Sales Tax Equipment Total $ ‐ $ ‐ Art Work Total $ 424,050 $ 424,050 Other Costs

Other Costs Total $ ‐ $ ‐ Project Management Total $ ‐ Grand Total Project Cost $ ‐ $ 95,843,593 $ 95,843,593

Page 2 of 3

[316] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Life Cycle Cost Model ‐ Construction Option

Construction One Time Project Costs One Time Costs Estimate Calculated Moving Vendor and Supplies $ ‐ $205 / Person in FY09 Other (not covered in construction) Total $ ‐ $ ‐

Ongoing Building Costs Added New Building Operating Costs Known Cost /GSF/ Estimated Cost Total Cost / Month Services 2019 /GSF/ 2019 Cost / Year Energy (Electricity. Natural Gas) $ ‐ $ 1.11 $ 314,057 $ 26,171 Janitorial Services $ ‐ $ 2.54 $ 716,796 $ 59,733 Utilities (Water, Sewer, & Garbage) $ ‐ $ 0.52 $ 148,027 $ 12,336 Grounds $ ‐ $ 0.23 $ 66,012 $ 5,501 Pest Control $ ‐ $ 0.12 $ 32,673 $ 2,723 Security $ ‐ $ 0.57 $ 162,363 $ 13,530 Maintenance and Repair $ ‐ $ 3.34 $ 943,837 $ 78,653 Management $ ‐ $ 3.07 $ 868,490 $ 72,374 Road Clearance $ ‐ $ 0.10 $ 27,672 $ 2,306 Telecom $ ‐ $ 1.92 $ 543,431 $ 45,286 Additional Parking $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Other $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ $ ‐ Total Operating Costs $ ‐ $ 13.52 $ 3,823,355 $ 318,613

Page 3 of 3

Appendix [317] 10.10 DES Cost Estimate for Relocation of Print Services

Appendix 10.10 Department of Enterprise Services Cost Estimate for Relocation Cost of Print Services

Secretary of State Library – Archive Building Predesign Study

The Modular Building located at 7590 New Market Street, Tumwater, WA is one of the sites evaluated by the Secretary of State (OSOS) Predesign Study. The building houses the Department of Enterprise Services (DES), Printing and Imaging and Production Services (Print Services) operations. Since the Modular Building has been selected by OSOS as their preferred site DES has evaluated the impacts to Print Services for disruption of service and relocation to vacate the building they currently occupy.

DES has assumed that the relocation of the operation will require construction of a new facility due to the specific requirements of the thickened concrete slab and the specific conditioned space needs of the high performance printing equipment used by the facility. The cost for the construction of a new 80,000 sf metal building similar to the existing Modular Building, the disruption to business and the cost to move the operation to the new site are listed below:

Land 1,306,800.00 Building Construction 8,610,590.00 Utilities 258,320.00 Site work/Landscape/Storm 688,850.00 Permits/Art 344,420.00 Design/Construction Management 3,465,760.00 *Total Construction Cost $14, 674,740.00

**Business Disruption (90 days) $1,800,000.00

Production Services Equipment 62,000.00 Printing and Imaging BW Digital Devices 1,690 .00 Printing and Imaging Color Digital Device 1,400.00 Electrical for Color Digital Device 10,969.00 Printing and Imaging Admin and Fulfillment 168,000.00 Web Press 132,000.00 HVAC for Web Press 15,840.00 UL Certifications 85,000.00 Bravo - T Saddle Stitching Line 34,500.00 Pre-Press Equipment 24,147.00 Remaining Presses and Supporting Bindery 393,750.00 Equipment UL Certifications 90,750.00 Humidifiers x 8 20,244.00 Compressors 44,400.00

[318] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign Page 2 of 2

Water Pumps 139,600.00 Racking 77,550.00 ***Total Moving Cost $1,301,840.00

Production Services Building Infrastructure Investment $833,120.00

Total Cost to DES $18,609,700.00

* DES considered a leased space option; however there currently is no conditioned light industrial space available in Thurston County that meets the needs of Print Services operations. It would be very difficult to anticipate availability of leased space at the time this funding request is approved, or the scale of investment necessary. Depending on the location, the cost to bring space to a standard necessary for Print services may be as much as $8,000,000.

* Business interruption costs are estimated at $20,332 per day, assuming 90 calendar days. Based on age of equipment we assume there will need to be work done to bring equipment into compliance with UL standards.

**Cost estimate for moving equipment is based on estimates provided by movers. When equipment is moved and it is not already UL listed it must be Field Evaluated. Vendor will come in and look over each piece of equipment and produce a correction list.

These estimated costs associated with the relocation of Print Services were prepared for this report by DES and its Real Estate Services Division.

Appendix [319] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[320] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 11 References THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[322] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign 11.0 References

City of Tumwater. (2013, November). Land Use Plan - City of Tumwater. Retrieved from Land Use Plan Element of the Tumwater Comprehensive Plan: http://ci.tumwater.wa.us/home/showdocument?id=3013

Department of General Administration. (1991). Master Plan for the Capitol of the State of Washington. Olympia, WA: Washington State Printer.

Department of General Administration. (2006). Master Plan for the Capitol of the State of Washington. Olympia, WA: Washington State Printer.

Design-Build Institute of America. (2015, October 7). What is Design-Build? Retrieved from DBIA Official Website: http://www. dbia.org/about/Pages/What-is-Design-Build.aspx

High-Performance Building Council . (2015, September 29). Energy Policy Act of 2005 (Public Law 109-058). Retrieved from National Institute of Building Sciences: https://www.nibs.org/?page=hpbc

Knapp, K. (2001). Strategic Directions for the Washington State Library. Olympia, WA: Washington State Institute for Public Policy.

National Institute of Building Sciences. (2008). Assessment to the US Congress and US Department of Energy on High Performance Buildings. Washington, D.C.: National institute of Building Sciences.

OFM Budget Division. (2014). Predesign Manual. Olympia, WA: State of Washington.

Pacifico, M. F., & Wilstead, T. P. (2009). Archival and Special Collection Facilities. Chicago, IL: Society of American Archivists.

Port of Olympia. (2012, November 5). Vision 2025 . Retrieved from Port of Olympia Master Plan: http://www.portolympia.com/ DocumentCenter/Home/View/545

Portland Cement Association. (2015, September 29). Green Building Ratings System. Retrieved from Portland Cement Association: http://www.concretethinker.com/solutions/LEED-Certification.aspx

SCJ Alliance Consulting Services. (2015). Tumwater Town Center Real Estate Development Master Plan. Lacey, WA: SCJ.

Smith, T. (2015). Tumwater Town Center Concept. Tumwater, WA: City of Tumwater.

SRG Partnership. (2006). Executive Office Plaza/Heritage Center. Seattle, WA: SRG.

SRG Partnership. (2010). Heritage Center-Executive Office Building Predesign Review Report. Seattle, WA: SRG.

SRG Partnership. (2012). General Administration Building Predesign Update. Seattle, WA: SRG.

Tyler, P. (2015, October 7). Benefits of Design-Build. Retrieved from Haskell Design Group: https://haskell.com/ getattachment/8ed21988-b8ec-434d-9893-7b24523b77d0/Benefits-of-Design-Build

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2015, September 11). SEPA Climate Change. Retrieved from Sources of Greenhouse Gas Emissions: http://www3.epa.gov/climatechange/ghgemissions/sources.html

Wilsted, T. P. (2007). Planning New and Remodeled Facilities. Chicago, IL: Society of American Archivists.

References [323] THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

[324] Washington State Archives & Library Predesign